International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals by VLCT-Research-Bridge

PROCEEDINGS

MULTIDISCIPLINARY ICAISDG 2021 10th & 11th D e c e m b e r 2 0 2 1 In Association with

Organised By

PROCEEDINGS

Multidisciplinary ICAISDG 2021

For Students, Architects, Engineers, Planners, Architectural Technologists, Designers, Environmentalists, Social Sciences, Economists and Researchers related to SDG’s.

10th & 11th December, 2021

Chief Editor Ar. Ravindra H. Sarnaik Chairman Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust. Founder Principal Shilpa Sagar Academy. AIIA, IGBC-AP, PhD Scholar, Former Board of Studies Member, DBATU, State Govt. Maharashtra. Resource Speaker SIUD, YASHADA, State Govt. Maharashtra.

Organised by Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust, Kolhapur 2933, A ward, Mahadwar Road, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India – 416012

International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals (ICAISDG 2021) Chief Editor - Ar. Ravindra H. Sarnaik

© Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India – 416012 No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the copyright owners.

Disclaimer: Information contained in this work has been received from respective research scholars / paper author/s. For information published herein, Publisher & the Editor are not responsible. Authors of respective papers are alone responsible for the accuracy of procedures, precision of information, data used & charges of plagiarism.

ISBN: 978-81-955336-1-9 (eBook) DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.6341112 Published by Ar. Ravindra H. Sarnaik (President) Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust, Kolhapur (Reg.No. E3181/Kop) 2933, A ward, Mahadwar Road, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India – 416012 Phone: +91 94224 19997 E-mail: vijayalaxmitrustkop@gmail.com Web: https://shilpasagar.com/charitable_trust.php www.shipasagar.com

Printed at Anamay Printing Services 2487, Darshani, opp. Kolhapur Highschool, Shivaji Peth, A Ward, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India - 416012

ICAISDG-15

04/12/2021

MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

We heartily congratulate all the team members for their determination and their ceaseless efforts in organising an "International Conference Architecture Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals” in month of December 2021 and we are proud to share the way of thinking of ability acquired by the all organising committee members. This International Conference wishes to bring all likeminded intellectuals, Students, Architects, Engineers, Planners, Architectural Technologists, Industry, Designers, Environmentalists, Social Sciences, Economists and Researchers related to United Nations SDG’s on a common platform to discuss their knowledge, proficiency and understanding with each other progressively. The conduction of this exceptional conference will observe unexplored thoughts of SDG's concept. The gathering of the different intellectuals having different expertise may it be professional, scientific or research academia need the highest recognition and appreciation to percolate the UNs SDGs in different parts of globe. We wish the team ICAISDG 2021 a grand success and equal best wishes to team UniTalks where United Nations representatives will be the catalyst to generate quality introspection Locally, Nationally and Internationally. Hope to see the future endeavors in innovative reforms taken by the team reach out to the world with green affirmations for tomorrow.

Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik, President, VLCT, Kolhapur.

FROM THE DISCUSSIONS WITH CHIEF MINISTER OF GOA “I am extremely happy to note that Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust is organizing the International Conference Architecture Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals. I am sure that this conference will bring together the students, academicians, researchers, engineers, and industrialists to present their papers and discuss on UN sustainable development goals to real world problems in the society and find sustainable solutions. I extend my best wishes to all the participants and wish the conference a grand success.” Dr. Pramod Sawant, Chief Minister, Goa, India.

Hon CM. Pramod Sawantji of Goa showed interest in International conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, happening in Goa 10th and 11th of Dec. 2021... We are working in Sync with Global and NATIONAL missions and it feels good to be appreciated by Ministers of such esteemed calibre...Truly blessed and motivating times for team ICAISDG...

FROM THE DISCUSSIONS WITH ENVIRONMENT AND TOURISM MINISTER, MAHARASHTRA As Environment Ministry portfolio talks about Sustainability at large and its varied spectrum, the young dynamic Minister Adityaji appreciated the work done by ICAISDG and discussed further that he works with the same Sustainable Development Goals of United Nations along with his team vividly. He also expressed interests and has kept the conversation open for ICAISDG in near future with its forthcoming conferences also.

Hon. Minister Environmental & Tourism of Maharashtra, Shri. Aditya Thackerayji, appreciating the work done on ICAISDG Proceeding book publication copy regarding the Global Mission of United Nations and its 17 Sustainable Development Goals. In photo along with, Former MLA Shri. Chandradeep Narke, VLCT President Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik and Association of Architects and Engineers President Ajay Korane,

MESSAGE FROM THE CONVENER

PDA/GEN/2021-22/2196 Date:6th Dec 2021

MESSAGE FROM THE INDUSTRY EXPERT

BLENDING BUILT FORM NATURALLY I Where the waters are chilled and still Frozen along the edges of the hedges With the reflections of blues of the skies Images of the cloud - moving and still Snow white and grey And the back drop of the Hilly masses of trees and hay The hues of greens and blues From dawn thru the day From golden yellows to the twilight reds To the silvery white of the moon and stars Against the blues of the dark serenity peace and tranquil Where the heavenly angels Land to inspire humans To create on earth The heavenly music That chants through the nature Spaces & built forms That blends with the divine The chords of Architecture Vibrate through the heart Us fellow Architects Lets strive to create

that wonderful heaven on earth where built forms kiss the skies And the skylines blaze Where spaces raise -the highlands Into flowing contours Down to the landscapes,greens trees and shrubs Where bridges are like leaps Against two heaps Where flock of birds Sway through with sweet little songs Where humans can breathe Quiet & Peace It's the earth fellow architects Let's strive to create Let's all createl

-Ar. Prashant Deshmukh Principal Architect - PDA CMD-PDPL Today, Sustainability is a necessity and UN has finally come with their "17 sustainable development goals" which Architects should note to create sustainable environment. ICAl-SDG has created a platform for architectural community with their unique initiative of approaching sustainability by retaining of environment through practicing architecture with sustainable development goals. Congratulations to UN !!! Congratulations to ICAl-SDG !!! I extend my best wishes for the first ever International conference on architectural introspection of SDG and I am sure Architects Planners and Architectural Technologies will get volumes of ideas and concepts to reach the goals by 2030 aimed by UN.

PREFACE

This is a multi-disciplinary conference which aims to innovate the world with sustainably themed events, and invites students, Architects, Engineers, Planners, Architectural technologists, Designers, Environmentalists, researchers in social thinkers, economics and other related fields to participate and spread the word of sustainability. It has a vision to provide sustainable solutions for challenges faced by society, academia and professions and generate opportunities globally. The mission being that sustainability will not only focus on social, economic and environmental concern but also create innovation through education for the future generations. The motive being to create a world that is selfcontent and make available, such circumstances through educational revolution, that preservation of the planet will be a part of lifestyle itself. This conference is the brainchild of Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust, which strives to create personalities and wisdom by providing research and knowledge venture platforms for global aspirants, conceptualised with the need of promoting sustainability in all areas and fields related to Architecture. Ar. Mohan Nikam, Vastu-Rachanakar, Former Board of Studies Member, DBATU, State Govt. Maharashtra. Resource Speaker SIUD, YASHADA, State Govt. Maharashtra. Former Director SBPCOA, Pune.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT We appreciate to you for your constructive efforts and time, in making this conference a grand success.

CONFERENCE COMMITTEES ICAISDG 2021 CHIEF PATRON Ar. H. D. Sarnaik (Trustee, VLCT) Founder, Shilpa Sagar Architects and Engineers, Shilpa Sagar Constructions, Kolhapur. Former President Association of Architects and Engineers, AIIA.

PATRON Er. Swati R. Sarnaik (Secretary, VLCT) Mr. Abhijit J. Salokhe (Trustee, VLCT) Mr. Sunil Gatade (Trustee, VLCT)

CHIEF EDITOR Ar. Ravindra H. Sarnaik President,Vijayalaxmi Charitable Trust. Founder Principal Shilpa Sagar Academy, India. AIIA, IGBC-AP, PhD Scholar. Former Board of Studies Member, DBATU, State Govt. Maharashtra. Former Resource Speaker SIUD, YASHADA, State Govt. Maharashtra.

CONVENER Prof. Dr. Louis Ember Gyoh Principal Lecturer and Head of Department of the Built Environment. School of Architecture and the Built Environment, Faculty of Science and Engineering, University of Wolverhampton, Wolverhampton England, United Kingdom.

ORGANIZING COMMITTEE 01. Ar. Mohan Nikam, VLCT Organizing Committee Chairman, Former Board of Studies Member, DBATU, State Govt. Maharashtra. Former Director SBPCOA, Pune.

02. Ar. Prashant Deshmukh, Former BOS Chairman, Academic Council Member, DBATU, State Govt. Maharashtra, (Founder and CEO PDA) PDA and PDPPL, Pune. 03. Dr. Sunil Dhapte, Former Director State Institute of Urban Development (SIUD), YASHADA, Pune. 04. Mr. Chetan Narake, (DITP, Ministry of Commerce, Thailand Govt.) President Arun Narke Foundation, Kolhapur. 05. Er. Ajay Korane, President, Association of Architects and Engineers, Kolhapur.

INDEPENDENT ADVISORY CHAIR Dr. Ujwala Chakradeo, Hon. Vice Chancellor SNDT University Mumbai, Representative, Bharatiya Shikshan Mandal.

GLOBAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE 01. Dr. Ashish K. Rege, Professor and Principal, Goa College of Architecture, Panaji, Goa. 02. Ar. Sohan Das, Vice President of Renewable Energy at EVS, Inc. USA. 03. Dr. Viraj Chatterjee, Founder and Design Principal, One Landscape Design, Adjunct Professor of Landscape Architecture Hong Kong University, Chartered Member of Landscape Institute UK, International Association of American Institute of Architects, from Hong Kong. 04. Ar. George Kunhiro, Professor, Kokushikan University, Visiting Professor, Tsinghua University, Chairman, T-Life Environmenral Lab Co., Ltd., Japan. 05. Dr. Kiran Shinde, Convener, Planning program at La Trobe University, Australia. 06. Dr. Salar S. Muhy Al-Din, Lecturer, Girne American University, Cyprus, from Iraq. 07. Dr. Acharwan Chutarat, Head of Architecture Program, School of Architecture + Design, King Mongkut’s University of Technology, Thonburi, Thailand. 08. Dr. Maryam Iranfar, Self researcher, Girne American University, Cyprus, from Iran. 09. Ar. Denny Setiawan, Vice Gen. Secretary of Indonesian Institute of Architects (IAI). Lecturer and Architect, Indonesia. 10. Ar Thirilogachandran Shanmugasundaram, Honorary Secretary, Malaysian Institute of Architects (PAM) Secretary General, Eastern Regional Organisation for Planning and Human Settlements (EAROPH), Malaysia.

NATIONAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE 01. Ar. Pratik P. Deshmukh, Director PDPPL, Pune. 02. Dr.Vaibhav J. Dhere, Deputy Registrar, Shivaji University, Kolhapur.

03. Dr. Girish Kulkarni, Research Professor, Department of Technology, Former Deputy Registerer, SUK Kolhapur. 04. Ar. Parish Kapse , Founding Partner, Team One Architects Pvt Ltd, Mumbai. 05. Adv. Udayraj Badaskar, Legal Advisor VLCT Kolhapur. 06. Dr. M. M. Mujumdar, Professor, K.I.T’s College of Engineering, Kolhapur. 07. Prof. Ar. Onkar K. Kulkarni, Principal(I/C), Dnyandeep College of Architecture, Boraj, Khed, Ratnagiri.

08. Ar. Purvi Kakkad, Vice Principal, Thakur school of Architecture and Planning, Mumbai. 09. Ar. Vrushali V. Toraskar, Principal (I/C), School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 10. Prof. Ar. Dhiraj N. Salhotra, Principal, Thakur school of Architecture and Planning, Mumbai. 11. Er. Sheetal S. Varur, Assistant Professor, K.I.T’s College of Engineering, Kolhapur. 12. Prof. Nalini NaikNimbalkar, Dean, Faculty of Architecture, Vishwakarma University, Pune. 13. Mr. Tushar Nikam, IT Consultant, VLCT Pune. 14. Mr. Parag Dhoble, Concept Consultant, VLCT Mumbai. 15. Mr. Abhijeet Gatade IGAP, Website Consultant, Kolhapur. 16. Ar. Pramod Chaugule, Principal Architect Studio 888, Chairman Abhalmaya, Sangli.

SESSION CHAIR 01. Ar. Ritu G Deshmukh, Professor, Bharati Vidyapeeth College of Architecture, Navi Mumbai. 02. Ar. Yatin Kandolkar, Goa College of Architecture, Goa.

03. Dr. Acharwan Chaturat, Head of Architecture Program, School of Architecture + Design, King Mongkut’s University of Technology Thonburi, Thailand. 04. Dr. Aniruddha Pawar, Program Coordinator, M.Arch in Sustainable Habitat, Goa College of Architecture, Goa.

REVIEWERS 01. Asst. Prof. Apinya Limpaiboon, Head of Landscape Architecture Program, School of Architecture + Design King Mongkut’s University of Technology, Thonburi (Thailand) 02. Dr. Gauri Shiurkar, Director, School of Architecture, Urban Development and Planning, Symbiosis, Pune. 03. Dr. Pratima Dhoke, Officiating Principal and Professor SMMCA, Nagpur. 04. Dr. Poorva Keskar, Principal, SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, Pune. 05. Dr. Mahendra Sonawane, Principal, PCET’s S.B.Patil College of Architecture and Design, Pune.

06. Dr. R. B. Koli, Principal, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune. 07. Dr. Vaidehi Lavand, Professor, SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, Pune. 08. Dr. Roopal Deshpande, Associate Professor, SMMCA, Nagpur. 09. Dr. Alamas Kadar Mirshikari, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune. 10. Prof. Chidambar Dudgikar, Incharge Principal,D. Y. Patil College of Architecture, Talsande, Kolhapur.

11. Dr. Sunil S. Shaha, Associate Professor, KIT's College of Engineering, Kolhapur. 12. Dr. N. K. Patil, Professor, School of Technology, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 13. Prof. Omkar S. Kulkarni, Assistant Professor, Amity University, Mumbai. 14. Dr. M. N. Chandrashekar, Dean SJB School of Architecture & Planning, Bengaluru. 15. Dr. Binumol Tom, Dean (UG), Prof. In Architecture, RIT, Govt. Engineering College, Kottayam, Kerala.

16. Dr. Shrikant M. Bhosale, Co-ordinator, Envi. Science and Tech, Dept. of Technology, Shivaji University, Kolhapur. 17. Ar. Gautam Desai, Chairman Goa state Expert Appraisal Committee, Constituted By MoEFCC Goa. 18. Prof. Vinit Mirkar, Principal, IES College of Architecture, Mumbai. 19. Dr. Arundhati Wategave, Professor, M.Arch. Program, Appasaheb Birnale College of Architecture, Sangli. 20. Dr. Shilpa Sharma, IES College of Architecture, Mumbai.

21. Prof. Sunilkumar S. Bhosale, Design Chair & Academic Coordinator, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune. 22. Prof. Shilpa Ingawale, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune. 23. Prof. Shailaja A Bhagwat, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune.

EDITORIAL COMMITTEE 01. Ar. Urjita Das, Architectural Design Manager, Epistle LLP, Delhi. 02. Ar. Sharduli Joshi, Assistant Professor, SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, Pune.

03. Ar. Harshada Vazarkar, Professor, PCET’s S.B.Patil College of Architecture and Design, Pune. 04. Dr. Neeta Lambe, Associate Professor and Dean Design, SMMCA, Nagpur. 05. Dr. Sampada Peshwe, Associate Professor and Dean Academics, SMMCA, Nagpur. 06. Dr. Akshay R. Thorvat, Associate Professor, KIT's College of Engineering, Kolhapur. 07. Ar. Ketaki Gujar, Associate Professor, SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, Pune.

08. Ar. Vandana Dhaval Pusalkar, Associate Professor, SPSMBH'S College of Architecture, Kolhapur. 09. Ar. Anjali P. Kshirsagar, Associate Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 10. Ar. Seema Patil, Associate Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 11. Ar. Atul Phoujdar, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 12. Ar. Arimita Roy, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai.

13. Ar. Tanvi Sawant, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 14. Ar. Swapangandha Ghatge, Asst. Prof. School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 15. Ar. Prathamesh Joshi, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 16. Ar. Tanvi Shetake, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 17. Ar. Manali Deshmukh, Prof., Academic coordinator, B.Arch, BSOA SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, Pune.

TECHNICAL COMMITTEE 01. Ar. Kavita Patil, Architect & Passionpreneur, Pune. 02. Prof. Amit Jadhav, Assistant Professor, ADCET, Ashta, Sangli. 03. Ar. Alok Karadkar, Assistant Professor, Tatyasaheb Kore College of Architecture, Warananagar, Kolhapur. 04. Mr. Pruthviraj Bhople, Student, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune.

05. Ar. Bhakti Godambe, Associate Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 06. Ar. Nimish Bari, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 07. Ar. Dhruvin Soni, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 08. Er. Mohan Chavan, Associate professor, KIT's College of Engineering, Kolhapur. 09. Ar. Shruti Dube, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai.

10. Ar. Ranjeet Nerlekar, Assistant Professor, PCET’s S.B.Patil College of Architecture, Pune. 11. Ar. Archana Patil, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 12. Er. Jayashri A. Jadhav, Dr. J J Magdum College of Engineering, Jaysingpur. 13. Mr. Yash Arora, Volunteer, VLCT, Kolhapur. 14. Mr. Suprit S. Palkar, Volunteer, VLCT, Kolhapur.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE 01. Ar. Gurudatta Khanolkar, Proprietor, Anamay Enterprise, Kolhapur. 02. Ms. Satvashila Salgar, Librarian, ADCET, Ashta, Sangli. 03. Mr. Suraj Shah, Assistant Professor, K.I.T’s College of Engineering, Kolhapur. 04. Ar. Aditi Sontakke, Asso. Prof. Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 05. Ar. Rajesh Parmar, Associate Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 06. Ar. Tanvi Ganorkar, Assistant Professor, PCET’s S.B.Patil College of Architecture and Design, Pune. 07. Dr. Rutuja Badaskar, Director RUBP, Kolhapur.

OUTREACH COMMITTEE 01. Ar. Mahesh Bangad, Head of Department, BNCA, Pune. 02. Mrs. Deepti A. Salokhe, Head for Outreach and admission, Vishvaniketan Institute of Design, Khalapur, Raigad. 03. Ar. Divya Mallavarapu, Associate professor, SMEF’s Brick School of Architecture, Pune. 04. Ar. Anuradha Bhute, Assistant Professor, SMMCA, Nagpur. 05. Ar. Rashmi Tijare, Assistant Professor, SMMCA, Nagpur.

06. Dr. Rahul D. Mahajan, Assistant Professor, DYPCET Kolhapur. 07. Ar. Vandana Balakrishnan, Visiting Professor, SPA New Delhi. 08. Ar. Sujit Jadhav, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 09. Ar. Saylee Soundalgekar, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 10. Ar. Esa Shaikh, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai.

11. Ar. Mayuri Mahajan, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 12. Ar. Prajwal Patil, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture, Sanjay Ghodawat University, Kolhapur. 13. Ar. Anshul Sinha, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 14. Ar. Smit Goghari, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai.

UNI TALKS COMMITTEE 01 Ar. Dhanashri Mirajkar, Associate Professor, MIT School of Architecture, MITADT University, Pune. 02. Ar. Manjeet Vishwakarama, Shilpa Sagar Academy India, Shilpa Sagar Enterprises and Volunteer VLCT Nasik. 03. Ar. Sanjay Tripathi, Principal Architect, sAs Design, Bangalore, Karnataka, Volunteer VLCT Bangalore. 04. Ar. Pooja Gatti, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai. 05. Ar. Anubhav Malhotra, Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning (TSAP), Mumbai.

CONTENTS Message from the President VLCT Message from the Minister of Road Transport and Highways, India Discussions with Chief Minister of Goa Discussions with Environment and Tourism Minister, Maharashtra Message from the Convener Message from Industry Expert Preface Acknowledgment

INTRODUCTION Aim Objective Theme Briefing of Theme

RESEARCH PAPERS 01. Spatial Transformation Of Street Food In Mumbai (G02) _____________________22 Ar. Rajesh C. Parmar1, Sujit Jadhav2, Esa Shaikh3, Pooja Gatti4, Nimish Bari5 02. Indoor Air Quality Of Heritage Temples And Devotee’s Wellbeing A Case Study: Mahalaxmi Temple, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India (G03) _________ 33 Ar. Anjali S. Jadhav1, Dr. Sushma S. Kulkarni2 03. Application Of Biomimicry In The Design Studio For Undergraduate Architecture Program To Develop Sustainable Solutions (G04) ________________39 Ar. Harshada Anand Bramhe1 04. An Observational Research In Pedagogy For Undergraduate Courses In Architecture To Develop Core Competency Among The Students (G04) ________ 48 Ar. Kavita Patil1, Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik2 05. Analyzing The Present State Of Environmental Awareness In School Students (G04) ______________________________________________ 54 Ar. Subhra Priyadarshini Nayak1, Ar. Shaffali Joshi2 06. Architectural Education In Rural Areas (G04) _____________________________ 66 Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik1, Dr. Louis Gyoh2, Ar. Urjita Das3 07. Safe And Sustainable Sanitation - A Success Story Of Swachha Bharat Mission (G06) _______________________________________________________72 Ar. Aditi V. Sontakke1, Ar. Rajesh C. Parmar2

08. Sustainability & Legal Framework: A Case Study Of Nagpur (G08) ___________ 81 Ar. Anuradha Bhute1, Dr. Ujwala Chakradeo2 09. Evaluation Of PPVC (Prefabricated Prefinished Volumetric Construction) Systems For Mass Housing W.R.T Sustainable Material In Indian Context (G09) __ 90 Ar. Sneha Dilwale1 10. Identifying & Analyzing Reasons Behind Insufficient Number Of Fire Stations And Related Infrastructure In India (G09) _____________________________________104 Mr. Suprit Palkar1, Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik2, Ar. Sanjay Joshi3 11. The Child, The Street And The Sustainable City (G10) ______________________ 109 Ar. Ujjwala Sinha1 12. Safeguarding The Intangible Dimension Of Religious Heritage: Learning From Sacred And Semi Sacred precincts (G11) _____________________ 121 Ar. Vandana Balakrishnan1, Dr. Neha Bansal2 13. Water And Architecture (G11) _________________________________________ 129 Ar. Vishal Ramesh Signapurkar1 14. Community Participation In Cost Effective Mass Housing (G11) ______________ 138 Ar. Suvarna Lele1 15. Affordable & Sustainable Housing For All (G11) __________________________ 147 Ar. Purvi Kakkad1, Ar. Dhruvin Soni2 16. Blue And Green Infrastructure: Needs And Challenges In Mumbai (G11) _______ 151 Ar. Aditi Sontakke1 17. Liveable Neighbourhood: Case Of Mumbai (G11) _________________________ 160 Ar. Dipali Vadhavkar1, Ar. Bhakti Godambe2 18. Collaborative Approaches In: Disciplines, Communities And Societies (G11) ____ 174 Ar. Anubhav M. Malhotra1 19. Integrating Quality Public Realm, And Public Participation Develop In To Livable And Sustainable Cities (G11) ________________________ 180 Ar. Mansoorsaheb B. Mulla1 20. Socio-Techno-Economic Considerations For Housing In Coastal Areas: A Study Of The Indian Coastline (G11) ___________________________________ 190 Ms. Gauri Gawande1, Ms. Aradhana Tripathy2, Ms. S. Rashina3 21. SVAGRIHA Rating And Design Tool For Green Buildings: Case Study For Small Standalone Residential Building (G11) _____________________________________204 Mr. Sheetal Satyajit Varur1, Mr. Suraj Vishwajit Shah2, Dr. Vidula Arun Swami3 22. Reinstating Aesthetics Into Contemporary Design Practices (G11) _____________ 211 Ar. Onkar Kulkarni1 23. Sustainable Agriculture By Drip Irrigation In Kolhapur District With Optimization Of Available Water (G12) ______________________________ 219 Dr. Vijay R. Patil1 24. Embedding Sustainable Construction Practices In Indian Construction Contracts (G12) ___________________________________________231 Ar. Anjali Luman1

25. Contriving Strategies For Restoring Green Economy: A Step Towards Responsible Consumption And Production (G12) _______________________________________236 Ar. Atul J. Phoujdar1, Ar. Arimita Roy (Nag)2 26. Envisioning Sustainable Development Along The Dahisar River (G15) ___________244 Ar. Shruti Deshpande Dube1, Ar. Saylee Soundalgekar2, Ar. Tanvi Sawant3 27. Towards Urban Sustainability Agenda: Role Of Leaders & Organizations (G17) ___ 253 Ar. Dhiraj Salhotra1 28. Formulation Of Design Strategies For Climate-Responsive Architectural Elements In Commercial Buildings To Lessen The Mechanical Resources: Case Of Pune (G17) ___________________________________________________ 257 Ar. Radheya Sudhir Chopde1, Ar. Shubhashri Upasani2, Ar. Sourabh Shalgar3

4 Gist of UniTalks Shri. Mukul Kanetkar, BSM GURU, India.

Ms. Olafiyin Taiwo, UN GURU, UK. Ir. Milena Ivkovic, UN GURU, Netherlands. Dr. Aniruddha Pawar, GCA GURU, India Ar. Antoine Wasserfallen, BUSINESS GURU, Switzerland.

Prof. Eduardo Saldivia, UN GURU, Argentina. Mr. Akash D. Jha, YOUNG GURU, India. Prof. Barbara Norman, UN GURU, Australia.

5 Author Index

Aim ICAI-SDG is aiming at illustrating the potential of Architecture and multidisciplinary communities for achieving the Sustainable Development Goals which were declared by the United Nations in 2015 as binding for 193 nations globally addressing under developed, developing and developed countries. Objective ICAISDG theme parleys about how the architectural community must and can play a significant role through the SDGs which should be achieved as projected in 2030.

ICAISDG proposes to give an overview of some of SDGs and research in this area and it’s written post conference report as an appeal to professionals, scientists and government organizations globally to take a holistic approach on the derived data. ICAISDG activity desires to monitor and generate the effects of research work on the SDGs by the Architectural community until now and update it in report format and proceedings. ICAISDG will definitely be an enabler to identify more efficient resource handling, edification, societal framework and business operations reinforcing the economy which is a critical success factor for achieving the SDGs.

Theme: The 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) to transform our world : GOAL 1: No Poverty GOAL 2: Zero Hunger GOAL 3: Good Health and Well-being GOAL 4: Quality Education GOAL 5: Gender Equality GOAL 6: Clean Water and Sanitation GOAL 7: Affordable and Clean Energy GOAL 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth GOAL 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure GOAL 10: Reduced Inequality GOAL 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities GOAL 12: Responsible Consumption and Production GOAL 13: Climate Action GOAL 14: Life Below Water GOAL 15: Life on Land GOAL 16: Peace and Justice Strong Institutions GOAL 17: Partnerships to achieve the Goal

Briefing of Theme Goal 1: No Poverty

Poverty has always been a multidimensional factor. It exists in the form of lack of income or zero access to basic resources and opportunities. It’s a malignant tumour that harvests hunger and malnutrition, socialdiscrimination and diminished opportunities to participate in public welfare votes and decisionmaking processes. Eradicating poverty of all types is a must for the survival of humankind with wellbeing and an equal chance to live as its top priority. As SDGs Crusader, we have the responsibility to suggest measures and working in close collaboration with the authorities, we can design spaces such as affordable living spaces, community halls and introspection centres for the underprivileged as the first step towards nurturing a rich and a chance at a better life for all.

Goal 2: Zero Hunger The goal aims to end all forms of hunger and malnutrition by the year 2030 making sure people especially the underprivileged have sufficient nutritious food. Measures such as promoting sustainable agriculture, supporting small-scale food companies and providing designated spaces for each whilst ensuring sufficient investment is the way to go.

Goal 3: Good Health and Well-being Humankind today has been fast and unapproachable. With rigorous schedules and deadlines in their worklife, people have not been keen to monitor their health and well-being. With the COVID-19 pandemic, it has been real that the health infrastructure, public buildings and spaces need to be redefined for creating better, safer environments for the masses. Distinct thoughts should be provided in creating healthy neighbourhoods and parks, better streets with the ease of pedestrian access, universal access to public amenities, safe spaces for children and elders that follow the safety protocols as well as promote for tier physical and mental well-being.

Goal 4: Quality Education Education is a must. That’s that. Ensuring quality education is provided to people from all walks of life is the first and foremost important step in public awareness and their fundamental rights. Completion of primary and secondary education guarantees equal opportunities to all. As SDGs Crusaders of today’s industry, it is our responsibility to propose schools and training centres for children and adults who wish to learn without being shackled to financial privileges. Designing academic institutions as such would identify a key progress in the nation’s growth and welfare.

Goal 5: Gender Equality Gender bias has always been an imminent threat to women and girls. Discrimination has been noticed in every social-academic and work-related activity out there. Similarly, in the design industry, the ratio among working men to women is tragically disproportionate. It’s high time as a civic society to address these forms of issues and take it into consideration that women and girls should have equal and all access to working positions and education.

Goal 6: Clean Water and Sanitation One of the basic necessities to ensure healthy living is the supply of clean water and adequate sanitation facilities. The application of these systems protects people from diseases and enables healthy living. Architecturally, we can design better by improving access to sanitation services, calibrating water supply sustainably in the planning stage itself; thus ensuring adequate water and sanitation.

Goal 7: Affordable and Clean Energy The consumption and contribution of energy are critical in the development of societies. However, one can monitor its consumption and know its resource. The goal aims to harbour clean and sustainable energy and reinterpret our consumption for a better future. The building construction industry needs to be relooked at in terms of consumption of energy, carbon footprint and ethical sourcing. Ensuring access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and clean energy for all can lower the toxic output waste and lend a hand in protecting the climate.

Goal 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth

The construction industry is vast in all senses. It starts with planning at a desk to marketing, designing and lastly, executing the project. This industry houses millions of people’s monthly to daily wages. It is essential to encourage sustained economic growth by achieving higher levels of productivity through technological interventions, change in policies that aid the community, encourage entrepreneurship and overall achieve productive employment.

Goal 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure The population growth increasing exponential over the years has demanded a rise in industry, innovation and infrastructure leading to haphazard industrialization. Recent developments and innovations in technology can help in developing sustainable and innovative design practices in the construction industry. Investment in infrastructure sectors including transportation and built spaces is vital to ensure sustainable development of our country.

Goal 10: Reduced Inequality Inequalities have existed to date in all shapes and forms. Whether it be based on gender, age, disability, religion, economic or another status within the country, as well as among nations, it is necessary to break this barrier that only deprives people of opportunities. It is essential for the official authorities to take primitive steps in ensuring equal opportunities and pay for all, unbiased of their gender or any other status. As active community members, we as designers can build proper buildings that are user-friendly and accessible to all; public spaces shall welcome every member of the community and not be status biased. Gender-neutral spaces can be established where everyone can be equal.

Goal 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities This is agreed that urbanization has resulted in the creation of new jobs and endless opportunities and reduction in poverty but rapid urbanization has severely affected our ecosystem. As SDGs Crusaders, it is a prerequisite to redefine our urban design process including land-use changes, transportation needs, creating sustainable neighbourhood fabrics and reinterpreting the master plans for better, safer and healthier communities.

Goal 12: Responsible Consumption and Production This goal aims to provide a better quality of life while minimising the use of natural resources and toxic materials. The overall view is to achieve more and do better with less. Promoting green building construction across the nation is the very first step towards sustainable living. Factors such as using local resources, design consideration for the durability of the structures and being energy efficient can noticeably reduce the carbon footprint, thereby promoting sustainable infrastructure. Achieving these targets can also help in reducing economic inflammation as well as social and environmental costs.

Goal 13: Climate Action The rise in sea levels, extreme weather conditions and increase in concentrations of greenhouse gases are all effects of climate change. Addressing this phenomenon, we as designers have to take rapid actions in creating spaces that not only aid the public but also are in synchronization with the environment. Emphasizing the use of local and renewable materials while simultaneously reducing the transport of building materials can effectively reduce the carbon footprint of the built environment. Application of renewable energy systems shall be introduced and incorporated in all types of building typologies. Following these steps ensures responsible consumption and production. Goal 14: Life Below Water

It is common knowledge that water bodies occupy more than seventy per cent of the surface of Earth and plays an important role in supporting all forms of life. Today our marine life faces imminent threats such as degradation, loss of biodiversity, ocean acidification, all caused primarily by humankind. This goal aims to nurture marine life and protect the marine and coastal ecosystems. Support from the construction industry might be the reduction of transportation of building materials and components over long distances by waterways. Abolishing the use of plastic packaging can help in reducing the sources of non-biodegradable waste. Developing solutions that reduce the cost and add mutual benefits to water managing infrastructure and taking caution while developing settlements in coastal regions are some of the many ways to go about rebuilding the marine ecosystem.

Goal 15: Life On Land

It is a prerequisite that each and everyone globally contributes in a way that stores and promotes sustainability and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss. As designers aiming for a better future, it is essential to minimise greenfield developments and incorporate sustainable planning right down to inspection of local ecosystems, retaining the flora and fauna of region and much more. One can also promote sustainability through using wood and other building materials from ethical and sustainable sources. Public awareness is a must in the promotion of sustainable tourism where buildings to be built in harmony with the ecosystems and wildlife parks. These targets need to be fulfilled in interest of saving our terrestrial ecosystems.

Goal 16: Peace and Jutice Strong Institutions Architecture does not make an institution just, but the effort and values put into a building can represent society’s commitment to justice, democracy, and inclusiveness. To support society’s expression of its values through buildings and public space, architecture and planning must ensure that public spaces and institutions are inclusive, welcoming, secure, and non-discriminatory. The design of libraries, community centres, safe houses and paces of worship must ensure safety, inclusiveness, and affordability. The building industry itself must pay close attention to procurement and construction processes in order to discourage theft, corruption, bribery and all other forms of organized crime. The building industry must also ensure that the extraction, production, and handling of building materials do not rely on abuse, exploitation, human trafficking, or child labour. Goal 17: Partnerships to achieve the Goal A successful sustainable development agenda requires partnerships between government, NGOs the private sector and civil society. Inclusive partnerships built upon principles and values, a shared vision and shared goals that place people and the planet at the centre are required at every level. Architects, Designers, Planners and Engineers can contribute by sharing knowledge, promoting sustainable solutions and engage in collaboration with research and institutional partners, to develop and implement sustainable solutions. Key to partnerships is a willingness to include new knowledge , test practices, engage with local climate, culture and resources and work with end users to ensure commitment and ownership in a life cycle perspective.

RESEARCH

PAPERS Lets Introspect SDGs

Spatial Transformation of Street Food in Mumbai Sub theme: Goal-02 Zero Hunger, Goal-03 Good health and Wellbeing, Goal-06 Clean Water and Sanitation, Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities, Goal-12 Responsible consumption and Production Rajesh C. Parmar1, SujitJadhav2, Esa Shaikh3, Pooja Gatti4,Nimish Bari 5, 1 2

Associate Professor (M. Arch- Project Management)

Assistant Professor (M. Arch- Landscape Architecture) 3 4

Assistant Professor (M. Arch- Urban Design)

Assistant Professor (M. Arch- General Architecture) 5

Assistant Professor (M. Arch- Urban Design)

Abstract Food (especially, street food in Mumbai) as an intangible heritage carries itself with culture, history, story of the land & its relationship with its people in the Urban Sprawl. Out of the gamut of eating outlets options available, street food has its own special place in the hearts & minds of the people. Popular mostly in the urban context, street food ecology spreads at every scale of the city across our country, providing job opportunities to the people serving street food. Street food provides inexpensive & ready to eat options to the majority of the working population, which adds Social, Cultural, Economic & Environmental value. However, due to prioritization of speed & convenience to deliver street food to the people, it has resulted in an outcome as the architecture has led to isolation, unhealthy and unsustainable habits. Haphazard development of street food units and congestion has led to difficulty in transit movements in cities. Such scenarios need effective planning and infrastructure for the safety & security of the people and are still a topic of neglect. Abiding to the Sustainable Development Goals, this paper puts forth the need of creation of better spatial infrastructure to support & promote the Food and Community lifestyle in a Healthy and Sustainable way. The goals for Sustainable Development which are the key attributes the paper aims at& highlights to promote design & documentation are Zero Hunger, Good health & Wellbeing, Clean water & sanitation, Sustainable cities & communities and Responsible consumption & production. Keywords: Street food; Sustainability; Safety; Healthy; Spatial Infrastructure; Design and documentation

1. Introduction Food is one of the basic substantial needs that caters to humans, apart from shelter & clothing. Food appeals to everyone and across all socio-economic groups. Act of consumption contributes to the basic need to satiate hunger and the daily activities of all humans. Everyone needs to replenish their body, but the relation between spatial context and food is ubiquitous. In urban context, Street food adds as a magic ingredient for an inclusive & multi-sensory experience. It adds to convivial public space & the tourism enhancement of the city. Hence, Food became the element of Cultural, Social, Economic and Environmental value. Street food and people are connected to each other through gastronomical relish which also aids in convenience (time) & affordability (cost). Prioritization of speed & convenience has led to the architecture that promotes isolation, unhealthy and unsustainable habits through this phenomenon of street foods. By relating people to the need of local Food, through understanding of production, consumption and spatial organization, individuals can regain a sense of pride in culture and community responsibility.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 01: Our Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) promotes the creation of architecture where the relation of Food & Community lifestyle in local origin by connecting in a sustainable way.

Reference: UNESCO and Sustainable Development Goals, Date of access: 20/08/2021. https://en.unesco.org/sustainabledevelopmentgoals

Mumbai is the city where time never halts. It’s also known as the city of Progress and called ‘Urbs Prima in Indis’ by British Raj. Mumbai as a city has always been the emblem of commercial activity. Its citizens are said to be one of the most Competitive and Hardworking according to the Livability Index. The fast-paced lifestyle has led to the active consumption of food habits. To fill the gap between the production & consumption in such a pacing environment, Architecture of Appropriation (Jugaad) was introduced. Due to this phenomenon, Street food has become a thriving organization for fast paced production & consumption of food today. Figure 02:Depicts the understanding of food ecology of Mumbai

Reference:INDIA, Sparkle #115: Illustrated Travel Maps, Date of access: 24/08/2021. https://pumpernickelpixie.com/tuesday-sparkle-115-illustrated-travel-maps/

The above image depicts the understanding of the food ecology around the prominent neighborhoods of Mumbai. Whereas its necessary to document and understand the macro and micro level of extent of street food culture in Mumbai. The scope of Street food vendors is a major resource of sustainable, convenient & affordable food for all. ‘Food vending & Delivery’ provides temporary jobs and a source of Income to all capable strata of society. However, haphazard development of street food units leads to congestion & difficulty in Transit movements. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Similar spatial arrangements have emerged at multiple locations of Mumbai be it Residential, Commercial, Industrial, Mixed-use spaces. Such spatial context needs effective planning and infrastructure for the same and is still a topic of neglect. Figure 03: Diverse Street food of various culture boiled in one single table of consumer

Reference:

PHIRNI, 15 Mouthwatering things to try at Mohammed Ali Road during Ramadan! Date of access: 20/08/2021. https://www.tripoto.com/trip/mohammad-ali-road-during-ramadan 25 INDIAN STREET FOOD DISHES YOU MUST TRY IN MUMBAI, INDIA. Date of access: 20/08/2021. https://davidsbeenhere.com/2019/10/16/25-indian-street-food-dishes-you-must-try-in-mumbai-india/ CLOSE UP VIEW OF INDIAN STREET FOOD IN MUMBAI. MAHARASHTRA FAST FOOD - MISALPAV. Date of access: 20/08/2021. https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/close-view-indian-street-food-mumbai-1498166114 KEBABS, CHICKEN TIKKA AND TANDOORI CHICKEN, 15 Mouthwatering things to try at Mohammed Ali Road during Ramadan! Date of access: 20/08/2021. https://www.tripoto.com/trip/mohammad-ali-road-during-ramadan VADA PAV BY MOHAN SINGH, Popular street food options in Udaipur, Date of access: 20/08/2021. https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/travel/eating-out/popular-street-food-options-in-udaipur/gs49685264.cms

Street food in Mumbai is not only looked at as a food unit but provides that full stop immersive experience for all on the street. They add to the valuable Intangible heritage of the city. Some of the food units are centuries old. They are diverse and bring various cultures on one table together. Apart from being rich with mouth-watering food, it adds to the character and identity of the street. With the changing food choices and culture of fast food with its evolving cuisine, Contemporary Street food has transformed gastronomic culture.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Table 01: Preliminary Parameters of Research Variable Typology

Remarks

Site Location

Urban & Suburban

Timing

Operational timings

Character

Spatial arrangement

Process

Food Preparation

User group

Target segment

Portability

Vending Mobility

Time and mode of Preparation Mode of Consumption

Subjective

Mode of serving

Packages/ In hand

Techno legality

Authenticity/ Ownership

Typology 1

Typology 2

Typology 3

Typology 4

Stationary / Kinetic

Reference: Created by Author(s) The varied typologies of food Units are inclusive, social, transparent, flexible and they have a lot of scope to be designed in a sustainable way. These food units, by gathering people, encourage ‘Eyes on the street’, hence providing security and safety on the street and act as a prime landmark in wayfinding. Units are strategically located where individuals can access it freely and easily. Their performance as producers takes place on a variety of vehicles of different scales: a bike, a cart, a motor cart, a tuk-tuk car or a small truck. They are multi scalar and multi-functional.They can be further classified into 1) Temporal or Nomadic approach, 2) Permanent spatial context and 3) Whole Street or precinct 4) Ephemeral or which pops up on certain events.

1.1 Need for the project in Mumbai Metropolitan region (MMR) According to the Hindustan Times Report, the Brihanmumbai Municipal Corporation (BMC) and other local bodies are planning to openpublic locations such as Marine Drive, Chow patty, Worli sea face and Madh Island and other MMR regions, to create food hubs by setting up food trucks and stalls across the city. The BMC plans to restrict timing the traffic by alternate route, between 6pm to 11 pm every day from the designated footpaths and streets. The report further states that the unorganized sector contributes to the 68% of the total workforce.Even though MCGM is an expert in the engineering aspect of infrastructure, better policies are needed for regulation of street & public spatial context and understanding of the informal sector from the perspective of socio-economic significance. At the same time, if these Food vendors are developed and organized systematically, there lies a lot of scope to Explore, Experience, Educate, Evolve and Express which can enhance Mumbai’s love for food and its diverse culture. The other factors may include techno legal constraints, waste management, health & hygiene which will be an imperial part of the outcome.

2. Engagement of Food with the discipline of Architecture and spatial context

Apart from legality, Street food in Mumbai is not only looked at as a food unit, but provides that ‘social full stop’ for all on the street. They are diverse to bring various cultures on one table in a very compact spatial context. Apart from being rich with mouth-watering food, it adds to the character and identity of the street. They interrelate with the fabric of the district and entangle to enhance the fabric. The Food units add on to the experiential part and enhance the social & spatial context of the area forming all together a new identity of the place. Later, this spatial context of food units, modifies itself to become the Landmark of the space.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Following are the classification which cover most of the legal food units and provide scope of their documentation and design in detail which is currently lacking in the Urban local bodies. Figure 04: Location Maps of Mumbai City 1.Bade Miya (Mughlai food) 2.Mohammed Ali Road (Street food) 3. Bachelors (Ice cream and Juice) 4.Sewri (PavBhaji) 5.Aswad (Misalpav) 6.Elco market (PaniPuri) 7.Swagat (Street food) 8.Chamunda circle (fast food) 9. Mamlatdar (Misal and VadaPav)

Reference: Created by Author(s)

Portable Food Units:

• •

These are the food units which are easy to install anywhere and can be ported to any spatial arrangements. Along with the Food unit, other allied elements such as Cover, Storage, Dustbin and locker facility moves along with them. It’s mostly made up of very tensile, light and flexible material. Sometimes, they have a facility to cook or to refreeze the food units. They can be found at places where permanent hawking is not allowed. (For example, at Highway side roads, railway stations, high public gatherings and Circus etc.)

• • •

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Illustration 01: Portable food units-Sugarcane juice shop

Reference: Created by Author(s)

1) Permanent Food Units: • These are the food units which are mostly fixed in the specific spatial context. • They change the function and use of the space after it's installed. • Along with the Food unit, other allied elements such as Cover, Storage, Dustbin, and locker facility are fixed. • It’s mostly made up of heavy material which can take a heavy load. • Sometimes they have a facility to cook or to refreeze the food units. • They can be found at various places that are mostly residential, commercial or both.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Illustration 02: Permanent food units- PaanBeedi shop

Reference: Created by Author(s)

2) Collective- Set up where more than one setup comes together • • • • • •

These are the collective food units where the whole area or lane becomes a Hub of food and is known for its distinct food culture. It creates its own diverse identity and experience related to the food. Along with the Food unit, other allied elements such as Cover, Storage, Dustbin and locker facility and maintenance is done by owners. It’s mostly legal. Sometimes they have a facility to cook or to refreeze the food units. They can be found at places where tourists or more office goers can access it. Example:-Khau Galli near the Oval Maidan or Church gate.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Illustration 03: Collective setup- Rasaz food corner

Reference: Created by Author(s)

3) Ephemeral – Set Up which pops according to the Time. • • • •

These are the food units which are easy to install anywhere and can be ported to any spatial arrangement but pops only due to events. The Setup is quite small and limited to only a single product. It’s mostly made up of very tensile, light, and flexible material. They can be found at places where ephemeral events happen like outside of a Marriage Hall, Movie theatre, Ganpati Pandals or in event of Mela or fun-fair. Illustration 04: Ephemeral Setup (Stalls pop up during Navratri near Jivdani temple)

Reference: Created by Author(s)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2. Methodology of conducting the study 1) Site Selection & Analysis: In the MMR region, identify localities where streets are identified as ‘KHAU GALLI’ and select relevant sites to do a comparative or parallel study. With varying parameters, there is a need to collect data & analyze the common concerns and issues faced by each site, with respect to urban planning & infrastructure and modulate the solutions to work with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 2) Case study/Literature review: Study on subjects of existing urban nature and its role in up gradation with sustainability factor & identifying common parameters with respect to urban principles of planning, which can be interrelated with our study. 3) Parameters under which site selection is done: a) Identify & Map streets named as ‘KHAU GALLI’ in different localities within MMR region. b) Qualitative/Quantitative analysis: Short listing relevant sites, based on preliminary observation or general survey floated to the population sample with response for popularity, convenience, and affordability. 4) Preliminary Data Analysis:(Mode: Survey, interview, literature, statistics, graphs &info graphics) • Qualitative Analysis: a) Study of evolution of the street, with respect to the informal sector economy (street food) with the vendors, consumers & relevant local authority bodies. b) To understand the past & present issues faced by the vendors & consumers in their built environment & gain perspective about their future ideas & projections with respect to the street food vending unit, infrastructure/allied services & urban density strain faced by them, for better community development in relation to street & food. • Quantitative Analysis: a) Vendors: Data collection to study the background of vendor’s Socio-Economic factors (Sample response depending on the number of vendors selling per site). b) Consumers: Data collection to study the background of consumer’s Socio-Economic factors (Sample responses for different timelines of the day). c) Economy of Street food: Data collection with the vendors to understand the methods of sourcing materials to build, cook and feed (daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly) 5) Laws and Policies: a) • • • b)

Status of Street vendors and laws applicable to them as hawkers. Understanding the process of procuring license from relevant municipal body. Urban Planning policies proposed for street vendors. Legal & Illegal practices adapted by vendors for running their respective food vending. Identifying community-based organizations, who are involved with street food vendors/hawkers’ socioeconomic development and find correlated solutions for achieving Urban scale issues faced by them, their efforts in finding a solution for the same and integrating it with the said research. c) Seek support from relevant municipal body, with respect to the understanding of their approach towards street food vendors/ Khau Galli and their focus & solutions in resolving the said research. d) The tools and engineering schemes, applicable by relevant municipal bodies as per the Site identified and giving a feasible solution, so that holistically the city prospers through a sustainable approach in resolving Street Vending issues through the perspective of municipal authority as well. e) Public health & hygiene: Precautions & Steps carried by the vendors for overall hygiene of making & serving foods. Local Municipal Body & Authorized Health Inspection Body views, laws & policies on the same. f) Proposal for any change in law or policy to aid the informal sector in having enhanced growth & development.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

6) Spatial analysis/Architectural understanding of the street: Map the shortlisted Site, with respect to neighborhood (Mode: sketches, info graphics, photographs, detailed drawings) a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l)

To gain an understanding via documentation of the identified relevant SITES into the architectural perspective of the sites, additional issues/concerns & viable solutions adopted in practice will also be integrated if found by preliminary data collection analysis as well. Street typology & section, street type & its usability. Relationship of built & unbuilt spaces. Cohabitation of Vendors and the street. Users or customers (public) use of the street as a public zone or for pedestrian or vehicular movement. Built environment relation to the street vendors. Street vendors cart/mobile analysis as a unit, with respect to site and allied services. Food unit as a product design and its adaptability and evolution through different timelines of the day & varied weather conditions. Vendors & consumers understanding of the food unit and analysis of ergonomics by varied users/consumers through the day. Change in street typology response for events/festivals. Infrastructure analysis i.e., understanding the service lines available to the vendors and their use of it with respect to the food services provided by them. (Inwards services: Water, Power & Gas supply/Outwards services: Waste disposal) Proposal of solutions with all interrelated scope of work to be carried out with participatory approach from all involved parties for development of the same.

3. Detailing of the Outcome The proposed outcome could be a document/report comprising of comprehensive study and research done on various parameters of street food. 1) Policy/guidelines a) It would prevent the unethical encroachment of public spaces, thereby reducing traffic congestions – both pedestrian& vehicular. b) It would have an impact on the longevity of the street food, i.e., the new fast food is becoming the trend/fame of the locality. c) It would increase the employability. d) It would increase the use of sustainable material & limit or stop the use of hazardous pollutants. e) It would encourage small-scale startups/entrepreneurs. f) It would serve as a reference document for further such setups, thereby synchronizing the local authority & preventing unethical practices. g) It would introduce safety norms, for all the stakeholders – from raw material, process & consumption as well, hygiene, disposal, etc. 2) Architectural interventions (these are at a proposal stage, hence outcome could be in combination or individual from the following, depending on the Site selection) Depending upon the service provider & the way of consumption (both in case of Street Food), the architectural interventions can be briefly categorized as a) b) c) d) e)

A particular street dedicated to local cuisines (with permanent shops). A particular street with mobile stalls serving local cuisines (usually encroached spaces). A single mobile stall, where the stall is assembled & taken home by the vendor. A premise dedicated or gradually developed into a street fast food corner (usually multiple vendors with different cuisines together, but a common space for the consumer). Any other typology depending upon the neighborhood typology – Residential, Office / corporate, Commercial, Industrial, etc.)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

3) Technical bearings a) The space, so designed, should be economically viable to the investor. b) This shall depend upon the material used for construction, technical specifications should be simple & easy to install & commissioned. c) The maintenance & durability should be optimum to ensure hygiene. d) The technology should be easily repairable & affordable. e) The energy consumption & waste disposal techniques to be environmentally acceptable. The impact of the outcome shall be on the following: • Society from part to the whole • The Economy of the User & stakeholder • Aesthetical impact on the Design itself & on the fabric/patina of the surrounding itself. • Environmental impact on Urban scale • Use of local services & amenities

4. Recommendations: The mode of Institutional engagement The following modes of Institutional engagements could be explored for the project depending upon the issue to be addressed, project intervention & site context. Multipartite committee can consist of the following authorities. Local Municipal authorities- Include the issue of license, shops & establishment department, traffic police, fire brigade department and district administration. Health department-To make citizen aware about the various health & hygiene programs of the government. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)- The FDA department would help in training street vendors. It can also help to issue a certificate to the street food vendors post the training program. National Hawker Federation- Such federations shall help to abide by Street Hawkers (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending Act, 2014) & work towards the regulation and welfare of the street vendors. Police & Traffic police administration- Would be responsible for coordination between traffic and vending, the successful conduct of law and order and traffic, and allow vending according to time / day in highly pressurized areas & Awareness Programs. Dispute & Grievance resolution body. NGO’s (Non-Government Organization) & CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility)- Raise funds to help street vendors in your area or donate gloves, masks and hand sanitizer to them. The above-mentioned institutional engagements shall help achieve Volunteer, Educational & Awareness initiatives along withthe following outcomes • • • •

Direct Service- Provide service or product to individual/group/community (volunteer/build social media tools/community mural) Training Street Vendors- Food hygiene & safety. Also awareness of legal rights, procedures of municipal authorities, food safety & hygiene, accounting procedures and developing leadership skills. Engage Research- Mapping community assets or contributing to solutions to current challenges. Awareness Initiatives- Bringing people together on a common platform & educating the citizen with the concern issues.

5. Conclusion With the overall study of Local context and ecology of food, we could successfully explore the ways to eradicate hunger and aim towards SDG Goal-02 which talks about ‘Zero Hunger’ and Goal-03 which raises concern about ‘Good health and Wellbeing’. Various service and food provider could be given the scope of selfemployment by spatial transformation and planning policies. By understanding and following the Methodology, our community would be educated and involved in sustainable life habits which fulfills Sustainable goals of ‘Sustainable Cities and Communities; and Goal of Responsible consumption and Production.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Indoor Air Quality of Heritage temples and Devotee’s Wellbeing A case Study: Mahalaxmi Temple, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India. Under Sub-theme: Goal 3- Good Health and-Wellbeing Ar. Anjali S. Jadhav1, Dr Sushma S.Kulkarni2, 1

Asso. Professor, S.P.S.M.B.H’s College of Architecture, Shivaji University, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India. 2 Principal, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Islampur,Maharashtra, India.

Abstract Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) is closely related to the health, efficiency and wellbeing of mankind.IAQ has a great impact on the health of building occupants. In India, many heritage temples are worshipped by the lack of devotees. This research is carried out in Mahalaxmi Temple, Kolhapur, India; which is constructed in the 9th century A.D. This temple is selected for the study because; it has great cultural significance and is visited by lacs of devotees of India. The paper focuses on the IAQ of the heritage Temple and the wellbeing of Devotees. Objective and subjective methods are used to access the IAQ inside the temple. The IAQ parameters of the temple are measured with calibrated equipment inside the temple for three seasons of the year and the measurements are taken by the time interval of 2 hours a day from morning to evening. Quantitative analysis of collected data of IAQ indicates decreased O2 level, increased CO2 level, increase temperature, increase humidity as compared to ISHRAE standard-10001:2019. It represents a poor IAQ inside the temple causing discomfort, uneasiness, cough, cold, sneezing, headache, irritation and unhealthy condition.It is observed that the IAQ of the temple has deteriorated, not up to the standard and affecting the health and wellbeing of devotees which stay in a queue inside the temple for a longer duration of time. Keywords

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ); Wellbeing; human health, O2; CO2;Devote

1. Introduction Indoor Air Quality is related to the air inside; maybe conditioned or natural; which we breathe when inside and circulate in the building envelope (ISHRAE Standards, 2019). Indoor Air Quality is of utmost importance as the occupants spent 80% to 90% of their time indoors. Most of the time the indoor is full of contaminants causing health issues (EPA 2000). The quality of Indoor Air is currently a major issue causing many problems to human health. Polluted indoor air leads to a drop in work efficiency, irritation, fatigue coughing, sneezing and headache(Pilatowicz 1995). IAQ and human health are closely related as it has an impact on the human mind eitherpositively or negatively.(Frontczak M. et.al.2011). People spent most of the time indoors; the indoor airbecomes stale and full of contaminants like carbon monoxide (CO), Carbon dioxide (CO2) and VOC's; which affect the health and wellbeing of the occupants ( Prihantmanti R. 2014) India has a great heritage of temples of a variety of deities. It is the tradition and culture of the devotees to visit temples and perform rituals. It is very much inspiring and day by day so much crowd is getting attracted towards temples (Hardy, A., (1995).

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2. History of Mahalaxmi temple Mahalaxmi Temple is very popular across India and it is situated in the heart of Kolhapur city. Kolhapur city is popularly known as Dakshin Kashi. The temple is constructed in Chalukyan and Shilahara rules from 600 A.D. to 900 A.D. It is a wonderful example of the Vesara style of Hindu Architecture. The temple is constructed in black basalt stone with very intricate carving on it. (E.S.R., Kolhapur Municipal Corporation, 2016). The temple has Garbhagruha, antarata, Darshan mandapa, sabha mandapa, ardhamandapa. (Sabnis R.V., 1928)

3. Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) For the study of Indoor air quality following five parameters are considered. All the parameters are important and affect the quality of air. Following are the parameters: 1) Temperature 2) Humidity 3) O2 4) CO2 5) Air exchanges 6) Particulate matter. (Robert Bean, 2009) Temperature: Temperature plays an important role in the comfort condition inside the building. It also affects the efficiency of the occupants. Temperature is measured in terms of o C. The inside temperature of the building depends upon the outside temperature of the air (Prihantmanti R. 2014). As per ISHRAE Standards, the temperature for comfort condition is 23 o Cplus or minus 1 o C. Humidity: It is the percentage of moisture present in the air. It is always expressed in %. The % of humidity in the air and the temperature has a close relation and affect the comfort condition inside the building. When the humidity is wetter feeling and when humidity is less it is a dry feeling inside. Excess humidity causes discomfort, fungal growth and moulds. The standards of comfort condition of humidity are 30% to 50% (ISHRAE Standards, 2019) Oxygen (O2): it is an important gas present in the air. Its standard concentration in the air is 20.9%. Oxygen concentration below the standard causes discomfort, breathlessness and sometimes it is fatal. Carbon dioxide (CO2): Carbon dioxide concentration is an important element while checking the quality of indoor air. It is the colourless gas present in the air. It is not the pollution of the air but when it is more in concentration it is hazardous to human health and wellbeing. The higher percentage of CO2 is the problem of poor ventilation, the ingress of outside air and the type of occupancy. The standard of CO2 concentration in the air is 0.03% (Godish, 2000) Air exchanges:Air exchange means the movement of air in closed volume. The major drawback of air pollution is improper ventilation or air exchange of that space. Proper air exchange can reduce the growth of bacteria and mould; increasing the evaporation rate which keeps the inside cooler. Per person 10 lit /10 q. ft floor space is the demand for fresh air. (ISHRAE Standards, 2019) Particulate matter: A variety of organic and inorganic particles are present in the air causing the pollution of the air. It is due to human or natural activity; the particulate matter enters the buildings causing the pollution of the air. Particular matter causes many diseases related to cardiovascular systems. It is a very much important parameter of IAQ. PM10, PM2.5 and their concentration decide the Quality of the air. (Penny et.al. 2010)

4. Need for the study: Throughout the year lacs of devotees visit the Mahalaxmi temple. The temple is constructed approximately 1200 years ago. It was not designed to accommodate a large no of devotees in all three seasons from morning to evening. So it is observed that when it is so much crowded devotees come out of the temple exhausted; some of them faint and suffocate, some of them become uncomfortable, headache, nasal conjunction, irritation is observed. It is a tradition that newborn babies are taken to the goddess for blessing. Most of the kids come out of the temple crying and irritated. So there is a need to study the IAQ of the temple for the wellbeing and comfort of the devotees.

5. Aim and Objective Aim: The research aims to study, identify the relation between the IAQ and the wellbeing of the devotees. Objective: To achieve the above goal following set of objectives are framed to identify the relation between the devotee's wellbeing and IAQ. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

1) To study the IAQ and its parameters of the heritage temples. 2) To collect the data of all the parameters of IAQ from the heritage temple. 3) To analyze the collected data. 4) To identify the relation between the IAQ and the Devotees Wellbeing.

6. Methodology Following methodology is adopted for the study of IAQ parameters. The objective and subjective measures are adopted for the collection of the data from the heritage temples. IAQ parameters are planned and applied based on ISO 16000-1, ISO-16000-32 standards and ISO 7730. The data is collected in the three seasons of the year. The quantitative data is collected using the calibrated instruments from the morning to evening in the time intervals of the 2 hours from the five locations of the temples. R1-Garbhagruga, R2- Darshan Mandap, R3- Kasav Mandap, R4- Ganapati Chowk, and R5-outside the temple are the locations selected for the collection of the data.

Figure 1 Plan of Mahalaxmi temple showing all five locations of instrumentation.

Source: Paschim Maharashtra devasthan Committee, Kolhapur.

7. Analysis and Discussion

temperature

31 29 27 25 23

31.8

29.8

Mahalaxmi Temple temperature data 31.3

28.9

24.8

28.5

24.4

23.9

Summer Temp.

( 0C)

30.9

30.6

26.5

23.3

Locations

Monsoon Temp.

( 0C)

31.3 25.4

23.2

Winter Temp.

h) Graph 1shows the temperature at Mahalaxmi Temple. Source: Primary data ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

( 0C)

From Graph no.1.it is seen that maximum temperature 31.8 OC, 29.8OC, 24.8OC is observed at location R1in three seasons; means that the temperature range is maximum than the ambient temperature at location R5. The analysed temperature range at the R1-garbhagruha is more than that of comfort temperature as per ISHRAE Standard 1000-2019.

Mahalaxmi Temple Humidity data

Humidity

90.0 85.0 80.0 75.0 70.0 65.0 60.0 55.0 50.0

85.5

86.7

68.1

68.4

62.2

81.2

66.2

58.6

Summer Humidity (%)

83.1

65.9

55.2

52.1

Locations

Monsoon Humidity (%)

83.7

57.7

50.2 R5

Winter Humidity (%)

Graph 2 Showing the Humidity data of Mahalaxmi Temple

Source: Primary data From Graph no.2 it is analyzed that maximum of 85.5% humidity at R1-garbhagruha and 86.7% at R2-Darshan mandapa is observed in monsoon which is above the standards. In summer 68.1% at R1-Garbhagruha and 68.4% at R2-Darshan Mandapa is observedwhich is above the standards ISHRAE 1000-2019. Graph no.3 represents the analysis of oxygen concentration at five locations inside the Mahalaxmi Temple in three seasons of the year. In summer at R1 and R2 locations the O2 concentration is 20.5%. In Monsoon the O2 concentration is 20.5% at the R1 location. At the R2 location, the O2 concentration is 20.5% and 20.6% in all seasons which is comparatively less as per ISHRAE Standard 1000-2019.

Mahalaxmi Temple O2 Data 21

20.8 20.6 20.4 20.2

20.6 20.5

20.9 20.8 20.7

20.9 20.8

20.9

Locations

Summer O2 (%)

j) Graph 3 Shows the O2 level data of Mahalaxmi Temple. Source: Primary data

Monsoon O2 (%)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

0.51

0.42

0.41 0.31

Mahalaxmi Temple CO2 Data 0.34

CO2

0.20 0.2

0.21 0.11 0.01

0.25 0.2

0.18

0.06 0.04

Locations

Summer CO2 (%)

k) Graph 4 Showing the CO2 data of Mahalaxmi Temple Source: Primary data

0.05 0.04 R4

0.04 0.03 R5

Monsoon CO2 (%)

CO2 is not a pollutant but its concentration is dangerous to human health and wellbeing. The major source of increased CO2 concentration is human beings in buildings. From Graph no. 4 it is observed that the CO2 concentration is 0.42% in summer at the R1 location. In monsoon and winter, the CO2 at the R1 location is 0.20% which is more as compared to the standards.

Mahalaxmi Temple Windspeed Data

0.7

Wind Speed

0.5 0.3

0.3 0.2 0.1

-0.1

0.1

Summer Wind speed(m/s) l)

0.5 0.4

0.2 0.1 0 R3

Locations

Monsoon Wind speed(m/s)

0.4 0.3 R4

0.6 0.5

Winter Wind speed(m/s)

Graph 5Showing the Wind speed or air exchange data of the Mahalaxmi temple.

Source: Primary data Graph no.5 indicated the wind speed at R1 location 0.1 m/s, 0.2 m/s which is less in winter and summer respectively means low ventilation and air exchange causing suffocation and stuffiness inside the temple.

7. Conclusion From the analysis it can be concluded that; in Garbha gruha and Darshan mandapaincreased level of temperature, humidity, and carbon dioxide is observed and decreased oxygen level, poor air exchange rate is seen. All the imbalanced parameters of IAQ leads to pollution of indoor air and deteriorated IAQ conditions causing discomfort, suffocation, stuffiness inside the temple. Lacs of devotees visit the Mahalaxmi Temple due to that they need to standin queue for a longer duration of time inside. The Poor IAQ of the heritage temple affects the health and wellbeing of the devotees.There is huge scope in this topic to explore and research can be taken up to the next level.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

References 1. 2.

Bluyseen P., April 2010, Permagon, towards the methods and ways to create healthy and comfortable buildings.J. B & E, 45/4, 808-818. Prihantmanti R., Bahauddin Azizi, 2014, “Indoor Air Quality in Adaptively Reused Heritage Buildings at a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Penang, Malaysia,Journal of Construction in Developing Countries, 19(1), 69–91.

EPA 2000, United States Environmental Protection Agency.

E.S.R. 2016, Environmental status report, Kolhapur Municipal Corporation.

Frontczak, M., and Wargocki, P., (2011). "Literature survey on how different factors influence human comfort in indoor environments" J.B. & E., 46/4, 922-937.

Godish, Thad 2000, Indoor Environmental Quality (Appleton and Lange. Pp:333)

Hardy, A., 1995. Indian Temple Architecture: Form and Transformation. (New Delhi: Abhinav Publications).

ISHRAE Standards-10001:2019Sep 2019, ‘ Indoor Environmental Quality Standard’

Penney D., Benignus, V., Kephlopoulos, S., Kotzias, D., Kleinman, M.and Agnes Verrier, 2010, Guidelines for indoor air quality, Who guidelines, 9, p.454. DOI; 10.1186/2041-1480-2-s2-11

10. Pilatowicz, G., 1995, Eco-Interiors: Guide to environmentally conscious interior design (New York: Wiley C.) 11. Robert Bean, 2009, Thermal comfort: Designing for people, ASHRAE Journal, p-p 40-46 12. Sabnis R.V., 1928, Notes on Kolhapur.(The Times Press, Mumbai, p-p 20-44)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Application of Biomimicry in the Design Studio for Undergraduate Architecture program to Develop Sustainable Solutions. Sub theme: Goal-4 Quality Education Ar. Harshada Anand Bramhe1 1

Academician, Mahatma Eduction Society’s Pillai HOC College of Architectutre, Rasayani. Mumbai University Maharashtra.India

Abstract Education is not merely imparting knowledge. As educators, we have the responsibility to empower in our students the ability to reason, to inspire higher thinking skills and promote intellectual and ethical ideas.

Architects and Designers are responsible for the build environment and the resources that they use, and we need to equip the next generation to contend with our planet’s toughest sustainability issues and evolve a new way of thinking and problem solving through the process of design. In the last decade the Architectural curriculum has included the subject of Biomimicry as an elective at 4th and 5th year undergraduate level, expecting students to carry forward the learnings from nature, to solve design problems and come up with innovative and sustainable solutions.

Nature has the greatest builder’s, innovators, designers and for billions of years these earthlings’ have been following all the rules of sustainability. This paper discusses how the study of Biomimicry, inspired students of Architecture to explore and come up with innovative solutions for their Design studio and Thesis projects. A planned and formulated 16 weeks teaching plan with total 48 contact hours was designed for this, and students were taught how to take inspiration and lessons from nature to invent sustainable solutions for humans. This was an effort to apply Biomimicry as a tool to develop the fundamental design thinking process of Architectural students, so that it could become an integral and salient part of the design process. Keywords

Architectural education; Biomimicry; Sustainable designs;

1. Introduction An Architects action of creating a built environment consumes energy, materials and resources which have an immediate and long lasting effect on the environment and climate. The designs we make need to be well adapted using local conditions and resources. Every country is responsible for climate change and maintaining the balance in the ecosystem, and we need to take active action to reduce greenhouse emissions. Hence we need to consciously have a sustainable design approach. Design Educator's for many decades have taught the subject of design instructing students to take inspiration from other built structures and Designs of senior Architects and Masters. They were always considered guides and mentors, but if you just take a pause and look around, the greatest inspiration can we got from the 8.74 million species that have lived and evolved on this planet for billions of years within the earth limited conditions, having created a sustainable approach with zero pollution using limited water, air and energy. These are the real mentors from whom the future generation of designers should be taking inspiration, so that the mistakes that we have made, that has got us to the brink of an ecological collapse, are not repeated. “The goal is to create products, processes, and policies new ways of living that solve

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

our greatest design challenges sustainably and in solidarity with all life on earth. We can use biomimicry to not only learn from nature’s wisdom, but also heal ourselves and this planet in the process.” (Janine Benyus,1997) Biomimicry is innovations in nature, a study of nature’s geniuses and their various adaptations to perform the required functions. The first three years of the Architectural curriculum does not touch upon or introduce the subject of Biomimicry, it has been suggested as an elective topic at the 4th and 5th year level. This subject is entirely new and the concept is unexplored by students. Since it’s an elective subject and optional, not all students get introduced to this subject, since there is a dependency on subject experts availability. For the first three years design students are taught to take inspiration from built structures around them, they are taught man made materials like cement, bricks, concrete, glass and steel and they tend to take inspirations from works of senior Architects and masters in the field. Their brains are trained to look at other human creation for inspiration, but now the approach was to look at nature and the challenge was to change the focus and observe what existed in nature, the functions, strategies, adaptations and try to understand the various designs created in the natural world. Every species that inhabits this planet, then it could be Sharks that maintain the food chain in water, or mangroves that stock carbon and maintain coastal resilience, students need to be aware of these mentors and learn to tap into this huge resource of knowledge and wisdom of Sustainable solutions, that offers secrets on how to adapt and survive on this planet.

2. Teaching Plan As per the Architecture curriculum under Mumbai University, Biomimicry is an elective subject in the odd semester, for 16 weeks with 48 contact hours. Hence a teaching plan (Figure 1) was developed such that the students could be taught the basics of Biomimicry, its tools, concepts and finally its application in the design studio for their own design problems. The entire teaching methodologies were applying ‘Active Learning processes’ like Real Life experiences ,collaborative and cooperative learning with Project based applications. Three modules were developed in the teaching plan, ‘Module 1’ Observation methods, ‘Module 2’ Introduction to tools and basic concepts of Biomimicry and ‘Module 3’ The Biomimcry Design Spiral with application in the current semester Design project or Architectural Thesis project.

PILLAI HOC COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE 16 WEEKS SUBJECT /COURSE PLANNER

M O D U L E 3

SYSTEMS UNDERSTANDING THROUGH BIOMIMICRY

BIOMIMICRY APPLICATION PROCESS

M O D U L E

DESIGN APPLICATIONS

Day

topic No.

LECTURE& STUDIO HRS: 3hrs per week

4TH YEAR SEM VII Hrs/week

M O D U L E

Sub

ACADEMIC YEAR:2021-22

Aims & Objective

Learnings & outcomes

Fri

To understand what Biomimicry means and how various design fields are applying it.

Practice of applying lessons from nature to the invention of sustainable DESIGNS technologies for people

week

Topic Name

CORE CONCEPTS OF BIOMIMICRY

Topi c No.

INTRODUCTION TO BIOMIMICRY

SUBJECT NAME :BIOMIMICRY ELECTIVE SUBJECT CODE:

Date

25th june

2nd July

Fri

LECTURE 1.1 : What is Biomimicry? LECTURE 1.2 : What is Design? LECTURE 1.3 : Introductory videos LECTURE 2.1 : How to keep a Nature Journal

Learning how to keep a nature journal

LECTURE 2.2 : What is Function? LECTURE 3 : What is Strategy? LECTURE 3.2 : Innovations in various design fields applying biomimicry

9th July

Fri

16th July

Fri

23rd July

Fri

LECTURE 4.1 : Earths operating system LECTURE 4.2 : Natures Unifying patterns

Function is an important conceptual bridge between biological strategies and potential design solutions.

Understanding observationa and documentation of nature Taking students outside this encourages their innate curiosity and affinity for nature.

When students learn to see technology in nature their eyes are opened to a sustainable world Learning to see, understand, and think in that already exists, embodied in the plants, animals,and other systems is essential to biomimicry. Inorder organisms all around us. to appreciate the intricacies of living systems and become good problem

LECTURE 5.1 : Case studies LECTURE 5.2 : THE BIOMIMICRY PROCESS LECTURE 6 : THE BIOMIMICRY PROCESS

30th July

Fri

LECTURE 7 : DEFINE THE CHALLENGE

6th Aug

Fri

13th Aug Fri

20th Aug

Fri

27th Aug

Fri

3rd Sep

Fri

10th Sep

Fri

LECTURE 13 : DESIGN DISCUSSIONS on lecture 12

13 17th Sep

Fri

LECTURE 14 : EMULATE NATURES LESSONS

14 24th Sep

MID TERM SUBMISSION LECTURE 9 : DESIGN DISCUSSIONS on lect 7 LECTURE 10 : DISCOVER BIOLOGICAL STRATEGIES LECTURE 11 : DESIGN DISCUSSIONS on lecture 10 LECTURE 12 :ABSTRACT DESIGN STRATEGIES

Fri

LECTURE 15 : DESIGN DISCUSSIONS on lecture 14

1th Oct

Fri

FINAL PORTFOLIO SUBMISSION

8thOct

Fri

DATE: 9/06/2021 NAME & SIGNATURE OF SUBJECT TEACHER

Teaching core concepts that are helpful to the understanding and practicing of biomimicry.

Students learn to practice design and engineering skills through nature inspired projects or challenges

SUBJECT FACULTY NAME: Ar. Harshada Bramhe

TOTAL MARKS : 200

Assignments

Remarks OR Revisions

No.

Description

Date of Sub.

3 nature journal pages

5th July Monday

3 nature journal pages 12th July and quizes on function Discussion on assignment Monday and strategies

3 nature journal pages

19th July Discussion on assignment Monday

System understanding 26th July Discussion on assignment sheets Monday

Define the challenge 16th Aug of your own design Discussion on assignment Monday problem.

NATURE JOURNAL PAGES , QUIZZES & SYSTEM UNDERSTANDING SHEETS

Step by Step taking students through the various stages of the BIOMIMICRY DESIGN SPIRAL and Application of concepts of Biomimicry in their AD project

15 students sheet discussions Students learn to apply lessons from Biomimicry into their own Design Problems

relevent to your problem

Discussion on assignment

6th Sep Monday

15 students sheet discussions

A7 Abstract that strategy

if it’s a holiday will take lecture on 11th sat

Step by Step taking students through the various stages of the BIOMIMICRY DESIGN SPIRAL and Application of concepts of Biomimicry in their AD project

Discover the

A6 Biological strategies

They start thinking sustainable through biomimicry learings from the very concept stage of design.This is the training process,for application based approach towards designn

15 students sheet discussions

Process of Emulation of Design

NAME & SIGN OF ACADEMIC COORDINATOR

Discussion on assignment

NAME& SIGN OF PRINCIPAL

PREPARED BY: Ar. Harshada Anand Bramhe

Reference: Source Author ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Discuss any changes done in

BIOMIMICRY PROCESS SHEETS AND DESIGN APPLICATION SHEETS + NATURE JOURNAL

NAME & SIGNATURE OF CLASS COORDINATOR

Discuss any changes done in

Discussion on assignment

4th Oct Monday

15 students sheet discussions

Discussion on assignment

20th Sep Monday

Discuss any changes done in

2.1 MODULE 1 Students were taught observation skills using all the five senses of touch, smell, hearing, seeing and feeling, how to look and observe. That had to be taught to drop all old inhibitions and just be human and learn to coexist and try to understand nature's creations. To do this, the first module of observation exercises and record keeping was taught in the form of keeping a ‘Nature journal’(Figure 2). Every day they had to pick one specimen, it could be a plant, animal, insect anything from nature and quietly spend at least half an hour in observing and noting down these observations in the form of sketches, notes and if possible samples. They had to use all the senses and make these observations, so they had to record the texture,the smell, the shape, the colour and the function, as they understood it. This exercise for the next few days helped them to connect and appreciate the various designs and adaptations in nature. 2.2 MODULE 2 Since Biomimicry was a totally new subject, introduction from the very basics was needed. The Biomimicry Institute Montana USA, for the last 20 years has been doing a lot of research in this and developed resources that educators could easily use to teach this subject and it is available in open sources. Taking the help of these various resources, assignments were planned. In this module, students understood what is meant by STRATEGIES, FUNCTION AND CONTEXT in a design process (Figure 3). The process of Biomimicry is different from Biophilic or Biomorphism. This does not look at only visual and aesthetical qualities of the bio world. On the contrary, Biomimicry is the process of learning how living things perform specific functions, their adaptations, the strategies used, and the designs which have evolved, that allows them to perform certain functions. Biomimicry is more of a technical approach rather than just copying the form from the natural world and this was a very big challenge for the students because they had to break away from some pre conceptions that if we were taking inspiration from nature the form has to be imitated. Certain exercises were taken to help students understand the difference between function, context and strategies in natures design process. During this period they were also taught the basic concepts and principles of Biomimicry and the similarities between nature's design principles and green building norms for sustainable architecture. This helped them analyze how nature has always been following and operating within the parameters of sustainable development and they learnt to appreciate the designs that were evolved due to these billion years of adaptations. Figure 2: 5th year student sheet

Reference: Shruti patkar,2021 ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2.3 MODULE 3 The Biomimicry Institute has designed a systematic approach so that designers could easily understand and apply the concept of biomimicry in the design process. They call this the BIOMIMICRY DESIGN SPIRAL. The Biomimicry Design Spiral has 6 steps and the lectures and assignments were planned according to these 6 stages so that the students could learn every step and simultaneously apply it in their current Design Studio assignments. The fourth years students were working on a housing project in Mumbai and the fifth year students were working on their indivisual Thesis projects. Figure 3: 4th year student sheet

Reference: Tanika Kerkar,2021

2.3.1 STEP 1: DEFINE In this step students were taught to identify what problem they wanted to solve through their design solutions. What impact they wanted their designs to have? They were taught to formulate design problem statements (Figure 4), which was one of the most crucial steps in the design process. Students were asked to come up with various problem statements to get a deeper understanding of what they wanted to achieve through their designs. A deeper understanding of, whom they were designing for and in what context. They had to state the challenge as a question. Students were also taught to consider the context of design, which were specific constraints like, the location, climate, social impact, and asking the right questions would eventually lead them to provide solutions that would be innovative and impactful. Interestingly students came up with various design problem statements that were in line with natures unifying patterns, and green building design norms. 2.3.2 STEP 2: BIOLOGIZE This step is unique to the process of biomimicry, since now the students were oriented to move away from the practice off taking inspiration from man-made structures and shift their focus and look at some of the best models that were present in the natural world. Every human challenge has been addressed by nature in a sustainable way, it may be water storage, passive cooling systems, bacteria free surfaces, structural colouring and many more.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure4: 5th year student sheet

Reference: Shamik Shinde,2021

The students had to biologize the challenges ( Figure 5) that they had defined as problem statements, and for this they had to start looking at nature and understand various strategies that were adapted by nature that could help solve the specific design problems that they have stated in their own problem statements. This step was helpful for the students to reframe their design question, in such a way, so as to take a look at nature for a solution. 2.3.2 STEP 3: DISCOVER Another open resource, has been developed by the Biomimicry Institute, the ‘asknature.org’ site. Hundreds of specimens and data of various species and ecosystems have been documented with images and photographs. Detailed descriptions of how nature has adapted to various ecosystems for carrying out various functions and the most rewarding ways on how students could connect to nature was taught in the third step. The first method of connecting with nature was introduced in Module 1, where they explored how to keep Nature Journals. Both these methods helped students to explore and research on the various strategies that were adapted in the natural world to perform various functions. Other open access database like, ‘Science Direct’ and ‘Whiley’ were also introduced to the students.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 6: 5th year student sheet

Reference: Shrujana Shetty ,Shalin Kapdia ,2021

This step put the students into a habit of researching for their projects, a skill set which is most needed for this profession and through this the active learning methodologies of exploration happened. For the next four weeks discussions on the various strategies and biological models happened. During this time they had to select few of the models of the natural world that best suited to address the problem (Figure 6) that they were trying to solve in their own designs. 2.3.4 STEP 4: ABSTRACT At this stage students had to gather all that they had researched upon in the past few weeks and frame the strategies that they were going to use into a more technical language. All the research was in a biological language, but for finally taking inspiration for any application they needed to understand the mechanics behind how these strategies are developed in the natural world. Hence the skill was now to convert the biological strategy into a more technical language so that it could be used as a design strategy. Finally the people they needed to interact with were technical experts Architects and Engineers who may or may not be able to understand and comprehend the biological words. Students were taught to identify the critical and essential features and mechanics of the biological strategy that they had selected, identify the biological words and replace them with technical words without losing the essence of the strategy. This was one of the most difficult and challenging step for the students. Along with this they were also encouraged to draw schematic sketches and illustrations to explain the strategy. They were taught to use ‘discipline neutral synonyms’ for any biological terms, example, words like ‘Fur’ were replaced with ‘Fibre’ and ‘Skin’ with ‘Membrane’ but in the process they could not lose the true sense of the function that they wanted to perform.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 7and 8: 5th year Student sheet

Reference: Shruti Patkar,2021

Reference: Lalit Kadu,2021

2.3.5 STEP 5: EMULATE

This step is the heart of the Biomimicry process, looking at nature solutions and evolution and trying to capture the essence of that and applying it in our design problems to come up with sustainable solutions. The process of Ideation helped students to come up with ideas which they were asked to put down in the form of sketches and notes ( Figure 7 & 8) . Every thought was penned down, there was nothing like good or bad, possible or impossible, expensive or cheap. They had to just generate innovative solutions, new ideas for their problem statements.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2.3.6 STEP 6: EVALUATE At this stage creating the drawings, models and prototyping was carried out ( Figure 9). Due to the constraints of time and online mode of teaching, brainstorming sessions, presentations and group discussions did not happen in a conventional manner. They were all isolated in their homes and all the discussions happened online. Ideally a studio atmosphere would have really benefitted the learning process at this stage. The much needed activities in the evaluation process of a Design idea are, identifying the feasibility constraints, considering the potential barriers or limitations, Technical detailing, material regulations and how the solution could be deployed in the real world, the marketing strategy, Idea feasibility ect could not be explored at this stage. Figure 9: 5th year Student Final sheet

Reference: Shruti Patkar,2021

Due to online limitations and lockdown rule, students could not move out and explore things. Also, time constraints, since this was only an elective subject with limited contact hours, no jury could be arranged, which otherwise would have been a valuable feedback for the students. Drawings, sketches and models was the mode of submissions. Biomimicry Design is a spiral process not a linear one, hence revisiting earlier steps, revising their works with new insights,and checking on all the past assumptions was expected from the students.

3. Conclusion “Biomimicry is the method of solving humanities biggest challenges with natures prove solutions. For eons, nature has solved its problems with well-adapted designs, life-friendly chemistry, and smart material and energy use.”(BIOMIMICRY INSTITUTE, 2006) Biomimicry is a practice and a concious design process. Students realised that the iteration of their ideas was a long process, but the learning of the last few weeks had completely changed the way their brains had started approaching a Design problem. They realized the vast extent of knowledge that nature had, in the form of adaptations, functions and strategies, in varying contexts. They realised the quantum of data that could be tapped into to come up with sustainable design solutions, and that Natures solutions were so simple yet unique. At the end of the semester they were in awe of the geniuses in nature, something that till date as a student, they had never seen, learned or experienced. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

“When we look at what is truly sustainable, the only real model that has worked over long periods of time is the naturalworld.”-Janine Benyus.We need to educate our students to look at Biomimicry and nature to find solutions to the various design challenges we face and by embodying the ethos element of Biomimicry into every solution we can continuously support and create sustainable design. We as Design educators, need to teach and inspire the next generation of young designers, empower them with the right tools, to connect to the natural world and critically think about how to solve problems that matter and move the world towards regenerative design. The way we teach students indigenous design solutions and traditional approaches, similarly biomimicry has to be a language for the very day design studio. Its needs to be a subject in the mainstream design syllabus.The decisions that these young designers are taking today, is going to shape the future of the next generation and they will live to see the consequences of their actions.

Acknowledgements This paper and all the research which helped me conduct this Biomimcry elective and write this paper would not have been possible without the vast open resource that the Biomimicry Institute Montana USA, and Biomimicry 3.8 Institute has generated and made avaliable to educators like us. I am grateful to the founder of the Biomimicry Institute Janine Benyus whose generosity and expertise of making these resources freely avaliable, has helped educators like me apply them in our teaching processes. I am also thankful to Ar. Suchita Sayaji Principal Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel under Mumbai university, for giving me an opportunity to conduct an elective for their students of Architecture Undergraduate program. I am thankful to the students of 4th and 5th year for sharing the images of their studio work for this paper.

References 1.

JanineM Benyus 1997, BIOMIMICRY Innovations inspired by Nature (Montana USA).

Shruti Patkar,2021 Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel 5th year Student studio sheets

Akhilesh Nambiar,2021 Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel 5th year Student studio sheets

Lalit Kadu,2021 Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel 5th year Student studio sheets

Tanika Kelkar, 2021 Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel 4th year Student studio sheets

Shamik Shinde,2021 Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel 5th year Student studio sheets

Shrujana Shetty, Shalin Kapdia,2021 Pillai HOC college of Architecture Panvel 5th year Student studio sheets

BIOMIMICRY INSTITUTE , PO Box 9216 Missoula, Montana 59807United States of America Date of access: 14/10/2012. http://www. https://biomimicry.org/about/

BIOMIMICRY INSTITUTE , PO Box 9216 Missoula, Montana 59807United States of America Date of access: 04/11/2012https://biomimicry.org/asknature/ and https://biomimicry.net/

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

An observational research in Pedagogy for Undergraduate courses in Architectureto develop core competency among the students Under Sub Theme:Goal 4 - Quality Education Ar. Kavita Patil1, Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik2 1

Pune,India

Principal Founder, Shilpa Sagar Academy

Abstract. Architectural education differs from other streams of education as it involves so many aspects of mental, physical and emotional involvement of the Architect with the projects and clients. It needs for the Architect to be aware and involved in preserving the environment and resources available so as to conserve and sustain the planet and its living beings, all the while catering to the satisfaction of the clients.Educating young entrants to the field should be more of an interactive and proactive process and not just reiterating what has been fastidiously followed since decades. There are some subjects, which need to be relegated, some need to be deleted and some new ones need to be included in the curriculum based on the circumstances and need of the current scenario. Teaching should be responsive to needs, wants and facts of the ever changing face of land, its use and availability. Classrooms should evolve into inspirational areas which can promote creativity in the young minds and help them find the solutions to the demands of designs and workable spaces. As imparters of knowledge it is necessary for the educators to change the way the onus of designing and planning is handed over to the new enthusiasts and ensure that the thinking power of the young is raised to the appropriate pinnacle. Transforming an inconspicuous space into a livable environ, that not only sustains the earth and its natural resources but also combats the vagaries of nature and its changing seasons, is an Art, that needs to be inculcated, fostered, polished and put to good use for the benefit of the populace. This paper is an effort to explore different pedagogy routes and methods to make studying Architecture an enjoyably effective process, ensuring that the student is enthused with creativity, and planning, designing and its allied fields become a passion with purpose.

Key words:Pedagogy, proactive, creativity, inculcated, Architecture. _________________________________________________________________________________________

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

1. Introduction. Architecture is studied and practiced to create and provide shelters, working spaces and other structures of various shapes, sizes to help living beings, lead a comfortable life. It involves gaining and using knowledge of different fields and resources to deliver the optimal solution. A person aspiring to be an Architect needs to have access and be creative to, not only identify but also, be able to work with the colors, shapes and many other facets of the artistic palette. Being able to visualize a concept and work towards its fruition is the aim of the Architect or designer. Not all humans are born geniuses or possess the ability to design and implement the construction of a structure on their own. Most, need to be initiated, groomed and readied to take on the task of providing usable structures. They need to be provided with knowledge and avenues for exploring, understanding and implementing the methods, techniques and guidelines for them and their projects to be a success. Education in institutes is a formal way of gaining knowledge, training and building up a setup for Architectural practice. The student should aspire to become proficient, in not only understanding the nuances that go into designing and implementing a practical plan, but also developing a thinking process that becomes an invariable part of her/his lifestyle.

2. Architectural Education. The founders of the educational course / program must have introduced the subjects in the syllabus, keeping in mind the need of that time when they were formulated. They catered to the societal demands and availability of land and other resources, which were abundantly available then. Architects and Architecture were a niche profession and the graduating student was supposed to have at least the basic knowledge of each and every factor and aspect affecting the formulation of the design/ plan and also ensure effectiveness of its implementation, if not being proficient in it.

2.1. Course structure and duration. The number of years needed to graduate from the Architectural program or course was perhaps decided keeping in mind that drafting of plans etc. was done manually and using pencils and ink pens. A perfect, error-free drawing could be ensured only by adhering to the norms set down to read a plan and execute it successfully. The manpower at that time was also limited and hence it may have been necessary, for attaining proficiency through repetition, to help the student become adept and perfect in his chosen profession. Considering all aspects of socio- financial and health situations, projects were constructed at a slower pace, giving ample time for all factors to go through their designated spans, such as curing, casting, formwork, etc. This gave, not only the Architect, but also the client, time and frame of mind to incorporate changes and additions to the original plan during the course of construction. A happy client is one who is satisfied that the Architect has been able to transmute his thoughts into reality.

2.2. Course syllabus and subjects. To consider an example of a subject that can be reconsidered for the syllabus, there is history of Architecture which, though interesting and informative about the various foundational styles and designs, is not so necessary to be studied in detail and enforced for assessment. Today, very few clients / structures demand for incorporation of historical aspects in their design with the inclination of populace being more towards functionality and space utilization. When and if there arises a demand, it can be referred to and used by the designer/ Architect from various sources available at the touch of the fingertips. The subject can be kept as an elective or optional, wherein those who are really passionate about gaining expertise on the historical data can study it in detail. That will ensure that the knowledge is reaching the appropriate recipient. Similarly the case of the subject of Structures or “Strength of Materials” as it is also known. In keeping with the need, it is necessary for an Architect to have an idea / knowledge about the load carrying capacity and other such data to enable her/ his design to be implemented as conceptualized in the initial stages. But, the question posed is, “is it mandatory for it to be taught in such details for almost three to four years of the course”? There are civil engineers being readied to take on the task, across various institutions for calculating the data ofestimation and materials and other factors needed and working out the feasibility of envisioned design. As is evident from ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

prevailing scenario, Architects, Architectural firms and allied companies hire RCC consultants and Engineers to do the needful once the design of a project is finalized. The role of Architects, in the project, being to collaborate and arrive at an acquiescence with the proposal of the Engineers. So, the need for this subject to be a part of the syllabus is debatable, given that most of the students also find it not so relevant to their creative advancement.

3. Findings. Comparative Analysis of conclusionsof literature referred to, highlight certain theories supporting the proposed observation of this paper.  Education in Architecture is needed to support development in social and construction and environmental fields. Pedagogy in Architecture should have the objective to hone the ability of the students’ thinking capacity and creative skills to prepare them for the professional practice.  Students of Architecture acquire the ability to perceive spaces and visualize concepts that later on materialize into buildable projects.  They also develop interpersonal and communication skills needed to interact with various strata of populace, to be a success in the profession.  Architectural education is not one, having subjects that need to be learnt by rote or repetition. It is an assimilation of experiences and innovative intuitions that develop from multidimensional thought processes and building up of a mental frame of art, artistry and creativity. Instead of the usual classroom- lecture stereotype pedagogy, if a more interactive, proactive and narrative style is adopted, it may ensure more productivity in terms of not only the output but also the connection of the student with the environment, sustainability and preservation of earth and demographic situation of the world.  To bridge the gap between classroom knowledge and practical implementation it is necessary to have a course structure that collaborates with the industry and professionals in the field and absorbs the students into the profession, much like the case of medical students and hospitals. This will ensure that the student graduating from a course is already equipped with the practical knowledge and can take on projects with confidence.  Having an open mindset, of both, mentor and mentee, will allow for a healthy attitude towards discussions, thinking, taking responsibilities, following professional rules, laws and ethics and stay updated with the latest trends and technologies in the market. A survey was conducted among students of various Architecture colleges, by online forms and hand-filled questionnaires. The questions addressed the current mode, methods and of teaching and pedagogy prevailing in their institutes. The students were asked how helpful was it in developing their core competency and setting up their individual practice after finishing college. It was found that the students felt that though classroom lectures, presentations and submissions were needed to learn the basics, core competency developed only after being onsite or in office and doing the things learnt in class, practically, physically. The below pie-chart, generated by the answers received in survey, indicates that students feel that new methods of imparting knowledge and developing core competencythrough practical information need to be adopted. Figure 1: Survey result of old method v/s new methods in teaching Current mode of teaching / New method of Pedagogy.

continue with current method

more site based

half-half

cant decide

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

The student’s responses inferred that, learning through books helped in gaining knowledge, and learning practically by being on-site helped develop competency and implementation of gained knowledge. The concept of open classroom or wall-less classroom could be taken up by institutes and teaching could be done on site, with assignments being to record and report the actual proceedings happening on site. This will ensure not only direct knowledge transfer but also make the students aware of the nuances that go into each step of construction and design of a structure. As the students would be involved in the step by step, stage by stage development, they would be able to understand how things work, and have their creative juices flowing in the right direction. It would be easier for the Teacher to point out and teach the various topics on site, rather than showing it on screen or through small scale models. As is already observed, site-visits and market survey reports help the students experience things first-hand. Students reported that building a brick bond using bricks and other raw material in the open lab, helped them understand the different types of bonds and other similar topics of the subject BTM. Similarly, in the case of Building Services, on-site observation and involvement of students during laying of pipes and plumbing work, made it instantly clear to them the various types and other details. It was observed that taking the students to the actual construction site and explaining the process and materials used inspired them to grasp the knowledge much better than learning it in class them to Witnessing a topic being built or constructed made them be more involved and also understand about howto manage the use of materials and other resources. It made them aware of how to manage and control wastage of material and use them diligently. Collaborating with Practicing Architects and Architectural firms, will enable the students to learn not only the design aspect but also understand the communication part with clients, laborers, vendors, suppliers etc. this being an important aspect in success. Learning to deal with circumstances and situations will make them a more reasonable, rational and sensible person. The institutions could also benefit in terms of infrastructure due to open/ on-site classes, as indicated in the table below. The figures were calculated based on a survey conducted in a few institutions. Table 1: Advantages of out-of-classroom teaching, to institutions.

Items

Cost savings

Advantages

Electricity

40%

Reduces expenses and grid load.

Furniture

30%

Less repairs, use of resources.

Chalk-board

50%

Less wastage and consumption

Maintenance

50%

Savings on labour, material consumption

Appliances

20%

Reduces carbon footprint

Furnishings

35%

Less maintenance, re-furbishing costs.

Number of rooms

40%

Eco-conserve and use less materials.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Lessening the load of construction and availability of space is the important focus of the coming years in keeping with sustainability and preserving and conserving nature and natural resources.. Some of the acclaimed structures all over the world, were created by people who learnt from the nature and by trial and error method and it helped to gain deep knowledge into the actualization of the concept in mind. Apprenticing under renowned Architects and Artisans has been a very eventful experience for the trainees and interns. Auroville is a living proof that for a structure to be built,it only needs for the concept to be freed from the mind. The workshops and other teaching-learning methods and means, inculcate a higher level of understanding and retainment in the mind of the learner as it is done hands-on,

3.1.Observations. The Covid 2019 Pandemic has brought to the fore a new strength among people willing to learn and enhance their capabilities and abilities. It has been realized that teaching and learning don’t need to be bound to classrooms, or traditional ways of educating, assessment and other related aspects. Joining a course just to get a certificate to prove one’s worth, ability or capability appears to, no longer have so much credibility as compared to the passion, skill and necessity of doing something. Learning something by observation and practically doing it hand’s-on, ensures more efficiency and proficiency in a profession. It has proved easier to learn from mistakes than to be forcefully spoon-fed. Having to study various subjects that are not really contributing to their involvement in the students’ need or future prospects, could prove to be a setback to achieving success in their field or stream of affinity. Being made to give a retest or lose a year due to non-clearance of a particular subject during the course of the programme, could lead to negative affectations of the creative, mental, emotional and physical state of the student. New technology and software’s like BIM, virtual reality, procreate, etc. can help to not only collaborate, coordinate and alter, adjust designs better, but also save time as it is quicker than hand drafting, MS-office and the likes’of it are the software’s for almost everything and very helpful in doing things as well as storing and retrieving forwarding. Given the eco-awareness and sustainability goals, it would be a big step in using less of paper, sheets and other hard-material that is normally used to teach, assess and grade a student’s performance. Smart-board method of teaching is already being implemented in many schools and colleges and is proving very convenient. Smart teaching is the new way of teaching and rote teaching needs to be shown the door.

Conclusion. Architectural education does not stop or is complete with the college graduation. It is a lifelong learning process and a person continues to learn, with every change in the scenario, situation and developments. Pedagogy in Architecture should not be restrictive and bound by walls, but should spill out to the open and be constructive and creative. Educators are also equally in the learning curve and adopting a camaraderial stance in imparting the knowledge will help create a better bond between the givers and takers of knowledge. Architectural course duration and subjects in the syllabus need to be reconsidered and adapted to suit the need of the day and generation. With the advent of new technologies flooding the market almost every day and making it easier for a project and a person to be a success, it is necessary to acknowledge its presence and accept its know-how as the new way of learning and teaching. The new generations are also quick to learn and adopt the latest tools and techniques with ease and are adept at utilizing them to their fullest potential. Imparting education in any field is meant to help and empower the student with not only the knowledge of the profession, but also aid in the overall development of the person into a confident, sensitive and empathetic human being. Given today’s fast paced lifestyle, needs and demands, and availability of numerous modern tools and resources of gleaning knowledge and know-how, it calls for a change in the way the education in Architectural program’s ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

is imparted. With the advent of new courses and professions, it is possible for the Architecture course to be more streamlined and niche- oriented. Certain subjects which cater to very few clientele can be omitted or discarded. The course can be bifurcated into specialization streams and a student can opt for what area she or he wants to be an expert in. Creating an environment that is conducive to instill all these qualities in a student will require a more personacentric approach and less of a, pressure to perform, excel and proceed, attitude.

References 1. 2. 3. 4.

Besgen Gencosmanoglu, A., & Nezor, S. (2010). The Story of a Change in Architectural Education: Abstractions. 22nd International Building & Life Congress, 26-27 March, Bursa, Turkey. Charalambous Nadia, Natasa Christou, 2016, Re-adjusting the objectives of Architectural Education,. Published by Elsevier Ltd. This is an open access article under the CC BY-NC-ND license. Gencosmanoglua Asu Besgen, Seda Nezorb, 2010, Criticizing architectural education through abstraction 61080, Turkey. © 2010 Published by Elsevier Ltd. Kuyrukçua Zafer,, Kuyrukçub Emine Yıldız, 2015,An educational tool the importance of informal studies/studios in architectural design education: A workshop summary, Elsevier Ltd. This is an open access article under the CC BYNC-ND license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/). Peer-review under responsibility of the Sakarya University doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.01.950. Polat Erkan, Ş. Gülin Beyhan b , Pervin Şenol c , Zeynep Peker d a Süleyman Demirel, 2013, The Unity and (Dis) integration in The Education of Architecture and Urban and RegionalPlanning, The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd. Open access under CC BY-NC-ND license. Sajjad Nazidizajia *, Ana Tome a , Francisco Regateirob , Ahmadreza Keshtkar Ghalatic, 2015 Narrative ways of

architecture education: A case study. Published by Elsevier Ltd. This is an open access article under the CC BY-NCND license. Tzonis Alexander, 2014, A framework for architectural education,Frontiers of Architectural Research (2014) 3, 477479, science direct. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foar.2014.10.001 YurtkuranaSelay , Gözde Kırlı b , Yavuz Taneli, 2013, An Innovative Approach in Architectural Education: Designing a Utopia, (©The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd. Open access under CC BY-NC-ND license. Selection and/or peerreview under responsibility of Prof. Dr. Huseyin Uzunboylu, Near East University, Faculty of Education, Cyprus,).

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Analyzing the present state of Environmental awareness in school students Sub theme: Goal 4 - Quality Education Ar. Subhra Priyadarshini Nayak1, Ar. Shaffali Joshi2 1

Assistant Professor at University Institute of Architecture at Chandigarh University, NH-95 Chandigarh-Ludhiana Highway, Mohali, Punjab, India 2

Assistant Professor at Chitkara School of Planning & Architecture, Chitkara University, Chandigarh-Patiala National Highway (NH-64), Punjab, India

Abstract If we are really concerned to keep our race healthy, a good care of the awareness towards environmental aspects of our society should be taken. At very early stage of the life of a human should be provided with proper knowledge about the surroundings i.e., environment, its care and personal hygiene as well. To make the race proactive towards this factor, it’s needed to sow the seed of environmental awareness in the practice of the young generation who head to schools every day for their education. Hence, schools are the base model to provide all the basic knowledge one should get and environmental awareness should be a major part of the curriculum pursued in schools. Its’ not only needed to be aware of these values, but also one should have the practice of using this knowledge in their day-to-day lives. Of course, it’s clear how to approach boosting such awareness in schools. But a study needs to be done to validate if the school students are really aware about the basic environmental aspects and also if they make use of it in their day-to-day lives. It’s really a huge & next to impossible survey if the whole world context is to be taken. Hence, to narrow down the research, one city of India i.e., Pune, Maharashtra has been taken into consideration for this particular study. Three schools of different social categories like i) a Govt. municipality school (free education system), ii) a Marathi medium school (medium level fee system) & iii) an English medium school (comparatively higher fee system and status) were chosen for the study. 30 students from each school of 6th & 7th standard were selected and a detailed survey was conducted & data collected have been interpreted followed by the inferences from the survey.

Keywords Environmental awareness, School going students.

1. Introduction The environment is composed of living organisms and non-living substances. It has the interrelationships among land, air, water, and landforms. The organisms within it have their own intrinsic characteristics and contribute to the environment. Environmental awareness is about understanding the importance of protecting the environment. Environmentalism is a movement that aims to conserve the environment. It is a belief that humans have a responsibility to protect it. Various resources are available to help promote environmental awareness. The aim of this particular research is to analyse the present state of environmental awareness in school students.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

1.1 Objective Objectives of the study include: • To identify the environmental issues to which school going students should be dealing with in their day-today life from literature • To conduct the survey in the selected schools of a certain place to study the actual condition of awareness on environmental issues in school going students. • To analyse the data collected in the surveys to come up with comparative habit analysis about environmental awareness in 3 different schools belonging to 3 different economical groups in Pune.

1.2 Need & scope: • The study of this topic leads to configure the environmental issues dealt by schoolgoing students. • Eventually, this study will add to the area of knowledge about how much the students are aware and have good practices or bad practices with respect to the environmental issues the deal with in their day to-day life. • The study will be carried out in Pune, Maharashtra • Three schools belonging three different economic group of the society were selected for the carrying out the study. The three different schools selected were belonging to an English medium school (higher income group school), a Marathi medium school (medium income group school) & a Municipality school (lower income group school). • At every school one range of age group was selected for the survey conducted to keep parity in the results. • 30 numbers of students randomly selected from 6th or 7th standard of the all the 3 schools for the survey.

1.3Limitations: • Authors of this study are aware that this research can be conducted for different levels of cities & villages of India under a greater scope. • But this is the limitation of this study that the authors had only taken one measure city into their consideration to collect & compile data based on the three representative schools of three different economic groups. • Also, this study is not concern about the schools of the villages of India where the study could have portered a different dimension to this study. • As the data for the research has been collected from a live questionnaire survey, no cross-check methods were adopted to validate the data. Though triangulation was done to cross check the percentage of truth of some doubtful replies given by the school students taken in the survey process.

2. Literature review: Many research papers were referred to get an idea about the basic environmental awareness in different level in educational institutes. These research papers revealed the environmental awareness knowledge at different areas with different climatic zones. These research papers basically provided the parameters of environment which are related to institutional buildings and people connected to that. Research papers referred are as follows: • Environmental awareness and Environmental Attitude of Secondary school Teachers of Maldives: A study • Environmental Awareness Among Secondary School Students of Golaghat District in The State of Assam and Their Attitude Towards Environmental Education. • A Comparative Study of Environmental Awareness among Secondary School Students inIran and India • Environmental Awareness of the Young in a Rural Community in the Sierra Tarahumara, Chihuahua, Mexico • Environmental awareness level of secondary school students: A case study inBalıkesir (Türkiye)

3. Methodology: ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

• First the topic for this research was to be finalized by going through the area of interest. Finalizing the topic for the research leads to literature study related to the topic, which helps us to collect the following things: a. b. c. • • • • •

Basic ideas about our study. Basic environmental issues which were to be taken as the parameters to be studied in selected schools. To limit the geographical limits a certain city i.e., Pune of Maharashtra was takenfor the study. Three different schools belonging to different economic groups (by referring their individual tuition fee structure) in the society were chosen for survey. Then a basic questionnaire was formed for the survey which was to conducted in the schools selected for this study. Then the surveys were conducted in these schools & the data collected wasanalysed. Finding out the doubtful results from the analysis Conducting triangulation by conducting second survey with the doubtful questions with the teachers & the supporting staff in the schools.

3.1 Conceptual model (Flow chart):

Figure 1 Flow chart of methodology

Source of flow chart: Author

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

4. Site selection for case study:

Figure 2 Location map of Pune in India

Source of Images:

https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https%3A%2F%2Fcommons.wikimedia.org%2Fwiki%2FFile%3APune_in_Maharas htra_(India).svg&psig=AOvVaw0KoDe5_bwXUmK3_Hu3vC4z&ust=1644574080924000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=2 ahUKEwjIuLyA8vT1AhWfYmwGHY_SDkQQjhx6BAgAEAo

For this study 3 schools of Pune city were taken for conducting survey. These 3 schools were chosen which representing the different economic group of the same place like Dhankawdi, Pune, Maharashtra. This categorization was made by studying the tuition fee taken from the students for a certain class student of all the three schools for study. 1. Vidya Niketan (Hanumant Tukaram Thorve Vidyalaya) Dhanakawdi, Pune, (Municipality Gov. school) 2. Karma Bir Primary Vidyalaya, (K.B.P.V), Dhanakawdi, Pune (Marathimedium) 3. Bharati Vidyapeeth English Medium School, Dhanakawdi, Pune

5. Analysis of case study:

A detailed survey was conducted with 25 basic questions to the students of the respective schools & the analysis is given as follows.

5.1 Data analysis:

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 3 Survey graph 1 Source:Survey done by Author

• All the 90 students of all the 3 schools taken for the survey are aware of washing hands before eating food. • In case of Govt. School, it was seen that 93% of students are using sanitizer where rest are using soap whilewashing hand. • In case of the Marathi medium school 56% of students using sanitizer, where 20% use soap & 23% use only water while washing hands. • In case of English medium school, it shows that 76% students use Sanitizer, where 13% & 10% students use soap & water respectively while washing hands. • Overall, the use of sanitizer is maximum in school going students now days. • All the 90 students of all the 3 schools taken for the survey are aware of washing hands after playing. • All the 90 students of all the 3 schools taken for the survey are aware of washing hands after using washroom/toilet. • All the 90 students of all the 3 schools taken for the survey are aware of flushing after using washroom/toilet.

Figure 4 Survey graph 2 Source: Survey done by Author

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

• Almost all the students of the 3 schools are aware that paper wastes are generated in the school at their end. Almost 93% of students in English medium school are aware that food waste is generated in school, where in the other both school students hardly 50-55% students know about food waste. • In Marathi Medium & English Medium school the 30-40% students are aware of water waste, where as in case of the government school the students are hardly aware of water waste. • Where the 55-65% of all the 3 schools the students are aware of plant waste generated in their respective schools. • In case of all the 3 schools almost all the students are responsible enough to put the waste in dustbin generated at their end. Whereas very less exceptions are there who put the waste here and there or wait for others to do it for them. • Maximum students of the all the 3 schools are aware that left over juices/ water waste is wet waste. 85- 95% of students of the Govt. School & the English medium school think food waste are wet. But in Marathi medium school has this percentage as 57%.

Figure 5 Survey graph 3 Source: Survey done by Author

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

• Al most all the students are aware that the Paper & pencil waste & wrappers are the dry waste. • Some 43% of Marathi medium students & 13% of the English medium school & 6% of government School students think food is dry waste. • Food & left-over juice /water waste are organic waste, most of the students of all the 3 schools are aware of this. • Paper & pencil waste are also organic for the students of the 3 schools. But here percentages of this are less (i.e., 43% in case of Marathi medium school.) • Al most all the students are aware that the wrappers are the inorganic waste. • 33-56% of students of Marathi & English medium schools think paper & pencil waste are inorganic. • Almost 97% students in the 3 schools finish their Tiffin in school. • Most of the students in all the 3 schools are at least aware about feeding animals by their leftover food. But percentage of this was comparatively less in the Marathi medium school. • In case of the Govt. School & Marathi medium School 70-80% students agree that they are taught about the environmental awareness in their school. Whereas the rest students were not aware of getting this. • In case of the English medium school almost 96% students agree to be taught about the environmental awareness at their school only.

Figure 6 Survey graph 4 Source: Survey done by Author • In case of all the 3 schools almost all the students bring their drinking water from their respective houses. But in case of Marathi medium school about 10% students get it from their school only. • In all the 3 schools 80% of students finish their drinking water at school time only. • Almost all the students in the 3 schools use the remaining water they use for planting trees. Where in case of the Govt. School around 7% of students uses the water in washing other things also.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 7 Survey graph 4 Source: Survey done by Author • In case of washing hands per day in the school time almost 50-50 % students do it for 1-3 times & 4-6 times in Govt. School & English Medium school. • Whereas the percentage of student washing hands for 4-6 times are less (almost 33%) at Marathi medium school. • Almost all the students in the 3 schools put off the running water which is not in use. Where in case of the Marathi medium School around 10% of students wait for others to do it for them. • In case of Govt. School 100% of students do not keep running the taps whilebrushing. • But almost 16% of students of the rest 2 schools agree to keep the tap running while brushing. • Almost all the students in the 3 schools put off the light & fan switches while leaving any room. Where in case of the Govt. School hardly around 3% of students doesn’t do the same. • In case of all the 3 school the pattern of using artificial lighting & natural lighting was observed by the researcher that all the school use both artificial lighting & natural lighting as well the whole working time at school.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 8 Survey graph 5

Source: Survey done by Author • Almost all the students in the 3 schools agree to be taught about planting trees in their respective schools. Hardly around 3% of students don’t do the same. • Almost all the students in the 3 schools have experience of planting trees. Hardly around 3% of students don’t do the same. • Almost all the students in the 3 schools want to plant trees in future. Hardly around 3% of students don’t do the same.

5.2 First stage data analysis:

After analysing the 1st stage survey some questions arouse which might be biased. So, there was a need of triangulation by doing a second round of survey which was conducted with the help of the concern teachers & supporting staff of the respective schools. The questions which were to be reconsidered were as follows:

Issue No. 1:In case of Vidya Niketan (Govn. School) the pai chart about using water/soap/ sanitizer while

washing hand. So, it had to be clarified from their teachers. Figure 9 Survey graph 6

Source: Survey done by Author

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Issue No. 2:In this case this has to be clarified that if the schools have proper full time water supply and if the toilets got cleaned regularly in between school timings. (From the supporting staffs)

Figure 10 Survey graph 7

Source: Survey done by Author

Issue No. 3:In this case it had to make clear that how much it was true that studentsfeed their left-over Tiffin.

Figure 11 Survey graph 8

Source: Survey done by Author

Issue No. 4: In the above case where there are 10% students of the Marathi medium school get their drinking water from school only, it became necessary to find out that if that school proper drinking water supply system.

Figure 12 Survey graph 9

Source: Survey done by Author

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Issue No. 5: In this case it was to clarify what the students really do with the remaining drinking water. Figure 13 Survey graph 10

Source: Survey done by Author

5.3 Second stage data analysis: This second stage survey was conducted with the concerned teachers & supporting staff of the respective schools. And the result of this survey was found like below: Issue No.1: The concerned persons in the municipality Govt. School agreed that they provide soap & sanitizers in the toilets in the school. Hence students are used to use soap & sanitizer in the school time. Issue No. 2: Yes, all the 3 schools taken for study are provided with proper water supply in toilets and the toilets are regularly maintained every day. Issue No. 3: The students are actually taught about feeding the stray animals with their left-over tiffin in school. The teachers of the respective schools agreed that their maximum students feed their left-over tiffin to the stray animals. Issue No. 4: When it was enquired it is found that the Marathi Medium School has proper drinking water provisions for staff and students. Issue No. 5: The students are actually taught about watering the plants at the school or nearby with their left-over drinking water. The teachers of the respective schools agreed that their maximum students do the same as well.

6. Inference & conclusion: The analysis of environmental awareness in school going students of a metro polytan city like Pune, Maharashtra, India was supported by a detailed survey done by the author. Many environmental aspects were taken in to account while asking the students questions regarding their daily practices regarding their surroundings & personal hygiene. A particular aged students of three different economic group schools were taken for the study. In this study it was found that all theschools taken for the study, teach their students about environmental awareness practices inside and outside the school as well in their curriculum. There is not much difference in the practices of environmental awareness in students although they belong to different economic groups. Almost all the students are aware enough about environmental awareness. Though the students of the Govt. School & Marathi medium School are comparatively more confused about the materials which are organic or Inorganic than the English medium school. In schools, the students are not only taught about the environmental awareness but also, encouraged enough to implement this knowledge in their day-to-day life. This study depicts that the students in the respective schools are prompted enough to take care of the surrounding nature by planting trees or feeding stray animals.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

7. Acknowledgements • We acknowledge to the authorities of the three schools selected for the survey conducted for this research with greatgratitude. • We acknowledge to the students, teachers & the supporting staff of the respective schools who took part in the survey. • We acknowledge to our mentors & guides Ar. Archana Gaikwad, Ar. Manasi Kulkarni, Ar. Aditi Lanke & Ar. Priya Bangle (Professors ofM.arch Dptm. of Bharati Vidyapeeth to be deemed University, Pune) to guide us to pursue the research. • Last but not the least, we acknowledge our family & friends for their continuous support during pursuing this research.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Altin, S. T. (2013). Environmental awareness level of secondary school students: A case. Science Direct. K, (. G. (n.d.). Environmental Awareness Among Aecondary School Students of Golaghat District In The State Of Assam And Their Attitude Towards Environmental Education. Padmanabhan J, D. R. (2016). Environmental awareness and Environmental Attitude of Secondary school Teachers of Maldives: A study. R. A. Soto-Cruz, T. L.-K.-S.-P. (2014). Environmental Awareness of the Young in a Rural Community in the Sierra Tarahumara, Chihuahua, Mexico. Journal of Education and Practice. Shohriri S. M., O. B. (2007). A Comparative Study of Environmental Awareness among. Graduate Faculty of Environment.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Architectural Education in Rural Areas Sub theme: Goal 4 – Quality Education Prof. Ar. Ravindra H. Sarnaik1, Prof. Dr. Louis Gyoh2, Ar. Urjita Das3 1

Principal Founder Shilpa Sagar Academy.

HOD. Built Environment, Wolverhampton University, UK

Architectural Design Manager, Epistle Communications

Abstract Architecture has been in practice since humankind discovered its three basic needs: food, shelter and clothing. From building homes of mud and clay to skyscrapers of today, the architectural practice has constantly been on a quest of adapting and evolving to the present needs in terms of sustainability, globalization and more. With this profession gaining roots in the industry, it is also noticed that architectural education is being opted by an increasing number of students over the last two decades, depicting potential for a better future. However, being a credible and licensed profession, architectural education is still not accessible in every part of the country. While the number of people residing in urban and semi-urban areas has increased exponentially over the last two decades, people living in rural areas are still about 67%, and that's where architectural education factors in. Presently, a majority of Indians reside in rural areas, and with numerous national agendas and missions, the sole aim is to improve the livelihood and education of these places that require flexibility in education systems that aligns with the rural mindset. As architects, we have also dreamt of building something more significant than what our ancestors left us with. It is about building a nation that is knowledgeable with equal opportunities regardless of anyone's social or financial status. A nation needs to be built with equal rights to quality education that opens up a wide spectrum of opportunities for everyone globally. In this research paper, on the basis of group discussion, survey and literature review, we will understand the need and objectives of implementing architectural education across all rural areas and explore the role of present architects in doing the same. Keywords Education; Quality; Opportunities; Architecture; Rural Education

1. Introduction Commonly known as the art of designing buildings, the practice of architecture has lived long as humankind. Architecture is omnipresent, a dominant entity in today’s development. Architectural design is the process that bridges conception to reality, holistically curated to stimulate the human senses and enhance interactions and experiences. The middle ground between art, science and engineering, architecture is in constant motion of developing and redeveloping build environments in regards to characters, cities, ambiance and environmental synergy.

1.1 Identifying the problem At present, most of the Indian population reside in rural areas, and with numerous national agendas and missions, the livelihood and education of these places require flexibility in education systems that align with the rural mindset. Architectural practice inclines to be largely an urban-based activity, and the rural areas have been managing to build without the services of professionally trained architects, so it is apparent that the full utilization of the current stock of professionally trained architects is being absorbed within the urban areas alone. And if the urban areas are to grow as projected, then there is a large need for an additional number of architects in the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

country; and this is without even addressing the need to bring professional building design inputs into the rural areas. A nation needs to be built with equal rights to quality education that opens a wide spectrum of opportunities for everyone globally.

1.2 Study Objective A. To study and evaluate the challenges faced by the architectural education in the rural context. B. To identify methods of implementing new architectural education system in rural areas. C. To identify the role of architects in the architectural education of the rural areas

2. Literature Review 2.1 Emerging Challenges and Issues in Architectural Education In India In this research paper, the author has addressed several challenges faced by the architectural education overall in India such as problem in communication due to language barrier, mundane course curriculum, eligibility qualifications, faculty student ratio, quality faculty, mushroom growth of architectural institutions, the widening gap between architectural education and its profession and the list continues. Several optimum solutions have been discussed where the statutory body can come in and redefine and update the whole system, making it more apt and suitable to the current development and progress of the country. 2.2 Architect’s Role in Rural Community Development In this research paper, the author addresses the need for community development where architects play a major role. It is essential for architects to come in and collaborate with the local authorities for designing, planning rural communities that is sustainable and efficient in nature. 2.3 Architectural Education in Rural Areas In this blog, the author addresses the need of building world-class education facilities that can be accessible to all the students who are passionate about architecture, irrespective of where they are from. The author suggests in creating an environmental awareness in today’s deteriorating nature through education and its vast prism of opportunities. 2.4 Redefining the Role of Architects in Rural Development The author addresses the rural development from a niche perspective that is tailored according to the well-being of the rural people. A step-by-step solutions needs to be implemented where the villager’s concern are taken into consideration into creating a community that is sustainable and favourable to them. Thorough study and survey should be conducted in order to deeply understand the physical aspects of the community such as housing layouts, topography, available natural resources etc. to provide suiting strategies in the village development.

3. Methodology The primary data was obtained from a series of surveys conducted, collecting information and opinion from individuals in the field of architecture people living in rural areas. Step 1: Define the Problem Step 2: Need of the Project Step 3: History and Current Scenario Step 4: Data Collection

- research and observe the present conditions - understand the need for architectural education in rural areas - understanding the current situation - justification of the project - architectural education in India - studying about the architectural education in rural parts of India - literary studies and reviews - data collection and statistics

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

- analysing the gathered information Step 5: Developing Solutions

- inferences from literary reviews - recommendations and conclusions derived

4. Data Collection and Surveys The data is collected via Google forms as surveys and group discussions. The table below showcases the following: Table 1: Survey outlined with participants involved Table

Participant

Method of Approach

Table 2

Student of Architecture

Survey

Table 3

People from Architecture Related Fields

Survey

Table 4

People from Rural Areas

Group Discussion

Table 2: Summary of survey with architecture students as participants Sr. No. 1. 2. 3.

Question What is the current situation of education in rural areas? Current situation of architectural education in rural areas? As an individual, are you interested in giving back to the community through conscious design?

What can help increase awareness about architectural education in rural areas?

Are physical well-being and financial stability important factors in gaining rural education? If yes, rate it from high to low. National schemes by the government have played an important role in supporting rural education. Looking at the current scenario, how would you rate the present conditions of schools in rural areas? On a scale of 1-10 (10 being the highest) how important the government plays a role in rural education? According to you, what is the percentage of people knowing about architectural education in rural areas? As an architecture student, what steps can you take to increase awareness about architectural education in rural areas?

Response Poor - 40%, Average -58%, Good - 02% Poor - 90%, Average - 02%, Good - 0% Yes - 70%, Maybe - 28%, No - 02% Conducting Workshops, demonstrations & Lectures, Including basic topics at primary education, conducting campaigns, introducing Advanced technology, Awareness camps & interactive knowledgeable activities in the rural areas. Very high - 05%, High - 50%, Moderate 30%, Low - 10%, Very Low - 05%

Well managed - 05%, Moderate - 65%, Poor - 30%

0-3 - 10%, 4-6 - 30%, 7-10 - 60% ( Least important / Moderate / Crucial ) Very high - 0%, High - 0%, Moderate 20%, Low - 40%, Very Low - 40% Visit rural areas, conduct workshops, arrange funds from the government, NGOs etc., Seminars and demonstrations of

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

construction techniques, Initiating and encouraging sustainable and traditional practices in the rural villages, presenting the scope of architectural education to the villagers. Table 3: Summary of survey with individuals from the architecture and design field Sr. No. 1. 2. 3. 4.

10.

Question What is the current situation of education in rural areas? Do you think a majority of the people living in rural areas of India are meeting their daily needs? Percentage of architects working in rural areas compared to urban areas. (10 being the highest) As an individual, are you interested in giving back to the community through conscious design? What are the factors that can influence rural architecture education? Are physical well-being and financial stability important factors in gaining rural education? If yes, rate it from high to low National schemes by the government has played an important role in supporting rural education. Looking at the current scenario, how would you rate the present conditions of schools in rural areas? On a scale of 1-10 (10 being the highest) how important the government plays a role in rural education? According to you, what is the percentage of people knowing about architectural education in rural areas? As an individual, what steps can you take to increase awareness about architectural education in rural areas?

Response Poor - 60%, Average - 39%, Good 01% Yes - 30%, No - 70% 0-3 - 70%, 4-6 - 25%, 7-10 - 05% (Low / Moderate / High ) Yes - 70%, Maybe - 30% No - 10% Workshops, demonstrations & Lectures, Awareness camps & interactive knowledgeable activities in the rural areas Very high - 10%, High - 60%, Moderate - 20%, Low - 05%, Very Low - 05% Well managed - 02%, Moderate 40%, Poor - 58% 0-3 - 20%, 4-6 - 25%, 7-10 - 55% ( Least important / Moderate / Crucial ) Very high - 0%, High - 02%, Moderate - 18%, Low - 30%, Very Low - 50% Affordability, Good infrastructure, Awareness among the young generations, Government funding

Table 3: Summary of survey with individuals from rural areas Sr. No.

Question

Response

1. What is the current situation of education in rural areas?

Poor - 70%, Average - 30%, Good - 0%

2. Do you think a majority of the people living in rural areas of India are meeting their daily needs?

Yes - 15%, No - 85%

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

3. Percentage of architects working in rural areas compared to urban areas.

4. What are the factors that can influence rural architecture education?

0-3 - 80%, 4-6 - 18%, 7-10 02% (Low / Moderate / High ) Affordability, Accessibility, Transparent system, Good faculty, Industry growth Very high - 50%, High 30%, Moderate - 10%, Low 05%, Very Low - 05%

5. Are physical well-being and financial stability important factors in gaining rural education? If yes, rate it from high to low 6. National schemes by the government have played an important role in supporting rural education. Looking at the current scenario, how would you rate the present conditions of schools in rural areas?

7. On a scale of 1-10 (10 being the highest) how important the government plays a role in rural education?

8. According to you, what is the percentage of people knowing about architectural education in rural areas?

Well managed - 02%, Moderate - 18%, Poor - 80% 0-3 - 10%, 4-6 - 25%, 7-10 65% ( Least important / Moderate / Crucial ) Very high - 0%, High - 0%, Moderate - 05%, Low - 45%, Very Low - 50%

4.1 Data Survey Analysis Surveys help in considering the opinion of the masses. These open ended questionnaires presented to the participants help the surveyor figure out the root causes to the issue at hand and figure out considerable recommendations and solutions. A lot of students from Table 2 survey have recommended an early start to architectural education. This of course, presents itself as an opportunity and an option to the student of rural areas and if interested, they can divulge more into this academic niche. Additionally, since financial conditions are not to be overlooked, many have responded with ‘affordability’ as one of the major contributing factors towards architectural education in rural areas. The comprehensive diagram shown below states the overall responses as a collective.

Increase awarenes s Governme nt support and funding

Affordabl e Accessibl e

Architectural Education in Rural Areas Seminars / Worksho ps

Basic

Infrastructu re

Sustainab le Practises

Diagram 1: Overall Analysis of the surveys

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

5. Recommendations and Conclusion Architects are known to be the building bricks of a nation thus while developing sensitive and cultures spaces such as villages and other rural areas, a lot of careful thoughts and deliberations go into it for creating a community that fosters growth and wellness. As designers from the architectural fraternity it is crucial to volunteer in such parleys for nation building. Firstly, with rapid urbanization, rural areas are left to fend for themselves with a lack of quality education with additional challenges faced by them on a regular basis. It is imperative to build a groundwork for a sustainable and organic development. Fresh graduates or mid-level architects can be places as tutors for institutions in rural areas to get the ball rolling. Proposing proper infrastructure and a meticulously detailed educational layout may help in receiving funds from the government for this purpose. Reaching out to NGO’S and trust organisations can support the said proposed infrastructure for architectural education. One can increase awareness among the youth of the villages by incorporating sustainable development and sustainable architectural activities in local villages to impart architectural knowledge while also providing site knowledge to the youth. In addition, basic demos in the form of architectural workshops and lectures can be conducted by college students on topics liked design thinking, sustainable architecture, health and wellness infrastructure, smart spaces etc. to help the students from the village understand the basics of architecture and how it would be of their benefits. Stemming from the architectural education, offers such as guaranteed job placements and job security for the rural areas can attract more people into taking up this field of study. Government can also provide scholarships to the above average students to create a healthy sense of competitions among the people. For extracurricular, conducting architectural design competitions among the locals can help the students gain a practical knowledge on what architecture is all about.

Acknowledgements I cannot express enough thanks to my Professor for his continued support and encouragement. Prof. Ar. Ravindra H. Sarnaik, I offer my sincere appreciation for presenting this oppurtunity and believing in me to finish this research paper. My completion of this project could not have been accomplished without the support of my classmate, Ar. Latifa Zahid for scheduling time for me and offering me help and advice whenever needed. It was a great relief to have you all by my side while completing this paper. My heartfelt thanks.

References [Website] 1. What is Architecture? @ https://medium.com/@AAA_Publication/what-is-architecture-1b52f5339c2a [Research Paper] 2. Ar. Chandarani Patil | Ar. Pramod Chaugule "Architectural Education in Rural Areas – An Overview" Published in International Journal of Trend in Scientific Research and Development (ijtsrd), ISSN: 2456-6470, Volume-3 | Issue-6, October 2019, pp.967-971, URL: https://www.ijtsrd.com/papers/ijtsrd29138.pdf [Website Blog] 3. Architectural Education in Rural Areas https://www.shilpasagar.com/blog.php?title=ARCHITECTURAL_EDUCATION_IN_RURAL_AREAS. [Website Blog] 4.

Architectural Education in Rural Areas https://www.redarchitects.in/architecture/institutional-architecture/rural-schools.php

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Safe and Sustainable Sanitation – A Success story of Swachha Bharat Mission Sub theme: Goal 6 – Clear Water & Sanitation Ar. Aditi V. Sontakke1 , Ar. Rajesh C. Parmar2 1

Associate Professor, Thakur School of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, (M. Arch. Urban & Regional Planning ) 2 Associate Professor, Thakur School of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, (M. Arch. Project Management)

Abstract Clean water and safe Sanitation is human’s fundamental rights and have always been a matter of concern in the global context especially in developing and under developed countries. Globally, as estimated, more than 3.6 billion people are deprived of Safely Managed Sanitation facilities. To tackle this issue, Unite Nations have convened various programs and themes on global level. Here the safety refers public health, social security and environmental quality which ultimately affects the economic progress of the community, region, state and nation as well In the year of 2013 United Nations declared 19th November of every year as World Toilet Day. Also, in the year of 2015 United Nations declared 17 number of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) among them Sustainable Development Goal - 6 addresses Clean Water and Sanitation for all. All the National Governments globally are expected to take this further in their own way by making and implementing the policies, missions, schemes in a targeted time. In this regard The Government of India has initiated a nationwide five-year program of Swachha Bharat Mission (SBM) on 2nd October 2014 to address the issues of open defecation, Solid Waste management in Urban and Rural Areas. The program successfully implemented all over the nation. This paper overviews the mission and its success in India. Keywords – ODF; Safe; Sustainability; SBM; Sanitation; Human Rights

1. Introduction

Worldwide, 3.6 billion people live without "Safely Managed Sanitation" which degrades environmental quality, social safety especially for women. This results in poor public health, social conflicts as well as economic crisis on every level from individual, family, community and national.

Improper spaces for defecation, be it in rural or urban areas these spaces create a concern of social safety especially for women & children, which form an important part of the social structure. One can surely understand this context. Another major concern is environmental quality which directly impacts the public health and economy. Open defecation and untreated disposal of human excreta becomes the major threat for human and animal life. The risk of air borne, water borne, animal borne diseases and epidemics is always high and ultimately survival of human and ecosystem is questionable. The initiatives taken by UN, The World Water Day, 19th November of every year and SDG 6 – Clean Water and Sanitation addresses these issues on global level. The respective national Governments of all over the world are expected to formulate and initiate related programs to tackle these issues by involving various stake holders. In this respect Government of India initiated a five-year mission called as Swachha Bharat Mission (SBM), i.e. Clean India Mission on 2nd October, 2014, on the occasion of 150th Birth Anniversary of Father of Nation, Mahatma Gandhi. This mission is a nationwide initiative launched by honorable Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi on Rajghat, the funeral place of Mahatma Gandhi in Delhi. The mission targets Open Defecation Free villages by 2019 and achieved it successfully nationwide.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 1 & 2: Open Defecation and Untreated Sewage Disposal

Figure 3: Chronology of SDG & SBM

2014

2013 World Toilet Day declared by UN in their General Assembly

2019

SBM initiative commenced by GoI

2015 UN Set SDGs

100% ODF achieved nationwide under SBM

2. World Toilet Day – Year 2013 United Nations declared a 19th November of every year as World Toilet Day under the tagline of Sanitation for All is an official day declared by United Nations in 2013 in UN General Assembly. It is intended to aware, sensitize, participate people for hygienic sanitation practices. Access to a safely managed toilet makes a positive impact on social well-being and quality of environment. This results in good public health, human dignity and safety especially for women. Every Year UN declares the theme for World Toilet Day. Table 1: [Year wise Themes of World Toilet Day]

Year

Theme

2013

Declaration of World Toilet Day intending Sanitation For All

2014

Dignity and Equality

2015

Nutrition and Sanitation

2016

Toilets and Jobs

2017

Wastewater

2018

When Nature Calls

2019 2020

Leaving no one behind Sustainable Sanitation and Climate Change

2021

Valuing Toilets

Description Access to Safe toilets, treated disposal of human excreta in the environment, help to maintain dignity and social safety, clean ecosystems, Provision of the facility to all, irrespective of their gender, occupation, or community or sexual context Ensuring proper sanitation guidelines to improve health & hygiene Generating employment through provision of such amenities Disposal of waste water in an acceptable way without harming the environmnt The facility shall be approachable, & userfriendly Ensuring adequate & proportionate requirement, as per documented statistics or population density All the waste as disposed, shall not be dumped & not increasing health hazards The facility shall be used daily & hence, shall be valued as a long term user amenity

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2.1 Swachha Bharat Mission - Year 2014 Swachha Bharat Mission (SBM), Swachha Bharat Abhiyan is a nationwide initiative taken by the Government of India which translates Clean India Mission in English. The mission aimed to eradicate open defecation, improving Solid Waste Management and making the citizens aware of the importance of cleanliness. The five-year mission aimed to achieve an "open-defecation free" (ODF) India by 2 October 2019, the 150th anniversary of the birth of Mahatma Gandhi by constructing the toilets. As part of the campaign, volunteers, known as Swachhagrahis, translates as "Ambassadors of cleanliness" in English, promoted the construction of toilets using a popular method called Community-Led Total Sanitation. The mission is scheduled in two phases. Phase 1 - the Swachh Bharat Mission lasted till October 2019. The first phase of the mission also included • Eradication of manual scavenging of insanitary latrines and open defecation areas. This involves handling (transporting and disposal) of human excreta with manual tools by a certain class of the society. This was the traditional practice in India. By eradicating this practice many social, and environmental issues can be resolved. • Generating awareness and bringing about a behavioural change regarding sanitation practices help all strata of the society in terms of social integrity, mitigate adverse environmental impacts and economic progress of the community. • Augmentation of capacity at the local level refers strengthening of local governing body (Gram Panchayat/ Municipality) by providing the support in terms of funds, technology, administrative etc. . • An estimated 89.9 million toilets were built in this period nationwide. Phase 2 - To help cement the work of Phase 1 between 2020–21 and 2024–25 In this phase it is responsibility of the local governing body to maintain the status of Open Defecation Free (ODF) and progress solid and waste water management systems support sanitation workers. The focus of the mission is on Target 6.2 of Sustainable Development Goal - 6 In both the Phases participation and will of all stake holders such as local governing bodies, Local Organizations, Community Based Organizations (CBOs), Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), social and political leaders matter to achieve the success. Figure 4: The mission was split into two: Rural and Urban.

Swachha Bharat Mission (SBM)

SBM - Grameen Nodal Ministry - Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation, GoI

SBM - Urban Nodal Ministry - Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs, GoI

Figure 4 (Nodal Ministry – The ministry responsible for implementation and monitoring of the mission)

2.1.1 SBM Grameen (Rural Areas) a) Key Features • Elimination of open defecation • One toilet for one household • Twin Pit Toilet Technology • Financial aid of Rs. 12000/- per toilet to poor, underprivileged and marginalized sector. • Women participation in construction and campaigning. • Attainment of Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 6.2 – Sanitation for all

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 5: SBM in Rural India

b) Twin Pit Toilet Technology

Figure 6: Twin Pit Toilet Technology

Figure 6 shows the schematic diagram of Twin Pit Technology. Twin pit toile technology is recommended in Rural areas which is easy to construct and economical and convinient for maintainace. In this technology two pits are dug below ground of honey comb wall structure. The bottom of the pit is of earth and has no levelled base. These pits are connected to the junction chamber which is constructed on the ground level. The junction chamber is connected to the W.C. pan. The pits and junction chamber is covered apprppriately. Capacity of the pit is decided according to the number of users and for three years. Due to honeycomb wall water content I the excreta seeps into the soil and solid part gets settled at the bottom. The pits are alternatively used. When the first pit is filled after three years it is disconnected from the junction chamber and the second pit is connected to junction chamber for operation. The first pit to be kept idle for two years and solid, odourless and pathogen free sludge is formed. This sludge is to be dug out and can be used as manure. The same process is repeated for second pit and that time first chamber shall be operative.

2.1.2 SBM Urban (Urban Areas) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Figure 7 Solid waste management

Figure 8 Community Toilets

Key Features • Sustainable Solid Waste Management • Sustainable Sanitation (IHHL, Community Toilets, Public Toilets, ODF, ODF+, ODF++) • Treatment of used water (Water+) • Creating Awareness amongst the entire population on a National level achieved through strategic planning like ‘jan andolan’, and promoting ‘swachh’ behaviour. • Realizing capacity & implementing effectively, architectural design that are rudimentary or contemporary, common purpose to achieve the objectives of the Mission. IHHL – Individual House Hold Latrines ODF : Not a person shall not go to answer the Nature Call in any of the open spaces & defecating. ODF+ : Not a single person shall be found, defecating and/ or urinating in the open spaces, Also hereby ensuring that, the toilet amenities or the Sulabh Sauchalays, toilets are fully functional and well maintained. ODF++ - Along with the above mentioned criterias, the whole Soil waste or sludge and sewage is disposed, without any external discharge or leakage, no dumping of untreated fecal sludge/septage and sewage in drains, water bodies or open areas. 2.1.3 Motivational Pledge for an individual of the nation will definitely make a positive change in the family, community, society. Swaccha Pledge I will devote 100 hours per year, that is two hours per week, to voluntarily work for cleanliness. I will encourage 100 other persons to take this pledge which I am taking today. I will endeavor to make them devote their 100 hours for cleanliness. Pledge to Segregate I pledge to segregate my (household, shop, establishment) waste in two dustbins, wet waste in Green and dry waste in Blue, as my contribution to the Swachha Bharat Mission.

2.3 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by UN - Year 2015

The United Nations General Assembly set 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in 2015 intended to be achieved by 2030 by all over the world. All the goals are interlinked and have outcome-oriented targets, means of achieving targets and indicators. These goals are included in UN Resolution called as 2030 Agenda or Agenda 2030. Figure 9 : Sustainable Development Goals

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

3. SDG 6 – Clean Water and Sanitation Figure 9 : Sustainable Development Goal 6 (SDG 6): Clean water and Sanitation

UN declared SDG 6 intends Clean Water and Sanitation for all by 2030. 3.1 SDG 6 has in total 8 targets (6 out-come oriented targets and 2 means of achieving targets) to be achieved and 11 indicators to check the level of the goal. Target 6.1 and 6.2 generally work together as sufficient and quality water for washing and pouring/ flushing in toilets. Target 6.1: Safe and affordable drinking water Safely Managed Drinking Water facility – Potable water which is from a trusted source and free from contamination Indicator: 6.1.1 - Proportion of population using safely managed drinking water services Target 6.2: End open defecation and provide access to sanitation and hygiene. Sanitation can be defined as use of scientifically designed toilet facilities for every household or can be shared with the community, the excreta is safely disposed without human contact in situ/ transported and treated with appropriate technology. Indicator: 6.2.1 assesses quantitative proportion of population using (a) safely managed sanitation services – which deals well maintained toilets with safe disposal of human excreta (b) a hand-washing facility with soap and water – provision of hand wash after using the toilet. UN targets to achieve success to end open defecation by paying special attention to the need of women and girls those are in vulnerable situation. 4. SBM Success Rate

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

4.1 SBM Grameen Dashboard - SBM Grameen as on 10-01-2022

Fig. 10a - Household Toilets

Fig. 10b - Open Defecation Free Villages

Fig. 10b - Open Defecation Free Districts

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Fig. 10d - Open Defecation Free States and UTs

Source: https://sbm.gov.in/sbmdashboard/Default.aspx The figure 10a, 10b, 10c and 10d shows success of the mission in 5 years • Fig. 10a – Nearly 11 Crores House hold toilets are built across India • Fig. 10b – All villages are Open Defecation Free • Fig. 10c – All districts are open Defecation Free • Fig.10d – All States are Open Defecation Free 4.2 SBM Urban Figure 11: Dashboard - SBM Urban

Source: http://swachhbharaturban.gov.in/dashboard/ The fig. 11 is self-explanatory showing considerable progress in SBM Urban. The key features of IIHL, Community and Public Toilet, Solid Waste Management are well implemented. Garbage free cities, ODF, ODF+ and ODF++ may show considerable progress in near future. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

He who is truly clean within, cannot remain unclean without. – Mahtama Gandhi

5. Conclusions The World Toilet Day declared by UN in 2013 was well rehersed by GoI by declaring and implimenting SBM in rural and urban area across the nation. The mission also supports target 6.2 of SDG 6 declared by UN in 2015. SBM targets and achievements in a period of five yearsi.e. year 2014 – 2019 is commendable. Till year of 2019 SBM (Grameen), could achieve 100% Open Defecation Free villages and targetted Idividual Household toilets in villages. The task of making people aware of public health and hygiene through sanitation practices itself was challenging for Government agencies as well as non governmental organizations. Clean water & Sanitation is a basic Hunam Right, but Water Supply & a Continous workable and Low Maintenance Sanitation Space,i.e., TOILET Facility, will protect & secure Human Life from diseases as well as maintain the quality of environment. Success of the mission lies in the people’s participation, institutional and organizational capacity building and implimentation strategies at local, district and state level. This success ensured public health, environmental quality in urban and rural context as well as economic upliftment of the underprevillaged sector of the society. Such Modules will serve as a guiding path for the upcoming generations, which ultimately shall benefit communities & societies for their comprehensive progress.

References 1. https://swachhbharatmission.gov.in/sbmcms/index.htm (Preamble), Date of access: 21/11/2012. 2. http://swachhbharaturban.gov.in/ (Key features) 3. http://swachhbharaturban.gov.in/dashboard/?id=kmp6me5bzon6v6sh 4. Hindi Movie – Toilet – Ek Prem Katha

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Sustainability & Legal Framework: A Case Study of Nagpur Sub theme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Anuradha Bhute1, Dr. Ujwala Chakradeo2 1 2

Assistant Professor Smt. Manoramabai Mundle College of Architecture &

Vice – Chauncellor, SNDT Women’s University, Mumbai, Vice - Chauncellor

Abstract The historic city center is a substantial part of the modern Indian setting harboring large population in its definite boundaries. India has an indigenous character of art & architecture, built form, culture, heritage and all these characteristics can be seen in the settlements. These historic centres were the most sustainable areas of the city because of their heritage. The land use predominantly found in the inner part of the city was mixed use which is also mentioned according to philosopher Jane Jacobs's in 1961 that, the value of "eyes on the street." Jacobs writings quoted the golden words in order to define street as a safe and a secure place, "there must be eyes upon the street, eyes belonging to those we might call the natural proprietors of the street." (Jane Jacob) Due to rapid Urbanisation and changing routines of the people in these recent years, distressing crisis is created in these inner-city areas. Urbanization has led to major socio-economic changes and structural changes which has directly contributed to the spatial, morphological, and infrastructural decline in these Indian Inner cities. The inner-city area which had its own unique and distinct character has slowly started to degenerate and the original essence of the settlement has lost due to fast pacing urbanization. Bazaar areas in city of Nagpur, which were originally mixed-use residential streets, have now converted to commercial streets, thus bringing a change in its social and functional role. Moreover, the commercialization has brought changes in morphology, land use and architecture of these settlements. The study evidently shows behavioral, structural and demographics change in the settlement. This means that cities are facing problems of urban sprawl and showing dispersed dense areas. As a result, the inhabitants living in these highly dense deteriorating inner cities, deprived of necessary social and physical infrastructure. The objective of this paper is to focus on the inner-city area of Nagpur city, post liberalization by highlighting the major morphological changes happening in these inner areas. The paper attempts to examine the legal framework by an eye of policy makers such as town planners, architects, engineers, geographers etc. with an The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted by all the United Nations Member States in 2015.

Keywords Inner Cities; Sustainability; Land use; Legal Framework; Urbanisation

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

1. Introduction According to Witherspoon, Abbett, and Gladtone, developments that provide a "live, work, play" community have been heralded as key components of New Urbanism, Smart Growth, and sustainable development. Mixeduse land use adopted majorly in the settlements are not new examples. The concept exists from the ancient Greek period named as agora and medieval market squares (Witherspoon, Abbett, and Gladtone, 1976). The major mode of transportation was walking, people had to live, work, and play within the same neighborhood. With the rise of automobiles, the major mode of transportation change and the, residents affording longer travel distance started moving towards the cleaner suburbs and leaving behind the low working-class community in the inner areas of the city. According to Fenton, Urban density and upsurge in land value accounted for the widespread of mixed-use approach of building development (Fenton, 1985). Most of the developing countries faced the problem of uncoordinated mixed used development resulted in unplanned growth. According to Rowley (1996) mixed-used development is essentially an aspect of the internal texture of settlements. This theoretical model of mixed-use development shows that it is a combination of urban fabric, setting or ambience, location which includes time as the most important factor. Mixed use Development in the inner city can enhance sustainability by reducing commute distance and saving time, decreasing car dependency, reducing fuel use, decreasing air and noise pollution, creating choice of many jobs and work places, facilities, and social interactions. Inner part of the city is in the phase of decline because of more density, land use changes from mixed use to more of commercialisation, reduction of open areas, more built-up areas. The major reason behind this decline is the change of land use from mixed use to commercialisation which have led to increase in floating density, stress on existing social and physical infrastructure, no upgradation of existing housing because of the existing policies. This paper tries to analyse the changes in land use, Ground coverage, built up areas and also look into the policies which were existing and proposed for the same period. Static Legal frame work policies had led to the decline of the inner areas which were once sustainable habitats. This paper also aims at looking over the reasons of decline and how these areas can be made sustainable again by various future recommendations. The policies formulated need to be rethinked so that the areas which are the heart of the city lives forever and the cycle of rebirth continues.

1.1 Study Area: The study area selected is a princely state and the study is restricted to one Indian city- Nagpur, Maharashtra. This ancient city has a history of about 300 years carrying strong social & cultural values; thus, a representative of Indian culture. Nagpur city is governed by Municipal Corporation (NMC), its area being 9897 sq.km; of which Nagpur City area is 218 sq.km (NMC). Population of Nagpur city is 25 lakhs with an average density of 470 persons per Sq. km, which is quite low compared to other comparable cities of India (Crisil, 2006).

1.2 Inner City areas of Nagpur Sitabuldi established in 1817 as New CBD made to decongest old city area Mahal. The area is congested and overcrowded. The physical conditions in such areas are degrading rapidly. Thus, there is a need to lay some guidelines for the better development process. The delineated area for the study is Sitabuldi as it is one of the oldest CBD and also the density levels are very high in this area. The selected study area is Sitabuldi the old Core area of Nagpur. Nagpur became historically important from 18th century when one of the greatest Gond King named Bakht Buland Shah, made it the capital of his kingdom and he became the founder of the city. The origin of the city is from the eastern end and this old part of the city is now of historical importance and designated as traditional city center. Sitabuldi the selected study area, is the second city center which is demarcated due to its centrality, easy accessibility and intersection of major transport networks, recreational places & proximity to railway station & bus stand. Britishers enjoyed the hilly terrain of the Sitabuldi fort and designated it as the military area. The area ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

has a high density of 700 persons per hectare in 184-acre area of land. It is a major link for movement of people & goods from east to west & vice versa add to its importance rapid increase in population & size of city resulted in congestion in concentration the center.

Figure 2: Location of Sitabuldi and Mahal in Development Plan of Nagpur 2000, Source: Development Plan 2000

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

This portion of the city pattern suggests organic development and now further growing in all directions, which shows the transformation pattern to be from organic to planned development. Following are the maps showcasing the evolutionary stages of the city in different reigns and rules. The study is majorly to understand the assessment of existing legal framework and to study the relationship between the decline of inner cities and the legal framework that is applicable to these inner cores.

Figure 3: Evolution of Nagpur City from 1636 - 2000 Source: Nagpur Metropolitan Region Plan

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

1.3 BACKGROUND With rapid Urbanisation and high leap of development, the core areas are facing different issues today. The most important issue is the unrestrained and chaotic growth taking place leading to high stress on the existing infrastructure and services, transportation facilities, changing land uses, encroachments etc. The core areas reflect an irregular mix of incompatible landscape of built environment. The dilapidated old housing stock is always in poor condition because of the age of the structure, very less rental income, inadequate maintenance and over use of the area. The subdivision of built areas account to high occupancy rates and higher densities. Physical infrastructure and services are designed for very few people but is used by many. This leads to a pattern which takes this central area of the city which is a very vibrant premise to a more chaotic and demising area. The scale of trade and commerce is immense which adds to congestion. The residents mostly belong to low-income groups and are engaged in informal activities. On account of these informal activities, traffic congestion and incompatible land uses there are environmental problems which in turn leads to deterioration of inner city. The study is majorly to understand the relationship between the decline of inner cities and the legal framework that is applicable to these inner cores.

Figure 4 & 5: Commercial Areas of Sitabuldi Source: Primary Survey Conducted by the author

1.5 METHODOLOGY : Objective

Methodology

To study and understand the Literature inner city and its existing sustainable character To study an inner city and the existing condition To understand the reasons of deterioration of the inner city

To understand the legal Framework existing in the Nagpur City.

Tools & Techniques Outcome Various Papers

research Mixed use development in the inner city in the past was the most sustainable approach which kept stay, live and work very closely knit Reconnaissance Visual Survey The central core of Nagpur which is Survey deteriorating very rapidly was selected as the study area Primary Survey Various parameters The area was surveyed on the from literature review following parameters of Legal framework Land Use and existing condition Ground Coverage were identified Density Built up areas Road Area Secondary Data Development Plan The existing Condition and the Collected Document and Development Plan Data was Development Control Rules were reviewed

To understand relation Results, Discussions & Conclusions between the inner-city decay and the legal framework. Table No. 1: Showing Methodology of the study

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2. Existing Condition of Old Core Area – Sitabuldi 2.1 Change in Land use

The land use pattern sanctioned in DP 2000 shows residential and commercial as prominent being 51% and 18% respectively. While the land use pattern on 2019 shows decreases in residential area by 34% and increase of commercial area by 11%. The mixed use majorly sanctioned in DP 2000 is 25% of the 76% shown in figure No. there is a heavy increase in the area of roads as the area is a very strong market place. The roads are increased so that the commercial shops get frontage for the customer to move. The roads are very narrow and unplanned. The road area sanctioned in the DP 2000 (Figure No.) shows only 6% of roads however in the present primary survey the road area is increased to 22% because of added unplanned roads.

Figure 6: Land Use as Development plan 2000 Source: Development Plan of Nagpur 2000

Figure 8: Land Use as per DP 2000 Source: Development Plan of Nagpur 2000

Figure 7: Land Use of Sitabuldi Area in 2019 Source: Primary Survey conducted on 24th Dec 2019

Figure 9: Land Use as per primary Survey Source: Primary Survey done on 24th Dec 2019

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2.2 Ground Coverage:

The ground coverage for a plot that is allowed as per the DP 2000 is 66%. As per the existing condition in the study area only 22% of the plots come under 66% Ground coverage balance all other plots are violating the rules. Around 59% of plots have 100% Ground Coverage.

Figure 10: Ground Coverage as per Survey done in 2019

Density: The density pattern observed in the study area is more than 350persons per Hectare which is higher than the sanctioned density i.e. 250 persons per Hectare (Development Control Rules, Nagpur). Figure 11: Sanctioned Land use Plan of the study area Source: Nagpur Development Plan 2000

Pointers Planning standards for public facilities Mechanisms to allocate adequate space to streets Management of streets and public space. Land Use

As per Standards 10% of public space as per UDRPFI Guidelines (Source: UDRPFI Guidelines) Road areas are allocated as 6% (Source: As per DP) NMC is appointed for management

As per existing Condition 2019 Amenities are 10%, Green Areas are 6% Road Areas are 22% Road areas have increased to 22 % because of road frontage to commercial areas Poor maintenance to roads, public areas and open space Residential & Mixed Use is total 76% in Residential is 17% and Mixed is 16%, which 25 % of mixed use is allowed, Commercial is 29% Commercial 18%, Roads 6% (As per DP) The minimum range of plot starts from up The range of plot sizes vary from 100sqm to to 250 sqm 500sqm and above After every 7 plots there should be a break Irregular subdivision of plots is done

Minimum plot size for residential use Maximum block length in any direction Allocation of Floor-Area- Allowed FAR is 125 Ratio (FAR) Vertical development No such norm of additional floor is rights allowed. As the height of the building increases the setback also increases Plot coverage 66% or 2/3rd of the Ground Coverage is requirements in urban allowed areas Setbacks As per norms the setbacks are assigned as per the front road and building height

Far consumed is much higher as 100% Ground coverage is there There are mostly G, G+1, G+2 structures seen on the site In 1984 also when the DP was passed then also more 52% of plots were having more than 66% GC and in 2019 the %age has increased to 78% No setbacks left in more than 78% plots as 100% GC is existing on the site

Table No. 2: Showing the parameters in comparison with standards or rules

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

2.3 Existing Legal Framework & Sustainability The existing legal framework which has been looked upon is the Development Plan published in 2000. It is a comprehensive document which discusses about the whole city of Nagpur minutely and Development control rules are a major part of the Document. Various issues of Land use (Taken from DP 2000), Floor area Ratio, Building Height, Density and ground coverage (taken from DCRs). The first and the fore most important thing in land use planning is the time which is the 4th dimension in the area of spatial planning. Since 2000 there is no revision in Spatial planning of the city. the congested areas which are the inner areas are regularized in each DP as it is there in existing condition. So, the issues of commercialization, congestion, more built-up spaces, less open areas, low-rise high-density profile is observed. The land use policies of residential, commercial and mixed use do not give a very clear division between the commercial and mixed-use areas. So, there is a continuous need of having legal framework which have proper designation of land uses with a quantifiable division between the residential and commercial component in the mixed land use policies. Compact city module with high-rise highdensity profile by keeping the original open spaces intact can enhance the spatial development, which is a muchneeded step towards achieving sustainable development. In 2020 new unified byelaws have been applied for the Maharashtra state which aggravates the issue as it does not show a micro level comprehensive planning policies in the city. the objectives framed for a DP have the component of sustainable development but there is no room to work on the revitalization of spatial planning of inner city as there is no clear vision and line of action designated for the inner congested areas.

3. Conclusions -Direction Towards Sustainability The inner-city area which was once a city had a history of trade and commerce. This trade and commerce were the identity of that area. The area had a very sustainable type of arrangement which allowed the residents to work in the same area where they lived. With this ease the area was self-sustained and had every amenity and facility within the walkable distance. The commercial or work place aspect in the olden times was less as compared to the recent times. The recent developments show a rise of commercial activities in which there exists wholesale, retail, offices and Godowns in large numbers. As the legal framework in the past has allowed all the areas on the major roads to be commercial in these congested areas, the development has changed from a more sustainable mixed use to a devastating commercial use as the area was not designed for the same in the past. There is an immediate need of a Comprehensive plan i.e. made by the local government to show a way forward for future land use policies, that would include all the byelaws or rules to guide the city development in the inner city areas. A comprehensive plan should have a well-defined vision and there must be community participation and also peoples stake in making this vision-based plan. The inner city encompasses various historic buildings which can be preserved and various undesirable uses which can be changed and developed into a sustainable inner area. A micro level study of the inner-city areas and legal framework decision making should focus on revitalization policies to achieve the rebirth of these dying inner cities to rejuvenate and have sustainable urban development. A traditional inner city is that which reinforces the historic character and scale of city and encourages a mixeduse pedestrian environment. Town planning in this area can be improvised by making it vehicle free and pedestrian by implementing traffic free ways, use off sidewalks, significant street furniture, proper parking areas etc. Land use policies for mixed use should be defined carefully and objectively so that the mix remains in proper proportion to achieve the sustainable aspect of mixed use significantly.

References

Bholey, M. (2016). India’s Urban Challenges and Smart Cities: A Contemporary Study. Reseach Gate. Praween, S. (2019). Changing dynamics of Indian Cities: a case study of Katra Neel, Shahjahanabad. Research Gate. Shaw, A. (September 2015). Inner-city and Outer-city Neighbourhoods in Kolkata: Their Changing Dynamics Post Liberalization. Research Gate. Bertaud. (9th June 2013). Metropolis: A Measure of the Spatial Organization of 7 Large Cities. online: http://alainbertaud.com/images/AB_Metropolis_Spatial_Organization.pdf. Bholey, M. (2016). India’s Urban Challenges and Smart Cities: A Contemporary Study. Reseach Gate. Bosselmann, P. (n.d.). Urban Transformation: Understanding Urban Form of and Design. 2008: Island Press. C.H, A. (2003). Understanding gentrification: an empirical analysis of the determinants of urban housing renovation. Journal of Urban Economics. Christopher. M Lawin. (2018). The Uncertain Future of The Urban Core. Routledge. Clayton, R. &. (2009). The Law of Human Rights. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Critical Perspectives on Urban Redevelopment. (n.d.). Volume 6 (Research in Urban Sociology) (Research in Urban Sociology) (v. 6). Dickson, B. (2013). Human Rights and the United Kingdom Supreme Court. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Dirks, S. K. (2009). How smart is your city? Helping Cities Measure Progress. . Somers, NY: IBM Global Business Services. 2009; Available from ftp://public.dhe.ibm.com/common/ssi/ecm/en/gbe03248usen/GBE03248USEN.PDF . Giffinger R., F. C.-M. (2007). Smart Cities: Ranking of European Medium-Sized Cities. Vienna, Austria: Centre of Regional Science (SRF), Vienna University of Technology. Grace K. L. L. and Edwin H. W. (2012). Factors Affecting Urban Renewal in High-Density City: Case Study of Hong Kong. American Society of Civil Engineers. Handbook on Redevelopment. (n.d.). Publication: The Times of India Mumbai; In Association with Jones Lang LaSalle. Historic Districts for All - India a social and human approach for sustainable revitalisation. (2010). J., M. (2003). Smart governance? Politics in the policy process in Andhra Pradesh, India. ODI Working Papers. Jacob, J. (1916). The Life and Death of Great American Cities. Vintage Publications (1916). Kulshrestha, S. K. (n.d.). Urban Renewal in India: Theory, Initiatives and Spatial Planning Strategies. SAGE Publications. Kindle Edition. Kumari, S. (n.d.). Mehta, b. H. (2012). Commentary on Redevelopment and Management Of Co-Operative Housing Societies, . Snow White Publications Pvt. Ltd. Mommaas, H. (n.d.). Cities in Europe Facts and figures on cities and urban areas. Nam, H. W. (2014). 16.Shrinking Cities: A Global Perspective. London & Newyork: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Onkar P., D. K. (2008). Exploring the Concept of Urban Renewal in The Indian Context. Journal of ITPI, New Delhi. Praween, S. (2019). Changing dynamics of Indian Cities: a case study of Katra Neel, Shahjahanabad. Research Gate. Rajashree Kotharkar, P. B. (July 2014). Measuring Compact Urban Form: A Case of Nagpur City, India,. Open Access. Ramani, K. (2008). Guide to Redevelopment of Housing Societies . Ramani, K. (n.d.). Alarming Consequences of Neglecting Conveyance & The Fine Print in Redevelopment Deals. Rathee, G. (October 2014). Trends of Land-Use Change in India . Wageningen University & Research. Reddy, K. N. (n.d.). Urban Redevelopment: A Study of High-Rise Buildings. Hyderabad: Publisher: Concept Publishing Co. (2011). Reed, R. & Murdock. Human Rights Law in Scotland London: Bloomsbury Professional, 2011. (2001). Revised Development Plan. of Nagpur 1986–2011. Nagpur: Town Planning Department: Maharashtra, India, 2001. Shaw, A. (September 2015). Inner-city and Outer-city Neighbourhoods in Kolkata: Their Changing Dynamics Post Liberalization. Research Gate. Simona Schett. (2011- 2012). An Analysis of Shrinking Cities. Steinberg, F. (2008). Revitalization of Historic Inner-City Areas in Asia The Potential for Urban Renewal in Ha Noi, Jakarta, and Manila. (1996.). UDPFI Guidelines;. Ministry of Urban Development: New Delhi, India. (2017). Urban Legislation Unit Working Document - Planning Law Assessment Framework. UN-Habitat. Bibliography Bertaud. (9th June 2013). Metropolis: A Measure of the Spatial Organization of 7 Large Cities. online: http://alainbertaud.com/images/AB_Metropolis_Spatial_Organization.pdf. Bholey, M. (2016). India’s Urban Challenges and Smart Cities: A Contemporary Study. Reseach Gate. Critical Perspectives on Urban Redevelopment. (n.d.). Volume 6 (Research in Urban Sociology) (Research in Urban Sociology) (v. 6). Handbook on Redevelopment. (n.d.). Publication: The Times of India Mumbai; In Association with Jones Lang LaSalle. Historic Districts for All - India a social and human approach for sustainable revitalisation. (2010). Kumari, S. (n.d.). Praween, S. (2019). Changing dynamics of Indian Cities: a case study of Katra Neel, Shahjahanabad. Research Gate. (2011). Reed, R. & Murdock. Human Rights Law in Scotland London: Bloomsbury Professional, 2011. (2001). Revised Development Plan. of Nagpur 1986–2011. Nagpur: Town Planning Department: Maharashtra, India, 2001. Shaw, A. (September 2015). Inner-city and Outer-city Neighbourhoods in Kolkata: Their Changing Dynamics Post Liberalization. Research Gate. (1996.). UDPFI Guidelines;. Ministry of Urban Development: New Delhi, India. (2017). Urban Legislation Unit Working Document - Planning Law Assessment Framework. UN-Habitat.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Evaluation Of PPVC (Prefabricated Prefinished Volumetric Construction) Systems For Masshousing W.R.T Sustainable Material In Indian Context Sub theme: Goal 09- Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure Ar. Sneha Dilwale1 1

Assistant Professor, SSMS College of Architecture, Pune, India.

Abstract RERA, emphasizes on timely completion of projects, hence adoption of modern technologies has become prime necessity for the construction industry in India. MoHUA has initiated the Global Housing Technology Challenge-India -2021 which aims to identify sustainable, eco-friendly and disaster-resilient innovative construction technologies for housing sector. PPVC is one of the Design for Manufacturing and Assembly (DfMA) type modular technology in which multiple modular units complete with internal finishes, MEP networking are manufactured in factories and are then transported to the site for installation in a Lego-like manner, significantly to speed up construction, reduce site labour and construction waste thus contributing in resource management. This paper highlights empirical study of different factors of consideration of PPVC related to module development, transport and installation in context of application of the technology in Singapore put forth by Building Control authority (BCA) based on which PPVC is compared with RCC and 2D Precast technology. Further material behavior of Steel and Concrete for PPVC is analyzed in terms of environmental and economic impact. Life cycle cost assessment (LCC) method is carried out for steel and concrete module respectively by studying a single prototype unit of 335 sqft ((12m x 2.6m = 31.2 sqm = 335 sqft). Concluding with Feasibility check by recommending PPVC technology for an upcoming housing (Megapolis) in Hinjewadi, Pune (done in Myvan technology) with comparative charts of MSP Time Schedules and Construction cost analysis which reveal that using steel for the modular units could save more than 40% in CO2 emissions in manufacture and transport. In addition, steel is far easier to reuse and repurpose than concrete. Steel comes from variety of industries as part of a circular economy. Thus, PPVC would be more economical for mass housing in India as it results in time savings, better quality control over conventional technology.

Keywords: Innovative technology; Modular, Design for Manufacturing and Assembly; Factors of consideration; Time and Cost Management; Feasibility

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

1. Introduction SDGS 9 states: Build resilient infrastructure, promote sustainable industrialization and foster innovation. (sdgs.un.org). Innovation doesn’t happen by magic. Rather, it requires leadership to develop a culture of open mindedness and creativity as well inclusive partnerships and resources to translate ideas into action to achieve sustainable urbanization. This especially the case as new challenges, like the COVID-19 pandemic, impact on cities and people around the world. Innovation will lie at the heart of so many solutions to achieve sustainable and safe urban environments. (UN Habitat-Innovation, 2021) Today across the globe, we are experiencing a rise in urban areas which are densely populated, along with a lack of land resources to provide sufficient and affordable housing for the masses. The construction industry is changing rapidly, experimentation is done regularly with different materials and technologies all over the world Execution of construction projects and their timely delivery has become a prime concern for developers in view of the buyer’s agitation on delay in construction. MoHUA, shortlisted 6 innovative proven technologies suiting different geo-climatic conditions that could be considered for demonstration through actual ground implementation of six Light House Projects (LHP) in six different States/UTs of PMAY(U) regions across the country. 3D Precast Volumetric -type of Concrete PPVC is identified as one of them at Ranchi, Jharkhand. (BMPTC Annual Report 2019-2020) 1.1 Need, Significance and Relevance of PPVC Technology for Mass housing PPVC technology facilitates modular construction which involves off-site manufacturing. Complete modules made of multiple units complete, are manufactured in factories, and are then transported to site for installation in a Stacking-like assembly piling one above other. There many (DfMA) methodologies developed out of which, efficient productivity improvement is observed in PPVC. Industrialization of components boost efficient use of resources. A specified factory is usually needed So noise and pollution due to onsite activities is reduced hence are also more environmentally friendly. The best part of the technology is that one need not have to have supervision on contractor’s material quality check, as they are predetermined. Construction software solutions enable developers and property owners to monitor and manage projects at every stage, enhancing transparency, construction productivity, and delivery. (Commercial design India, Nejeeb Khan-Katerra,2020)

2. Literature Review 2.1 PPVC Scope in India The surging construction industry in India is marred by problems such as shortage of skilled workers, reduced productivity and uncertainties in the delivery cycle. This trend has pushed the large players to adopt mechanized and precast methods of construction. Despite adopting the new-age construction techniques, India is still stuck with the two-dimensional approach of construction. In this, only elements of a building are made offsite. As a result of which transporting the components, assembling them at the site and MEP work like sealing numerous joints causes critical challenges for the construction workers. In India, companies like Infosys and Microsoft are building offices using the concept of Design for Manufacturing and Assembly (DfMA) because it delivers better quality, speeds up delivery by 50%, and is more sustainable. Currently, prefabricated modular buildings comprise of merely 1% of India’s total real estate market. However, given the extended fall in the residential real estate, with inventories at an all-time high, developers believe that its popularity will rise. (Ar. Nejeeb Khan, Construction world magazine, 2021) According to the experts, if it takes a year to complete a housing project using conventional methods, it takes only 5 to 6 months using modular construction, with the scale being the same. In India, the government currently aims to provide housing for all, which requires constructing 30 million low-cost houses along with building 98 smart cities. This is expected to boost the modular system. Moreover, the government’s decision in late 2014 to relax previous conditions relating to 100% FDI in real estate has enabled quicker adoption of modular technologies. (Palak Sachdev,2018) 2.2. Stages involved in PPVC Simultaneous activities can be facilitated in PPVC unlike conventional like for example: when Site mobilization is carried out modules are been made in the factory.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Fig 1: Traditional v/s PPVC Construction Approach -showing almost 30-50% time savage in PPVC

Reference: www.polyu.edu.hk 2.3 PPVC Considerations and Key Factors – Based on the Regulations stated by Building Control Authority (BCA), Singapore. Module Configurations: Depending upon the design layout, the modules are configured. The simplified geometry of the modules should be adopted to design for ease of production. Fig:2 Typical modules identified for a 2-bhk housing unit

Reference: www.bca.org A. Design Considerations: Different elements of Design to be considered while developing a Module from program formulation, structural feasibility as per site conditions to MEP offsite conduiting. Architectural Design Considerations

Structural Considerations

Design

MEP Design Considerations

Modularization

Structural Modelling

Electrical connections jointing

Early Coordination

Vertical Modules Connection

Lightning Protection

Dimension on Plan and Section

Horizontal Modules Connection

Water-tightness for Plumbing –water supply and drainage

Water-Tightness Between Modules

Structural Robustness

Compliance of Compartmentation

Consideration of Construction Tolerance

Structural Design of Modules Periodic Structural Inspection (PSI)

Compliance Material

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Fire Use

B. Module Production a. Reinforced concrete PPVC modules Entire module is made of concrete including the floors and walls. They are generally heavier modules ranging from 25-40 tonnes. They require a full set of technological solutions for like flexible moulds that allowed casting different modules, changing outer side wall parts and other elements with special bolted supplements, magnetic shutters and notch boxes. Also, some of the moulds were designed with modular length adjustment to fit different types or modules and with double cores to allow casting two rooms in one piece. b. Steel PPVC modules Steel PPVC modules are supported by steel frames with lightweight walls and flooring. They provide more carpet area and overall have weight ranging from 15-25 tonnes They require -Vector bloc™ connection, advanced automation, integrated software. They Facilitate –Expedited planning, Flexible design, Precision fabrication. Rapid installation, High Sustainability. C. Module Transport Factors that have to be considered •

Mode of transport

•

The Topography of the road network: Accessibility of the Transportation vehicle to the site

•

Soil conditions at the site: Anchorage of the hoisting cranes

•

Location of The Project and Adjacent Areas

•

Transportation Plan: Effective Transportation plan should be formulated, to prevent potential damage to the module in long distance travel. The Transportation Plan shall be in accordance with LTA’s traffic regulatory requirements.

•

Packaging, Protection and Labelling of the Module

•

Access and Traffic Management for Trailers with Heavy Cargo

•

Amend Rule-93 of Central Motor Vehicles Rules 1989 -Trailer - Dimensions - 12m X 2.6m (without any extra RTO charges) Module Size: Size and volume of each of the module largely depends upon the logistics for modules transportation from factory to site, which would further determine the number of modules that would be required to complete the layout design. The size of a single module should be as per dimensions allowed to be transported on public road without requiring permissions from RTO or to be supported by police escorts. Height consideration has to be noted in if the route involves electric lines, overhead bridges or any major hindrances that would get affected during module transportation. (PPVC Guidebook, BCA Singapore, 2017). Following are the maximum module size permissible for loading on the Trailer in India: Height

< 4.5 metres (inclusive of Trailer height)

Width

≤ 3.0 metres

Laden

< 80 tons

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

D. Module InstallationHoisting: Sizing and arrangement of cranes on a site will mainly depend on the total lift weight of the module and the reach of the crane. The site terrain is also important criteria for crane foundations. Fig 3: Tower Crane, Mobile Crane and Crawler crane respectively

Table 1: Types of Cranes available with their specific characteristics Characteristics of Crane Crane Capacity Lifting Capacity Height of Equipment Radius of work Reference: www.bca.org

Tower Crane

Mobile Crane

Crawler Crane

50 tons 25 tons – 40 tons 120m 40m

700 tons 25 tons – 40 tons 40m 40m

500 tons 25 tons – 40 tons 80m 40m

Site Management: The location of required heavy construction equipments (e.g., mobile, tower or gantry cranes) must be considered while formulating the site logistics plan, taking into account access to site, capacity for erection and ground stability. Hence site survey is essential to analyze the soil conditions and would also be very crucial. Consideration to maneuvering space and turning radius for the Trailers and equipment like cranes within the site without hampering the assembly works shall be given. Alignments: If the vertical and horizontal alignments are not properly made, they can cause gaps which will add up to extra touch-up work like grouting or plastering. Therefore, it is essential that the modules sequence shall be predetermined and numbered, so that the alignment could be maintained. E.g., it might be easier to install modules facing the external and work towards the inner modules. Safety: Lifting and installation of the modules at height involves high risks for the workers. Proper safety manual has to be formulated equipments to ensure the worker safety. Site safety officer needs to be appointed, who shall maintain the Safety documents such as Risk Assessment and Safe Work Procedure. Safety gadgets, equipments are to be checked regularly followed by replacement and maintenance from time to time. Daily record of the onsite worker health check shall be maintained to avoid accidents on the site. Quality: Inspection on Mould dimensions, squareness, verticality, reinforcement installation, mould assembly and Trail stacking at the factory to assure accuracy of the units. Maintenance, Repair and Renovation: It is essential to exercise care during renovation to prevent damage to the unit. The trained renovator engaged for the project should be skilled and accordingly shall follow the Manual of the module released by the manufacturing factory.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

3. Data Analysis 3.1 Comparison between PPVC (3d modular), RCC and 2D Precast technology Table 2: Technology Comparison OF Major Parameters of consideration Reference: Hommission company, Bangalore PPVC

Block (RCC)

2D Pre cast

Build Concept

1.A single trade and subcontract package 2.Cast complete rooms in one piece and install with a single lift 3.Sub-terrain structures

1.Flat elements cast on flat table and installed individually and require numerous joints, brackets and grouting

Factory Production

1.Monolithic cast of wall and ceiling which is equivalent to 5 and 14 flat panels 2.No brackets, props or vertical joints required 3.Customizable for penetrations and openings 4.Repetitious production of a module 1.Closed joints reducing locations transfer 2.Internal foam layer sandwich panel (200-210 mm) 3.External UV Reflective coating (up to 100%), available in 45 colours

1.Requires separate structures of beams, columns and floor system 2.Wall in-fills need more jointing detail 3.Must use separate floor system for multilevel 1.More onsite trades, reinforcement, brick or block laying and rendering 2.Onsite labour intensive 3.Concrete pump and untidy

N/A

1.Must be cast in foam, walls have a perimeter border 2.not containing insulation Many vertical joints 3.Cast in foam layer does not extend to full area of panel Minimum 2 layers of reinforcing for insulated walls Requires extra 12m of vertical jointing per room 1.Factory painting not possible due to multiple joints 2.Colour variation as panels is poured separately 3.More visible joints

Insulation

Wastage

Walls and roof act together structurally minimizing the volume of concrete, steel and reinforcing bars leading to less wastage

Excessive site wastage, clean up, disposal, cutting of bricks and blocks, pallets, mortar, sand piles, hoses and water

Finishes

Internal and external paint can be applied as part of the production process

1.Only achieved by site application, increased labour cost and interior accuracy 2.Coloured bricks available but generally need to apply another finish or lining

Larger factory area for equivalent production and many more vertical joints

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

Labour

Installation

PPVC

Block

2D Pre cast

1.Hydraulic mould requires 8 men to operate upto 80 m2 per 12 hours 2.Installation requires 3 people 1.A single lift 2.No propping or levelling 3.Minimal site fittings, brackets and dowels 4.Solid working platform immediately available for subsequent levels 5.Erect 4 5 levels in one day 6.Greater accuracy monolithic construction reduces bracket and joint costs

1.Labour intensive 2.Requires more site amenities, supervision, Temporary services and scaffolding Slow Labour intensive Greater overhead costs

Each panel requires 2man days (10man days for 5 panels)

Transport

LTA Rules and Restrictions needs to be checked and also trailer size available to decide on the Module size and weight

Lifting

1 crane to extract and place for yard and site

Services

1.Windows and door frames, electrical and plumbing conduits built into mould 2.Can cast holes in roof slabs for vertical plumbing service running from top to bottom of building Pipes can be cast into floor for efficient cooling heating

Hydronic Cooling Heating Safety

1.Modern lifting techniques 2.Safe working platforms 3.Limited access to external surface required

Extensive scaffolding, materials hoist and safety provisions Mostly progressively built in and cast in later

Not possible

1.Loose power leads, hoses and scaffolding creates safety risks 2.Excessive site labour with potentially high-risk injury

1.Multiple small lifts causes delays, 2 levels per day max 2. 5 crane movements to install one panel 3. Individual propping and levelling 4.Less accuracy with accumulating errors 5. No immediate working platform until all jointing is completed Proper packaging, labelling of each of the component is crucial to assemble on site. Breakage of one component can hinder work on site Need approximately 8 cranes on site 1.Impractical to factory install windows 2.Corner electrical joining impossible 3.Plumbing service holes more difficult Difficult / impossible to do with hollow core planks Installation requires temporary phase (propping) with added safety requirement.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

3.3 Comparative Analysis of steel and concrete module -Table-3

Parameters

Concrete Module

Steel Module

20 to 35 tons Mould required Difficult to relocate /dismantle Due to heavy weight more manpower is required Easier to maintain and durable and monolithic module can be formed with plaster finish surfaces (±2mm-5mm) (Hommission) Connections are permanent (Requires insitu grouted connection).

15 to 20 tons Mould not required Can be relocated/ dismantled Light weight less manpower is required

Module

Weight Casting Flexibility Manpower Durability

Precision Joining connections

Inspections

No such issues once connection is facilitated hence provide ease in inspection

Environmental impacts GHG Emissions Less as compared to S-Module Electricity usage for Less as compared to S-Module equipment Material wastage More as compared to S-Module Economic impacts Economic cost Cost as per LCA Transportation cost

Lifting cost

Examples

Less as compared to S-Module Costly as compared to Steel by almost 26.4% as concrete is send to landfill More due its heavy weight and in case if any defects/accidents occur while transportation the entire module may be affected Cranes with relative high lifting capacity required can lead to more rentals/cost of cranes Clement Canopy, Singapore with Max. height of 140m (40 storeys) – (2020)

It should be treated properly and proper infill panels shall be used to make it feasible in extreme conditions (+0", -1/32") (Z-modular) Can have bolted connections which could be later dismantled and relocated. Issues related to corrosion and fire needs to be tackled hence precise inspection needed More as compared to C-Module More as compared to C-Module (Fabrication is involved) Less as compared to C-Module as Recycling and reuse is feasible for steel More as compared to C-Module Steel can be recycled and reused hence reveals to be cheaper than concrete Less as it is comparatively lighter in weight and the modules in case if subjected to defects are repairable and also has good scrape value Cranes with relative less lifting capacity required can lead to less rentals/cost of crane George Street prefab towers in Croydon, UK. – with max. height of 135m (44 storeys)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

3.3 Life cycle cost assessment of steel and concrete module A module of 12m X 2.6m size (336 sqft) (Feasible Trailer loading size as per Amend Rule-93 of Central Motor Vehicles Rules 1989) Additional assumptions and limitations of this research are as follows: The PPVC systems considered for this study were limited to mass housing. Tower crane of 30-ton capacity is considered. The costs of site foundation and preparation were assumed to be similar for both systems, hence not considered. Five major LCC elements were assessed for each alternative floor system in this study: material, wages, transportation, maintenance, and end-of-life. (Balasbaneh et al. 2018; Sameer et al. 2019) Fig 4: A Typical module

Fig 5: The Life cycle stages of the Modules

Reference: Balasbaneh et al. 2018; Sameer et al. Table 4 presents the costs of materials and processes in the manufacturing and construction stage, along with their related percentages. Considering 2000 Rs/sqft of C-PPVC Material

Steel Module Cost

% Of Total Cost

Concrete Module Cost

% Of Total Cost

Process

(Rs)

Concrete

----

4,90,560

Steelwork

4,09,500

53,760

Insulation

47,250

40,320

Wallboard

10,500

20,160

Electricity

10,500

6,720

Diesel

15,750

13,440

Water

1,050

0.2

1344

0.2

47,040

Labour cost

31,500

Total

5,25,000

100

6,72,000

100

Table 5 - Life cycle costs of all activities Activities Transportation cost Construction cost Maintenance cost Landfill cost Recycling - Reuse

S-PPVC Cost (Rs) 22,500

C-PPVC Cost (Rs) 45,000

5,25,000 1,33,590 18,300 Steel frames can be reused

6,72,000 1,37,250 43,920 ----

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

4. Recommendation (Feasibility Check) 4.1 Project Facts Considering a Case of an existing ongoing housing project to understand the feasibility of PPVC Construction. Project name: Megapolis -Serenity, Hinjewadi, Pune Type of technology used: RCC- Mivan Technology Fig 6: Site photo of the project

Reference: www.megapolis.co.in The Township is developed for IT professionals working in the area, with the view point of reducing their travel distance. The housing comprises of 3 buildings each of 19 floors with 2-BHK Homes which are planned on modular grid in a linear pattern. Each of the building has 3 service cores. Fig 7: Typical floor plan of A5 building

Reference- RSP Architects, Pune Fig 8: Existing Time Schedule:

Reference- RSP Architects, Pune ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

4.2 Substituting with PPVC technology Modular planning is adopted; hence there is a scope that the building could be done in PPVC technology. The modules can be formed in following way Fig 9: Modified Typical floor plan of A5 building showing the identified PPVC module. Type A modules

Type B modules

Reference- RSP Architects, Pune As showed in the fig. the layout is divided into modules of 2 prototypes / floor – Type A: 2.6m X 6.00m (Single module) – 27(modules / floor) X 19 (floors) = 513 modules Type B: 2.6m X 10.00m (passage inclusive) – 9 (modules / floor) X 19 (floors) = 171 modules Type of module to be used: PPVC technology using Steel Module is considered (Steel frame and fireboards as infill walls). It would also help in reducing the overall weight of the module, hence help in reducing the cost overruns due to high-capacity cranes, logistics management due to heavy weights etc. Fig 10: Transportation route (Movement of the modules from the factory to the site) Via Solapur road - 3hrs - 159km Via NH48

- 4hrs- 196km

These can be the feasible transport routes for facilitating module logistics Type A modules – 2 can be transported in single trip Type B modules – 1 can be transported in single trip Fig 11: Time Schedule if done by PPVC method

(Note: for comparison Time Schedule is considered from Site mobilization) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

100

4.3 Cost Analysis of the PPVC technology for the project Area of one slab = 10,225sqft Total slabs for A5 Building = 19 slabs Total Construction area = 10,225 x 19 = 1, 94,275 sqft Mivan Construction rate is approx. 1.4times RCC Conventional, Considering Construction rate: 2000 Rs/sqft Table 6: Module cost with reference to Table 4 Steel Module Cost (Rs) Quantity (Nos.) Total Cost (Rs) A module

3,00,000

513

B module

5,25,000

171

15.39cr 8.97cr

Total

24.36cr

Cost Comparison (Total area= 1,94,275 sqft)

Structural Cost in Detail (Rs/sqft)

Item

Concrete

2.98cr

----

Steel

2.72cr

24.36

Mivan

PPVC

Construction Design

97lacs

0.97cr

Labour

6.12cr

(module

Structure

20.92cr

27.12cr

Formwork

70 lacs

inclusive

Finishing

17.68cr

labour

Infrastructure

40.80cr

costing)

Total

80.37cr

86.57cr

(Considering use of M40 grade Concrete)

Masonry

3.40cr

Crane/ Consumable

2.76cr

Total

15.92cr

27.12cr

4.4 Cost Analysis of the PPVC technology for the project Table 7 Comparative Chart of Mivan and PPVC USP OF MODULAR CONSTRUCTION USP

Mivan

PPVC

COST IMPACT

Time

13.5

20 months = 80.37cr

Saving

months

1 month =4.02cr costing Savage of 6.5 months = 6.5 X 4.02 cr= 26.13 cr …. Savings As also Time saving facilitates investment of the infrastructure in other ventures whose profit criteria forms another Baseline

Costing Profit

80.37cr

86.57cr

6.20 cr more costing is incurred in PPVC 26.13- 6.20 cr = 19.93cr

Design Consultants and Contractor are required to get involved from initial stages of the project to achieve time and cost saving as well as design optimisation. Accordingly, it is also important that the construction community learns the merits and demerits of adopting PPVC technology and how it can be best suited in Indian context in terms of its market and climatic variations. Some of its recommendations could as follows: 1.Reducing the weight of the Module 2.Formulation of the effective Transportation plan 3.Logistics Management 4.On-Site Management 5. Use of Automation technologies -BIM for effective planning, scheduling and executing the PPVC projects 4.5Material (Steel) Scope in Pune, India ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

101

4.6Environmental Impact of Steel as a Sustainable material Concrete has slightly higher maintenance costs than steel Expenditures at the end-of life stage differ due to the recycling and reuse of materials. There is a positive impact on the overall building cost by facilitating recycling of Steel. Although the construction stage of C-PPVC is higher, C-PPVC has a higher overall cost than SPPVC. The results (Balasbaneh, 2020) show that steel necessitates higher electricity usage than concrete in all environmental categories, while concrete has a higher emission rate. Steel outperforms concrete by approximately 37% in non-renewable energy measures, 38% in respiratory inorganics, 43% in land occupation, and 40% in mineral extraction. Concrete, on the other hand, performs 54% better on average in terms of measures adopted for greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Steel incurs a higher cost in the construction stage but is ultimately the more economical choice, costing 4% less than concrete PPVC owing to the recovery, recycling, and reuse of materials. In general, steel PPVC exhibits better performance, both in terms of cost and environmental factors (excluding GHG emissions). This study helps to improve the implementation and general understanding of PPVC. Fig 12: Environmental Impacts of S-PPVC AND C-PPVC

Reference: Balasbaneh et al. 2018; Sameer et al.

Conclusions ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

102

The evaluation of PPVC could be summarized on the basis of following parameters A. Quality performance -High quality specifications and precision could be achieved which would also reduce defects due to size variations as a result of bad workmanship or poor-quality material. B. Cost performance- It would help in reducing the total project Time Schedule which in turn would intiate investment of the equipments and machineries for new ventures. Material wastage would also be reduced due to quality control, Risk factor due to controlled factory conditions would also be reduced. C. Time performance- Simultaneous activities could be carried out like Site mobilization and Fabrication of the modules. Thus, resulting in shorter Time Schedule. D. Environmental and safety performance – Safety measures could be controlled and followed in an effective way in the factory manufacturing and assembling of the modules. Labours would be trained in a more disciplined way with the required essential safety gadgets. Construction waste on site would become minimal. It would also contribute to reduction in noise pollution due to construction activities on site. Steel is a Game Changer in Modular Construction as it has many advantages like Light weight, Superior precision, exceptional strength and rigidity, long-term durability, resistance to fire, pests and mold high sustainability and hence proves to be more economical than concrete PPVC when we analyze it through the life cycle method. Modulex is India’s First Steel Modular Building Factory –to produce steel modules at Indapur within a radius of 200km from Hinjewadi, Pune which will boost the use of steel modules and consequently reduce the overall cost of the module as a result of mass production. PPVC technology using Steel Module is considered (Steel frame and fireboards as infill walls). It would reduce the overall weight of the module; hence help in reducing the cost overruns due to high-capacity cranes, logistics management due to heavy weights in single trips etc…If Direct costing is compared 10.08 cr more costing is incurred in PPVC (Refer Table 7). Comparing the Time Schedule of PPVC Technology and Conventional (Myvan) there is savage of almost 193 days = 6.5 months. Cost Savings of 6.5 months = 6.5 X 4.02cr = 26.13 cr Profit = 26.13 - 6.20 cr = 19.93cr (Refer Table 7) As also Time saving facilitates investment of the infrastructure in other ventures whose profit criteria forms another Baseline considering Time as a non-renewable resource.

Acknowledgement

I would like to thank my guides Er. Shabeer Lokhandwala, Director SLABS and Ar. Zoher Siamwala, faculty at Allana College of Architecture, Pune for their invaluable guidance in my research work. I sincerely express my gratitude towards Dr. S.J. Vijay, Director at Hommission, India whose insight interview influenced me to take up this research topic. I am also grateful to Magicrete building solutions, for providing me with the costing and other statistical data for 3d module analysis.

References 1. PPVC Guidebook- Design for Manufacturing and Assembly (DfMA) – Building Construction Authority (BCA) Singapore -2017 2. Webinar “Building Homes Better, Cheaper, faster: 3rd Gen Construction Tech", Magicrete building solutions, May 2020 3. Pre-Fabricated Pre-Finished Volumetric Construction (PPVC) For Residential Projects, Three sixty Cost Management Pvt Ltd- Surbana Jurong 4. BMPTC Annual Report-2019-20, Chapter II. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – Housing for All (Urban) Mission, Global Housing Technology Challenge – India (GHTC-India) 5. A comparative life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete and steel-prefabricated prefinished volumetric construction structures in Malaysia – Ali Tighnavad Balasbaneh1, Mohd Zamri Ramli2- Environmental Science and Pollution Research Springer -2020 6. The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways through GSR No. 414 (E) dated 26th June 2020, has published a notification to amend Rule-93 relating to dimensions of motor vehicles under the Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989. 7. Modular Construction and its Adaptation in India, Palak Sachdev, International Journal of Research in Engineering, Science and Management Volume-1, Issue-10, October-2018 8. sdgs.un.org,2021UN Habitat, Innovation, The challenge, 2021 9. www.modulexglobal.com, Indian factory, 2021

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

103

Identifying & analyzing reasons behind Insufficient number of fire stations and Related infrastructure in India Sub theme: Goal 09 –Industry, Innovation & Infrastructure. Mr. Suprit Palkar1 Ar. Ravindra Sarnaik2 Ar. Sanjay Joshi3 1

Student, Final Year B. Arch, SDPCOA, Islampur, Shivaji University. 2

Principal Founder, Shilpa Sagar Academy. 3

Professor, SDPCOA, Islampur.

Abstract Fire safety is not only an issue related to buildings and property safety but also directly affects a person's life and day to day activities. Therefore fire protection measures should be appropriate in any circumstances. People feel safe and secure in their psychological environment because of the fire safety measures taken in the building. Upcoming new industries such as artificial intelligence, electric motor, various transit-oriented developments may need more effective and accurate fire service as per the changing time. But the fact is, there are only 39% fire stations available against the required in India. 78% shortage of firefighting equipment and vehicles in a fire station and only 54,239 fire personnel are available to manage this station, less than 10% of the required 5,57,123 as of December 31, 2018. So this research paper aims to find out resons behind such less number of fire stations or related infrastructure available in India, although it is one of the major part of urban infrastructure. Analatical research methodology is used in this research to do comparative analysis with past references and current statistics. The basic parameters on which the analysis takes place are like precision for fire station site, rising construction cost, role of town planning, Dedicated trainning facilities of fire station and their effect, Maintainance, availability of land in urban areas, role of politicians and bureaucrats etc. It helps to highlight major factors that limit city growth or to create infrastructure with specific recommendations to promote a secure urban lifestyle. Keywords Fire Station, Firefighters, Urbanization, Construction Cost, Infrastructure, land acquisition.

1. Introduction In recent times we have seen the biggest calamity of the 21st century that is COVID-19. This pandemic has led to a dramatic loss of human life, so we have to rethink the future of climate change and environmental loss with our ambition. With this pandemic, we observe another calamity that majorly occurs due to manmade activities and that is fire outbreak. Since 2019 major fire outbreaks happened in hospitals which is another obstacle to tackling the covid-19 pandemic. An increase in cases of fire outbreaks in industrial areas also directly affects human life. The recent incidents of fire in hospitals, industries, markets, and housing units resulted in the loss of life and damage to property. Forest fires and fires on standing crops such as sugarcane have become common across the state which need to be handled properly. “The fire services are not well organized in India” according to the website of the Directorate General Of Fire Services. This single statement is enough to prove the need for fire-related infrastructure in India. Available data ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

104

shows that there is only 39% fire station available against the required in India. 78% shortage of firefighting equipment and vehicles in a fire station and only 54,239 fire personnel are available to manage this station, less than 10% of the required 5,57,123. “Change Is The Only Constant” so fire service also needs to be changed according to time by incorporating modern technology and inventions. Now the question is, the fact that only 39 % of an available fire station is a measured thing to be concerned about? If yes, then what are the reasons behind this and what we can do to improve this critical situation.

2. Aim The research aims to Identify & analyze the reasons behind the insufficient number of fire stations and related infrastructure in India concerning context.

3. Objectives Following are the objectives of the research • To examine whether there is a sufficient number of fire stations and related infrastructure is available or not in India. • To analyse the ratio between recommended and available infrastructure. • To identify reasons behind the same • To suggest the best possible solution for secure living.

4. Methodology The methodology includes the literature study priory which defines the current status of a fire service in India. After that qualitative and quantitative analysis has been done on the different factors which may be responsible for the degrading condition of fire service. And based on that analysis; some major factors were identified and analyzed thoroughly which affects the construction of fire-related infrastructure and fire department policies in India. And possible recommendation has been given after examining mentioned points under heading Analysis and findings.

5. Analysis and findings 5.1 Construction cost The construction cost of building infrastructure in India is increased by 30% to 35% in the last 8 years. It has many reasons like increasing material cost, increase in transportation cost. The below graph shows the construction cost statistics in seven major cities in India from 2012 to 2019. Figure 1: Rising construction cost in India

Source: WTP Benchmark Study

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

105

Also, another graph shows a rise in the cost of most used material in construction industries i.e. steel. Statistics are in six major cities of India from 2015 to 2020. Where it clearly shows that the cost of steel has almost gets doubled in the last five years. Figure 2: Rising material cost in India (case of steel)

Source: Gleeds biannual report 5.2 Requirements for site selection Fire fighting stations required large space for their integrated training facilities, mock drill, space for fire tender parking, space for admin, Dormitories, water storage in single campus. Also the norm says that there is a requirement of one fire station for every 50,000 people in urban area. Now in the city like Mumbai, Delhi, or Chennai, it is impossible to find such sites at regular intervals and that is one of the major reasons behind the increase in emergency response time of the fire department which results in property damage and casualties. Case of MumbaiAfter Dhaka, Mumbai is the second most populated city in the world having 31,700 people /Km2 living as of 2015. The Public Accounts Committee (PAC) of the Maharashtra legislature said that the Mumbai Fire Brigade (MFB) did not have adequate fire stations, equipment, and staff. The PAC presented its report on local civic bodies for 2017-18 in the assembly. The report says that Mumbai has 34 fire stations, but because of its topography and growing population, it needs additional 34 fire stations. While the new development plan provides for 26 new fire stations and suggests a time-bound program to set them up as the city witnesses a large number of fire incidents due to high-rise buildings, increased slum areas, and industries. Therefore Mumbai needs to double the fire stations numbers which require more land in heart of the city. And it is very difficult to find such sites with specific requirement in cities like Mumbai. 5.3 Dedicated training facilities Fire-fighters are required to respond to many different scales of fire in a range of structures whether it is residential, commercial, institutional, civic, or industrial. Also, there are different methods to take control over a different kind of fire. Therefore it needs special training and real-time instrument handling knowledge. For example, Hazardous materials response in fire fighting is crucial training for fire and rescue services. And that kind of training facility allows fire-fighters to train on a range of potential risks that can arise during a fire where hazardous materials can explode, vaporize and become more toxic. Such kind of training required dedicated training infrastructure and drill ground along with drill tower and special emergency training building. 5.4 Maintenance of fire stations and allied services Involvement of a large number of mechanical equipment, vehicles, and another technical requirement of fire stations required regular inspection and maintenance to run at optimum performance and effectively combat fire always. Maintenance operations involve regular station and vehicle cleaning, Instrument cleaning, and testing ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

106

like a hose, self-contained breathing apparatus, air compressor, ground ladder, nozzle, pumps along with water storage tank, mechanical/electrical/plumbing/telephonic system, and other repair and damage. This process involves many technical teams’ results in high maintenance costs. Also, there are no revenue generation options in Indian fire station so the monthly, seasonally and yearly maintenance cost appears very high. 5.5 Availability of land Land availability has been always a major issue in urban areas of India. If in case it is available then the cost of land is unbearable in urban areas specifically in metro cities. India's economy is growing at a fast pace and this has led to the migration of people from rural areas to urban canters. The shift from rural to urban areas is reflected in the rising expenses of households. Cities are, after all, the hubs of political, commercial, and recreational activities. And with increasing immigration from rural areas, major cities also have to deal with providing residences and consequent space to people. No wonder that the cities in India are also some of the most expensive places to live in. Mumbai remained the most expensive and largest real estate market across the country, with its average square foot cost nearly double that of Pune at Rs10,610 till the end of 2020. Therefore land availability and their acquisition gets difficult day by day for the government and other authorities. 5.6 Role of town planning department The town planning department allots the reservations and land use map for each city and region through development plans and regional plans while doing that department or concern authority needs to consult with the fire fitting department and allot land specifically for fire stations so that land in the specific interval is always available to fire fighting department and eventually it reduces emergency response time in the densely populated area also. 5.7 Public awareness Only 54,239 fire personnel are available to manage this fire station, less than 10% of the required 5,57,123 in India. This is because lack of awareness about importance and duties of fir personal and it needs to treat seriously to strengthen fire departments in India. People are steel unaware about educational courses of fire man and different post in fire department, they are unaware about respect a fire man can get, they are unaware about responsibilities of fire man. Once they get right information at right time then fire department need not to worry about recruitments of post. For this, government and concern authorities should encourage young generations about opportunities in fire department, should run awareness seminars, camps in school, colleges and society. 5.8 Lack of political and administrative will power Firefighting department regulates one of the major services in urban area. Even if it is serving for the secure cities it gets neglected to some extent. It seems that there is lack of political will power to strengthen the fire service in India. These needs to change and politicians and bureaucrats should work together to empower such civic institutions.

6. Conclusion and Recommendations 6.1 Following factors were identified which were responsible for insufficient fire-related infrastructure in India. • • • • • • • •

Rising construction cost Specific requirements for site selection Dedicated training facilities and space required for same High maintenance of fire station and allied services Non-availability of land in urban areas and limitations in land acquisition Limited Role of town planning department in fire service Lack of Public awareness Lack of political and administrative will power

6.2 Recommended policies

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

107

6.2.1 Administrative approach Each mayor, Foster minister and Head of fire department of each city should decide their own strategies to empower fire service in respective city by referring firefighting norms and gap analysis. And it should be time bound proposal so that it gets implemented properly. 6.2.2 Use of advance technology Fire department also needs to update as per the changing time by incorporating modern technology such as drones, remote controlled fire tender etc. It will increase efficiency of fire department and minimise emergency response time, results minimum property damage and casualties. 6.2.3 Mieco fire station To tackle the insufficient fire-related infrastructure in India we can develop Mieco Fire Station across the country to deal with the existing problems. Mieco fire station is nothing but a combination of Micro fire station and Eco fire station. Micro fire stations + Eco fire stations = Mieco fire station Micro fire stations - Instead of building a large scale fire station with their training facilities we can propose micro fire station with necessary facilities in a specific zone and a cluster of each four or five micro fire stations are linked with one fire station with dedicated training facilities for all four or five fire station. It will resolve the problem of land acquisition and the cost of land in urban areas; also this will reduce emergency response time and increase the efficiency of the fire department. Eco fire stations - meaning environment friendly fire stations; by keeping simple and rectilinear forms we can build a cost-effective solution to meet the need of the fire department. We can propose eco-friendly fire stations by keeping standards of green rating systems which reduce maintenance costs and focus more on fire stations efficiency and secure urban living.

7. Reference [Book] 1. Constitution of standing fire advisory committee. Government of India, 1955. [Newspaper] 2. India's urban economy is growing at a fast pace. India Today, 30 December 2021. [Internet source] 3. Statistics India 2019 (national crime records bureau). Date of access: 20/06/2021. http://ncrb.gov.in [Internet source] 5. Directorate General of Fire Service (Government of India). Date of access: 28/06/2021. http://dgfscdhg.gov.in [Internet source] 6. Department of Fire safety (Government of Maharashtra). Date of access: 28/06/2021. https://mahafireservice.gov.in [Government legislation] 7. The Public Accounts Committee (PAC) of the Maharashtra legislature, March 2019, Mumbai Fire Brigade needs more fire stations and personnel, report Feb 2019.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

108

The Child, The Street and The Sustainable City Sub theme: Goal 10- Reduced Inequality Ar. Ujjwala Sinha1 1

Postgraduate Student, M. Arch in Sustainable Habitat, Goa College of Arch., Panaji, Goa, India

Abstract The purpose of this paper is to explore urban inequality and its impact on urban children and young people. Designing sustainable cities, streets and sidewalks that encourage safe movement and social interaction for our children is an issue of growing concern globally. Children are gradually losing a sense of belonging to the city, its streets and public open spaces. The sound of joy of children on the streets is getting replaced with sound of cars. The open areas which were accessible to all children irrespective of economic status are becoming parks inside gated communities of the urban rich and are enjoyed by a privileged few, creating an inequality of opportunity for recreation. There are also increasing number of crimes against young adults in public spaces. As a part of studio exercise, Dattawadi, a ward in Mapusa, Goa which is a neighborhood with mixed land use of schools, offices, private residences, shops etc. was designed as a model of sustainable child friendly equitable city on basis of following parameters: • • • • •

Children are protected from abuse and are safe on streets. They have a healthy childhood having access to nature. They have access to inclusive and participatory education and skill development. They can participate in cultural and community life. They can meet their friends and have access to places to play and enjoy their childhood.

Better designed cities will help the children to live a better life and become better human beings. Child-friendly cities will be also equitable cities which are safer and accessible to all people irrespective of gender, age, disability, religion, economic status etc. We need to humanize the cities from a child’s perspective and derive sustainable urban design theories out of it. Designing cities is no child’s play, but let child’s play be part of our policies of designing our cities. KEYWORDS: Inequality, sustainable, child friendly, inclusive

Introduction The cities, streets, and public spaces are gradually losing charm for the young people and becoming unsafe. Cities should be designed with keeping young people in mind, particularly public spaces and streets that provide safe movement, social interaction and mental well being of the young ones. Necessity to include child friendly cities as part of urban planning was felt globally. Children rights and participation in city planning was felt imperative. Child-Friendly City Initiative was first launched at the UN Habitat II conference in 1996. According to UNICEF,

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

109

“A child friendly city is a city or any local system of governance that is committed to fulfilling children’s rights, including their right to influence decisions about their city; express their opinion on the city they want; participate in family, community and social life; receive basic services such as healthcare, education and shelter; drink safe water and have access to proper sanitation; be protected from exploitation, violence and abuse; walk safely in the streets on their own; meet friends and play; have green spaces for plants and animals; live in an unpolluted environment; participate in cultural and social events; and be an equal citizen of their city with access to every service, regardless of ethnic origin, religion, income, gender or disability.” Child friendly city will be also a equitable and sustainable city where all residents irrespective of gender, age, disability, religion, economic status, ethnic origin have equal opportunity to live, prosper and have access to all sections of the city feeling safe and secured.

1. Need of Child friendly City. United Nations (UN) World Urbanization Prospects report says, 55 percent of the population of world live in the urban areas. By 2050, 68 percent of people of the world will live in cities. Globally 23.7 percent of the entire population are children. 70 percent of the children population of the world will live in cities by 2050. To design cities in India which are sensitive to the needs of children, it is necessary to assess the demographic aspects of the child population in India. India has a surging urban population and there is a high percentage of young population in India. As per report from the National Institute of Urban Affairs (NIUA), ‘Status of Children in Urban India Baseline Study 2018’, India has 472 million children, which makes 39 percent of the entire population of the country. 34 percent of total urban population are children. Children of Age Group (05 years) comprises of 29 percent of total population of children in India. Children in the age group (0-5 yrs) constitutes of 28.5 percent of children living in urban areas. ( Refer Fig 1) India is projected to add 416 million of people to the urban population of the country and consequently population of children living in cities will increase. Thus designing Child friendly Cities is imperative for India and need to be part of the urban policies and urban planning in India. Figure1: Demographic statistics of child population in India.(Source: NIUA Report)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

110

2. Core challenges for the Cities to be not child friendly Cities in developing countries like India have many challenges like migration from rural areas, inadequate infrastructure, over population, inadequate housing etc. Over and above there are various core challenges for the cities to be not child friendly which are also the challenges of cities to be not sustainable and equitable.

2.1 Traffic on road Streets are very critical and integral part of children’s interaction with the city. Children need to spend considerable amount of time outdoors to travel to and from the school, play in open grounds, interact with friends in public spaces etc. Well designed roads, sidewalks, crossings are essential in making cities safe for children. The roads in India today belong to automobiles not to the people. The streets are designed to the scale of adult and gives priority to the movement of automobiles. The planning of the streets, highways and road widening theories of urban planning clearly shows lack of consideration given to children and other vulnerable sections of our society. A large number of young lives in India die due to road accidents among other causes of fatalities. ( See Figure 2). As per a report on road accidents, 4,80,652 accidents were recorded in 2016 which led to 1,50,785 deaths. In urban India, 7.8 % of children aged 5-14 years have lost their life due to road accidents.(See Figure 3). Road injuries ranked 4th in fatalities among 5 to 14-year-old children in India in 2016. The highest percentage of deaths recorded among urban young adults (15.3 per cent) is due to road accidents.(See Figure 3) National Crime Records Bureau of India report shows that almost 43 children die in road accidents every day. Children below the age of 18 dying in road accidents constitute of 10.5 % of all death reasons. With speeding cars dominating the roads it is risky for children to cycle, walk or play on streets. The lack of pedestrian walkways, dedicated cycle tracks, pedestrian crossings, adequate street lights, safety railings etc., have deprived children of, especially disabled ones, the desired opportunity to experience the city safely. Parents are apprehensive of letting children to explore city of their own. Reduction of independent mobility among children is also detrimental to the physical and mental health of the children. Car pollution is also another serious concern affecting children’s health conditions with growing number of children developing respiratory diseases like asthma etc. In 2016 around 60,000 children died due to air pollution which escalated to 200 thousand in 2017( Source WHO and Global Burden Disease Report)( See Figure4) Polluted and overcrowded urban areas with dominance of automobiles on road providing less scope for learning, playing and recreation in city environment. Children are losing their right to the City and the Streets.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

111

Figure2: Road Injuries a major reason of death of children. (Source: NCRB)

Figure3: Death rate due to road accidents ( Source:NCRB)

Figure 4: Death due to Air Pollution in India ( Source: WHO Report and Global burden of Diseases)

2.2 Unsafe public spaces. Children especially for those in their teens love to move around in city public spaces in the city and do not perceive any risk in the environment. But in many cases they are subjected to crimes like kidnapping, sexual harassment etc. Inadequate infrastructure like absence of street lights, footpaths and unsafe public space create serious threats to children’s movement in the public spaces of cities and thereby contribute to increasing number of crimes towards the young ones. Neighbourhoods are getting designed with wide straight roads, high rise buildings with long setbacks from the road etc. In such neighbourhood the lack of windows, balconies which use to overlook the streets( “eyes on the street” as described by Jane Jacob in her book “The Death and Life of Great American Cities”) is making cities unsafe for children. In a mixed neighbourhood with houses and shops overlooking the streets creates a natural surveillance which makes the movement of the young ones safer. As per the Crime in India-2016 Compendium,94 released by National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB), Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, a total of 1,06,958 crime incidences against children were reported in 2016 as compared to 89,423 cases in 2014. (See Figure5) According to data from the National Crime Record Bureau, the number of cases of crimes reported against children in 19 metropolitan cities increased from 19,081 in 2016 to 21,425 in 2019. The total number of victims in registered cases increased from 20,571 in 2016 to 23,107 in 2019. Offences against children in public spaces are mostly are physical and mental abuse, kidnapping trafficking and sexual abuse, among others. Major notified crimes against children are kidnapping and abduction (52.3 %) and sexual offences (34.4 %). (See Figure 5) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

112

West Bengal, Assam and Maharashtra had an increase in crimes against children from 2014 to 2016. Uttar Pradesh had highest percentage of total crimes committed against children (15.3 per cent) followed by Maharashtra (13.6 per cent) and Madhya Pradesh (12.9 per cent) (See Figure7). Around 1,11,569 children aged below 18 years were reported missing .Numbers are higher for girls (70,394) than boys (41,175) and the highest was recorded in West Bengal (16,881 children), Delhi (14,661 children), Madhya Pradesh (12,068 children) and Maharashtra (9982) (Map 6.2). (See Figure 6) Figure5: Crime against children ( Source: National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB))

Figure6:Crime against children in different states and cities.( Source: NationalCrimeRecordsBureau (NCRB)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

113

2.3 Inadequate and unequal access to the green spaces in the city The green open spaces available in city realm are inadequate compared to the number of children. The public green spaces mostly are poorly maintained, lack of infrastructures like proper lighting, low maintenance of landscape elements, makes it unsafe for the children. Also the Regional plan and Outline Development plan shows less green areas for recreation than marked for commercial and settlement areas. Also the green open spaces are gradually getting converted to gated communities which have a designated green space for the children living in the place, and are enjoyed by privileged few this creates an inequality of opportunity among the young ones to enjoy the green spaces. Scarcity and poor quality of green spaces, uneven distribution of play areas and a lack of safe accessibility can create more social inequality among the young generations in the city. 2.4. Polarisation and isolation Children are often perceived marginalized due to lack of better street and public space which encourage more social interaction and trust. The community spaces for the adults are created by keeping adults in mind in and are in specific locations like Kala academy (In Goa ), Rabindra Sadan (in Kolkata), etc. Lack of community gathering spaces in neighbourhood level creates less scope, of social interaction and community living among the young generation. This also hinders the mental and physical well-being of the child. Objectives of Child Friendly City An important thing to keep in mind while designing child friendly cities, is providing safe and accessible resources for the needs of all children. Children with disability and young girls feel unsafe in using public space and public infrastructure. Children need safe public infrastructure, transport, safe access to public green spaces and their needs should be a top priority in urban planning so that they can engage with the city safely and securely. Objectives of Child Friendly City are listed below: Children are protected from abuse and are safe on streets. They have a healthy childhood having access to nature. They have access to quality, inclusive and participatory education and skill development. They can participate in community cultural and social life. They can meet friends and have places to play and enjoy their childhood 3.1 Children are protected from abuse and are safe on streets. Children are the most precious section of our society. Children growing up with the sound physical and mental health contribute to a better society. If children are subjected to violence, abuse and injury it creates an imbalanced society, which is detrimental to the growth of the city. 3.2 Children having a healthy childhood by having access to nature. Nature always has a positive impact on physical and mental welling of children. Being disconnected and not have access to nature will them introvert, marginalized and create negative impact on the growth of the city. 3.3 Children have access to inclusive and participatory education and skill development. Education and skill development should be more inclusive, the institutions need to be more participatory and not to create divisive attitude among children. Children should have equal opportunity to the right of education. 3.4 Children can participate in community cultural and social life. Community participation creates the social interaction among the children. Also interacting with different generation of people will make them open minded and less polarized. Community and enriched social life is very important component of the mental well-being of the children. This in turn makes an inclusive and open minded society.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

114

3.5 They can meet friends and have places to play and enjoy their childhood Children need to come out of their home bound sphere and interact with friends and enjoy their childhood. Playing and having time with friends make them better human beings in future they learn to adept to different situations.

4. Recommended Interventions 4.1 Traffic measures: More public transport system should be encouraged which will help in the reduction of cars on the roads. There should be bus stops at crucial points near the schools with zebra crossing for safe crossing of students. The roads in the neighborhood should have restricted traffic movement with speed limit. The roads should have sidewalks preferably with the railing for the safety of children not running into the roads. There should be dedicated cycle tracks for the safe cycling of children. There should be enough lights on the roads for safety. There should be trees between the road and sidewalk which will help to reduce air pollution. In order to make the cities childfriendly, cities needed to be designed so that children have minimum risk while accessing and venturing into public spaces. 4.2 Pedestrian Priority: The roads where vehicular movement can be restricted can be pedestrian. This will make the roads safer for the children as well as for the senior citizens. Creating more pedestrian network of the roads will also help to reduce sound pollution. This will also reduce pollution due to cars and roads and streets will be an extension of the households. Activist urban theorist Jane Jacobs and her activism for the right to the city proposed giving the street back to the neighbours. Today we need to work for that objective. Safe roads, crossings and mixed-use neighbourhoods that support cycling and walking can reassure parents, reduce pollution and encourage social interaction. 4.3 Play streets: Certain sections of the pedestrian roads where car movement has been restricted can be given to children to play and enjoy their childhood. In city areas, to create public parks may not be possible at every neighborhood, but creating play streets at every neighborhood have a great possibility. The street can be combined with some space between the building and create street parks. Some innovative playful streets elements, can be integrated into play streets.The residents can sacrifice some part of their plot in lieu of some benefits. The streets can have hopscotchmarked on streets. Space between buildings can have basketball courts etc. In this way streets start belonging to children and not automobiles alone. 4.4 Mixed and reuse Neighborhood: Single use neighborhood, creates unsustainable way of living as the amenities, shops, convenience stores are not easily accessible by residents. Parents feel insecure sending children to bring the daily essentials, etc. This restricts the movement of children and compromises their freedom of movement. Mixed use neighborhood creates more interactive social environment. The children become more active in their neighborhood. Neighborhoods are getting designed with wide straight roads, high rise buildings with long setbacks from the road etc. In such neighborhood the lack of windows, balconies which use to overlook the streets( “eyes on the street” as described by Jane Jacob in her book “The Death and Life of Great American Cities”) is making cities unsafe for children. Having “eyes on the street” creates natural surveillance. Thus mixed use residential building with shops at lower level are preferred. The residential houses should have balconies overlooking the roads. Very wideroads with the wide setbacks should be avoided in residential neighborhood. 4.5 Green spaces: It may not be possible for each neighborhood to have a designate green space like playground, Children’s park, etc. There are often green spaces as backyard/ front yard of houses. Policy can be framed where resident owners can give the parcel of land to the community in exchange of some benefits. Even some neighborhood has abandoned building with some green space on site. The building can be taken for re-adaptive use and open space converted to some green space. Children having access to green space is very essential for physical and mental wellbeing of the children. 4.6 Inter-generational and community hubs: Each city has public community centers at city level and at neighborhood level. Lack of community centers in the neighborhood level is creating polarized and isolated young society. At neighborhood level some old, ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

115

unused buildings can be converted to community buildings. It can be converted to Arts Center like Sunaparanta Center in Panjim, Goa. There can be exhibitions centers, gallery, etc. accommodated in the re-adaptive use of these buildings. The walls of the neighborhood can be used as exhibition walls. Having these community and cultural centers at neighborhood level increases the cultural acumen of the children. 5. Studio Exercise- Child Friendly City, Dattawadi, Mapusa, Goa Mapusa is a town situated in the Indian state of Goa, which is located 13 kilometres north of Panaji, the state capital. Dattawadi, a ward in Mapusa, Goa, was chosen as the study location having a mixed-use neighbourhood of schools, offices, private residences, shops, and other amenities. A selected area of the ward was designed as a model for a child-friendly equitable city. . (Refer Figure 6) Figure 6: Location Plan of Dattawadi,Mapusa,Goa.(Source: Studio Work by Author)

5.1 Site selection and justification The site has character of all aspects of city having schools, offices, residences, shops, busy roads etc. Through user analysis, it was observed that the concentration of children was higher in this specific area, which has two schools (St. Britto and Arya Niketan), commercial buildings, BSNL offices, and several shops and restaurants. As a result, it is ideal to choose the area as a model for a child-friendly city. The data collection of user analysis of site was carried out from primary sources based on method of observation. (See Figure7)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

116

Figure 7 showing site of intervention in Dattawadi,Mapusa .(Source: Studio Work by Author)

5.2 Challenges 5.2.1 Traffic on road Only the road near Amankar VidyaMandir has a pavement; there is no designation sidewalk for pedestrians; cycling track for children etc. Roads have unrestricted vehicular movement without any speed control. There was high traffic congestion observed during school hours. This data was gathered from primary sources by interviewing local residents .The roads have been proposed to be widened as per latest Outline Development Plan to accommodate more cars, no consideration for pedestrian movement. (See Figure 8)

5.2.2 Unsafe Public spaces Few streets were deserted and had abandoned houses, which were likely hotspots for anti-social activities and pests. Houses have high compound walls and wide setbacks from roads. Most of the buildings occupy 25% coverage within site and do not overlook the streets. Thus streets lack natural surveillance. The method of data collection is from primary sources is based on observation and interviewing local residents. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

117

5.2.3 Inadequate and unequal access to green spaces A lack of immediate green spaces was found in the area. Nearby playgrounds – Duler ground (600 M away) is used for football matches. Children park at Fiera Alto and Dattawadi (400 M away).St Britto school ground which is used by school children at school time only. This information is also based on observation and interviewing the local people on site.

6. Interventions Keeping in mind the several challenges and issues identified several interventions are proposed in the design exercise. 6.1. Traffic Measure Public transport was encouraged and bus stops proposed on the peripheral primary roads to limit vehicular movement in the core area and near the school front during school hours. Zebra crossings were proposed on the main road for students' safety. Furthermore, speed limits were suggested on internal roads, as well as loop roads with dedicated parking for ease of drop-off. The restriction of vehicular movement was proposed to be achieved by utilising staggered road level (with railing at certain areas) accessible via steps. The street section proposed had segregated vehicular, pedestrian and cycle circulation. This results in the segregation of movements, which increases the visibility of oncoming vehicles and thus the safety of children. Furthermore, there is a proposal to plant trees along the streets to reduce air pollution, which has a negative impact on children's health. 6.2 Pedestian Priority and Play Street Loop road was created to restrict vehicular movement within core area infront of the school.The created area free of vehicular movement could thus further be utilized as a play street where children can pause and play, learn and draw. This street is proposed to have elements like playful street furniture, playful street crossing, street art, climbable objects, shared space, seating, and road games. Vacant land between BSNL Govt office and a house was taken into playstreet area and a basketball court was proposed in that area. In addition to create a creative and interactive component a amphitheatre was proposed between two schools which can be used both the schools.The high compound wall of St Brittos School was proposed to have wall art and can be used for exhibition of studentwork. The land of abandoned BSNL building was converted to street plaza to be used for social interaction.(See Figure 9) Figure 9 showing pedestrian priority and playstreet. (Source: Studio Work by Author)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

118

6.3 Mixed and dense Neighborhood Low-rise, dense buildings will densify the area, allowing for more "eyes on the street," and bringing more life and vibrancy to the neighbourhood. Longer plots with road access on both sides can be divided into smaller plots. Owners of plots can earn money, and smaller plots can have purely residential, mixed-use buildings, local shops, and so on. 6.4 Green Spaces Intermediate green spaces were proposed along streets side,sidewalks etc. Vacant land near Temple was proposed to be playground. The area within a abandoned building on back side of Arya Niketan School was converted to a playground. 6.5 Intergenerational and Community Hubs Adaptive reuse of old abandoned buildings to accommodate sports and entertainment facilities, as well as modifications to existing structures was proposed . It was proposed to repurpose an existing building to house an exhibition, art gallery, café, food court, and auditorium as a community hub. The community center along with the street plaza creates a social interaction area for the entire community where the children can interact with the community. Thus the neighbourhood with restricted traffic with speed limit on road, pedestrian and cycle friendly sidewalks, playstreet, community center made the neighbourhood an inclusive neighbourhood reinstating the fact that these measures taken in city level will make the city not only child friendly but accessible and inclusive for all sections of the society irrespective of economic status, religion, ethnic origin etc. Figure 10 showing how a child friendly city can be inclusive city for all.(Source: Studio Work by Author)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

119

Conclusion On basis of the studio work done in Dattawadi,Mapusa inference was drawn that to create Child Friendly City there need to be proper policies and programs at planning level with participation from all sections of the society. Not only will better designed cities will help these children thrive and become healthier and more successful adults, but planning for children means simultaneously planning for other sections of the society as well which includes disabled, elderly, women etc. Child Friendly cities are not just about building more playgrounds, but creating network of spaces that can make a city equitable, sustainable and encourage everyday freedoms to all citizens irrespective of gender, age, religion, caste, economic status etc.

References 1. Arup,“Cities Alive: Designing for urban childhoods,” December 2017. 2. NIUA (2018) “STATUS OF CHILDREN IN URBAN INDIA, BASELINE STUDY, 2018 (Second Edition)” Delhi, India. 3. Unicef, “The State of the World’s Children 2012: Children in an Urban World,” February 28, 2012. 4. Unicef, “Child Friendly Cities promoted by UNICEF National Committees and Country Offices – Fact sheet”, September 2009. 5. “STATUS OF CHILDREN IN URBAN INDIA, BASELINE STUDY, 2018 (Second Edition)” 6. Crime in India (2019/2018/2017 and 2016), National Crime Records Bureau, Ministry of Home Affairs, http://ncrb.gov.in/ 7. “Pune’s Vision for Streets Puts Children First,” Institute for Transportation & Development Policy (ITDP), Jan 13, 2020, 9.No Child’s Play: The Enduring Challenge of Creating Child-Friendly Cities Devashish Dhar,Manish Thakre

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

120

Safeguarding the Intangible dimension of Religious Heritage: Learning from Sacred and Semi Sacred precincts Sub theme: Goal 11- Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Vandana Balakrishnan1, Prof. Dr. Neha Bansal2 1

PhD research scholar, Department of Architecture and Interior Design SRMIST, Kattankulathur, Chennai, India. Visiting Professor, School of Planning and Architecture New Delhi, India. 2Professor,

Department of Architecture and Interior Design SRMIST, Kattankulathur , Chennai, India.

Abstract In September 2015, the UN adopted the milestone document titled “Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development”. This Agenda furnishes a common blueprint for action staring now and into the future, focussed on peace and prosperity for the planet and its people. Of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) that form the core of this venture, Goal 11focusses on sustainability and development at the Urban level. Sustainability inclusivity, safety and resilienence and are the core concepts of this endevour. Within this, Target 11.4 calls for reinforcing efforts at a global level to preserve the cultural and natural heritage of the world. In the Indian context, the focus on protecting Cultural Heritage is imperative. Cultural heritage builds sense of belonging and of identity. In the face of Globalization, the need to sustain identity through safeguarding heritage places as spaces of identity becomes crucial. The need is to conserve our common heritage, a fragile Non-renewable resource, and ensure that it is the inheritance of our future generations, not as mere monuments of a historical past but as living versions adapting through time and change. This paper comes out of the need for an alternative ‘non-western’ discourse of heritage. In the Indian context, more so in the context of living sacred and semi sacred heritage precincts, heritage is not just made by its materiality, but is a dynamic, social, and temporal representation of the common beliefs of the group in question. The Physical aspects of Heritage gain significance primarily due to myriad extant Intangible Socio Cultural aspects including traditions, symbolism, spirituality, myths, rites and rituals that shaped them and continue to do so. This paper will identify and establish the value of Tangible heritage in the context of Intangible Cultural heritage needed to be conserved to safeguard the identity and historical relevance of the Precincts in focus. KEYWORDS: Heritage value, Sacredscape , Religious precincts, Tangible Heritage, Heritage (IT and ICH)

Intangible Cultural

1. Introduction The call for a global partnership to prescribe an action plan for sustainable development for people and planet had its genesis at the Earth Summit in June 1992, in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Around 180 countries adopted Agenda 21, a comprehensive plan for sustainable development aimed at bettering human lives and safeguarding the environment. In the following decade, other international summits were held for UN Member States (UN Millennium Summit in New York, World Summit on Sustainable Development in South Africa in 2002 and the UN Conference on Sustainable Development (Rio+20) in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 2012). The deliberations in all these summits culminated in the 2015 New York summit for Sustainable Development where the 2030 Agenda with all its 17 Goals and a multitude of targets for Sustainable Development was adopted. Sustainable Development Goals, or SDG s as they are often referred to, are intended to “transform the world”. “This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity……. They are integrated and indivisible and ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

121

balance the three dimensions of sustainable development: the economic, social and environmental.” (UNHabitat, 2016). All the Goals and their targets aim to trigger action now and into the future ,in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet which are Planet, People, Partnership, Peace and Prosperity, over a timeframe of 15 years. 1.1 Goal 11 Of the 17 SDGs laid down, with SDG 11, countries have made a conscious commitment to ensure that human settlements become sustainable, resilient, inclusive and safe. Architects and planners definitely have a direct and sometimes indirect role to play in ensuring the successful completion of this goal. Every one of the targets identified within ie sustainability, inclusivity, safety and resilience definitely need to be the footing on which all design and development are envisaged. This is critical for all ongoing projects, future ones as well as maintenance of all aspects of settlements of the past. 1.2 Target 11.4- the Heritage Target. Nestled within Goal 11 target 11.4 seeks to reinforce efforts at a global level to preserve, protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural heritage. This brings to the forefront the responsibility of nations to protect Heritage, a non-renewable resource, Cultural, Natural or a combination of both and safeguard it for the generations to come. The articulation of this goal is such that Heritage and its safeguard are positioned within and conceived as an Urban SDG. This clearly indicates a shift in the role of heritage in the urban development agenda conceived after 2015. “While heritage is explicitly acknowledged only in the Urban SDG, heritage is cross-cutting theme that plays a role in all elements of human development”. (Hosagrahar, Soule, Girard, Potts 2015). The attempt here is multifold. Strengthening efforts to sustain and safeguard Cultural Heritage, which in its broader sense encompasses built heritage, arises out of the concern over Cultural Heritage facing dire threats due to Globalisation and Urbanisation , though they are a part of a Universal Shared Heritage. Safeguarding Heritage will firstly ensure their continuum as repositories of a significant past and as sole living records of a vibrant History. Secondly, Heritage places need to be safeguarded as they are an indelible part of the place identity construct of cities. Any attempt to safeguard identity of heterogeneous cultures will have to commence with sustaining cultural heritage, both the built and un built. Thirdly, sustaining cultural identity also ensures their continuity for generations to come. This is of particular significance in the context of Living Heritage. Finally Heritage precincts do act as catalysts, and by playing a key role in the establishing the identity of places ensure their regeneration as well as sustain development of historic sites and cities at large. 1.3 Indicator 11.4.1 and Within Target 11.4, indicator 11.4.1 was developed specifically to monitor initiatives and change over time of efforts by nations towards protecting and safeguarding cultural and/or natural heritage. The public and the private per capita expenditure in the protection of cultural and/or natural heritage come under the purview of this indicator. It indicates…. “Total expenditure (public and private) per capita spent on the preservation, protection and conservation of all cultural and natural heritage, by type of heritage (cultural, natural, mixed and World Heritage Centre designation), level of government (national, regional and local/municipal), type of expenditure (operating expenditure/investment) and type of private funding (donations in kind, private non-profit sector and sponsorship)” (UN-Habitat, 2016) 2. Understanding Cultural Heritage The Cambridge dictionary defines Heritage as “features belonging to the culture of a particular society, such as traditions, languages, or buildings that were created in the past and still have historical importance”. This places a wide spectrum of possibilities that come under the purview of Heritage. English conservation principles of 2008 and 2015 define Heritage as “All inherited resources which people value for reasons beyond mere utility”. “Thus the term ‘heritage’ has been associated with a numbers of items from buildings to culinary, from personal belongings to ethnicity etc., making it a ‘conveniently ambiguous’ and

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

122

problematic concept” (Lowenthal, 1985).”Heritage is also seen as a set of relationships characterized by attachment to select objects, places and practices that is connected to the past in some way.” (Harrison, 2013). The International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) has played a significant role in influencing a distinct paradigm shift in the way we look at Heritage and Conservation. Heritage according to ICOMOS “.....encompasses landscapes, historic places, sites and built environments, as well as bio-diversity, collections, past and continuing cultural practices, knowledge and living experiences. It records and expresses the long processes of historic development, forming the essence of diverse national, regional, indigenous and local identities and is an integral part of modern life.” (ICOMOS 2016). This perspective brings to the forefront a strong advocacy of socio cultural referencing. Sustaining heritage and its identity does involve pointed measures to derive heritage value of the ‘built’ as a critical record of a valuable past. The ‘built’ in the context of cultural heritage is rendered meaningful and its understanding more precise only when its Intangible dimension is identified, addressed and carried forward. In the face of the rich diversity presented, the heritage identity and collective memory defined by tangibles and intangibles specific to a community or even a location proves invaluable in safeguarding heritage and needs to be preserved. This clearly shifts the focus of Target 11.4 beyond mere materialistic remnants of a historically relevant past. Non Materialistic, A-physical Intangible dimensions become critical as is evident in the definition of Cultural Heritage laid out in Target 11.4 “Cultural heritage: includes artefacts, monuments, a group of buildings and sites, museums that have a diversity of values including symbolic, historic, artistic, aesthetic, ethnological or anthropological, scientific and social significance. It includes tangible heritage (movable, immobile and underwater), intangible heritage (ICH) embedded into cultural, and natural heritage artefacts, sites or monuments.” (UN-Habitat,2016)

3. Cultural Heritage in the Indian context. History in the context of the Indian subcontinent dates back to the Paleolithic Era .From earliest times this peninsular has been the choice for many a human habitat to begin and thrive. Our country has had remarkably continuous civilization with numerous examples of Historic settlements still thriving. They are a repository of varied and complex types of heritage and Historical development. This diversity in the Cultural Heritage presented clearly necessitates a custom made approach towards heritage sustainability. With such a complex scenario, the approach towards Heritage conservation in our country necessarily needs to be looked at very differently and critically. Target 11.4 in its focus towards sustaining Natural and Cultural Heritage for generations to come, clearly echoes the traditional Indian ethos of looking at Heritage as ‘Darohara’. “Darohara, is a combination of two words, i.e. dharā- (‘the mother earth, Prithvī, Lord Vishnu who holds’) and -ihara (‘endeavour of identity through time’). The word also carries the meaning of ‘bearing’ and ‘preserving’ the surface of the earth. The word also signifies a framework of continuity of interconnectedness and a personality of culture…..”(Singh, Rana, 2019) Sustaining heritage was a key aspect of ancient Indian treatises for Town Planning and Architecture. “This need is amply stressed upon by the term Jiirnoddharana, a term that is from the ancient texts of Shilpashastras. ‘Jiirnnoddharana can be glossed in two ways: jiirnaat + uddhaarana (ablative tatpurusa), deliverance from decay; and jiirnasya + uddhaarana (genitive tatpurusa), ‘raising up of [what is] old or decayed’. …….. Uddhaarana means ‘lifting, raising up’ and also ‘delivering’”.( Tom 2010). The emphasis is thus two fold, preservation (preventive sense) of what is there on one hand, as well as bringing back, reviving, reinstating meaning and restoring, what was. Both the terms, Darohara and Jiirnoddhrana stress on the need for sustaining heritage in a holistic manner involving natural and cultural milieu as a means of sustaining Identity. A holistic approach would entail looking at Heritage in its entirety ie.at all Tangible and Intangible dimensions. The tangible dimensions represent the physical aspects of a bygone era, while the Intangibles dimensions aim to sustain the multitude of associations that create the identity of the tangible dimension. This would include myriad socio cultural aspects such as customs, traditions, sacrality, symbolism, rituals, festivals, arts and crafts, linguistics, and even myths and oral traditions of the bygone era . Target 11.4 in SDG 11 is thus very relevant and critical to the Indian context as “Historic urban areas are among the most abundant and diverse manifestations of our common cultural heritage, shaped by generations and constituting a key testimony to humankind’s endeavors and aspirations through space and time”. (Rana 1997) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

123

4. Sacredscapes- Understanding the Sacred and the Semi sacred “Religious heritage perhaps form the largest single category of heritage in many countries around the world”.

(Stovel, 2005).Dominating the Art and Architecture of the Indian subcontinent since time immemorial is the idea that physical and spiritual aspects of life are united. A direct outcome of this as historians point out was that even feudalism and region-specific kingdoms uniformly saw a common denominator in play which was the emphasis on dual sovereignty – ritual and political.

The beginnings are seen in the rudimentary worship altars in the Vedic villages. “The synthesis of the Vedic and native traditions, in particular the substitution by Buddhists and Jainas of worship for sacrifice, generated the change from Brahmanism- as the evolved Vedic religion is sometimes called- to Hinduism and is of prime importance In the evolution of India’s religious Architecture”. (Tadgell, 1994). After the reign of Ashoka the great, there was a period marked by relative uncertainty. But true to its nature of being cyclic, History ensured a Renaissance, a resurgence of sorts after these Dark ages- the reign of the Guptas . This period referred to as the Golden age saw every manifestation of life reaching a peak of brilliance. The Gupta dynasty reached its Zenith around 400AD and under them a large part of the country along with development in all spheres, also saw a rebirth of Hindu Religious Architecture. From early Shrines characterized by their impermanence to the genesis of the basic ‘permanent’ stone Garba Griha, necessitated by the anthropomorphic perception of deities, this period marked the start of the trajectory which later manifest itself as the distinct and magnificent edifices of Hindu religious Architecture. Following the spread of Hinduism through the subcontinent and beyond, religious architecture reached its Apogee between 5th and 13th AD. Many a glorious edifice arose to accommodate dual aspirations, the religious fervor prevalent in the region as well as a means to symbolise the power of the reigning monarchs.

4.1 Sacred and the semi sacred Rarely were the places of worship, or ‘the sacred ‘’ isolated occurrences. Religious and ritualistic engagements saw the emergence of ‘’precincts” where the ‘sacred” and the “semi sacred” necessarily and seamlessly coexisted to accommodate the needs of the faith and the faithful. Religious historic cores have stood the test of time and even today stand as repositories, preserving and representing the history of our country. Semi Sacred’ refers to this architecture located between the civic and the sacred, one that was integral to the functioning of the Sacred (religious core) and one that played a major role in creating a distinct identity, both through its Tangible and Intangible dimensions. In other words, it is a part of a faith, an extension of the main complex which extends towards the civic without directly imposing the faith in terms of its accessibility, usage and people but still carry form and fabric of the faith. The religious core established alone could not be functionally and meaningfully effective without supportive functions. The need was to preserve traditions; instruct rituals; teach scriptures; care for devotees; safeguard the archives; train the young; facilitate the visitors and in general provide supportive infrastructure. Buildings housing them need not be - visually, stylistically or thematically - as symbolic as the sacred core itself, yet they cannot be as mundane as the civic or public designs were. The major responsibilities of the semi-sacred could be providing ancillary support, complimentary activities, contributory roles and associated services.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

124

Aerial view of Madurai, City in the 1980s- seamless merging of the sacred and the semi sacred. Image courtesy :Comprehensive Heritage development plan for Madurai, JNNRUM report. The Semi sacred as a loosely defined term would include settlements for the priests and families, ashrams, chatrams, dharamshalas, dining halls, gurukuls, ancillary complexes, gardens, meditation spaces, monasteries, mutts, pilgrimage halts, pravachan halls, priests residences, samadhi complexes, spiritual retreats, vedic pathashalas, yagashaalas, yathrighar to name a few. Thus, the aspect of religious beliefs manifest as rites , rituals ,piligrimage, myths, symbolism, and spirit of the place , seamlessly tied the semi sacred to the all-important sacred core and together they formed the identity in the context of religious heritage. Thus any move to preserve the sacred precincts, religious cores, temples or other such iconic edifices would be quite incomplete if the supporting semi sacred precincts are not taken into account.

5. Sustaining Cultural heritage in the religious context- The Tangible and Intangible dimensions of it. Heritage in the Indian context needs to go beyond mere focus on monuments being treated as objects of art. Their Outstanding Universal value (OUV) lies in the significance attached to them and these values transcend all forms of physical attachment and gain importance primarily due to ‘the Spirit of the place’ (Genius Loci). This is especially true in the case of religious Heritage where the Religious core becomes consequential not merely due to its Architecture but due to meaning, symbolism and sacrality attached to them. “The concept of the holy place in Indian culture (tirtha) is described as a consecration of the cosmic influence in topography wherein culture, geography and spirituality interact with each other in the formation of meaning, symbolism and transcendental power within a territory”. (Rana, 1997) “Broadly, sacrosanct built forms possess at least four attributes: external, internal, eternal and manifest”(Vukonic 2006: 244). Looking specifically into each of these attributes, ‘external’ encompasses all the physical manifestations of the faith in question. This would include, environmental context, design, architecture et all. Internal attributes represent the associated values that go hand in hand with the religious doctrines. Eternal attributes include spirituality, symbolism, universal message, and inherent meanings. ‘Manifest ‘covers belief systems, myths, mythologies and oral traditions, all very critical to the expression of the faith to the faithful. In attempting to protect heritage, the need is to protect aspects of all four attributes simultaneously.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

125

The Indian National Trust for Art and Cultural heritage distinctly identifies two components of heritage “TH-The tangible heritage includes historic buildings of all periods, their setting in the historic precincts of cities and their relationship to the natural environment. It also includes culturally significant modern buildings and towns. ICH- The intangible heritage includes the extant culture of traditional building skills and knowledge, rites and rituals, social life and lifestyles of the inhabitants, which together with the tangible Heritage constitutes the ‘living’ heritage”. “Thus Cultural heritage is not only about the buildings and monuments of the past - it is also about the rich traditions that have been passed down the generations. As vehicles of identity and social cohesion, this intangible cultural heritage also needs to be protected and promoted”. (INTACH 2004) Image courtesy: Comprehensive Heritage development plan for Madurai, JNNRUM report. Festivals and processional routes are identified as critical aspects of intangible Heritage and identity markers in the Heritage management plan.

In the JNNRUM tool kit for development focusing on heritage, Urban heritage is distinguished as “tangible heritage which includes buildings and physical elements of architectural and historical significance, and intangible heritage, comprising movable artefacts, handicrafts, folklore, myths, legends, spirituality, traditional knowledge, rites and rituals, festive events, visual and performing arts, music, literature, language, dialects, traditional medicine, culinary traditions etc. which are intimately linked to the built heritage”. Thus the need is to take "an all-encompassing approach to cultural heritage, taking into account the dynamic link between the tangible and intangible heritage and their close interaction”. (Istanbul, 2002). While built Heritage represent the physical dimension of the identity of a place, Intangible cultural heritage assign greater significance to it. Rituals, rites, myths, customs and festivals form the backbone of religious expression in our country. For instance, processions are rooted in the context of Indian religious centres. The Tangible and the intangible dimensions of the processional route together bring about the Identity of these Heritage places. These cultural event spaces, both their spiritual and temporal aspects play a significant role in the formation of the peoples’ construct of Place-Identity in religious Centers. “The HRIDAY (National Heritage City Development and Augmentation Yojana) in its report on Puri lays stress on the need for guidelines to maintain the “spirit of the place” of these processional routes which as invaluable mnemonic devices are contributing to the construct of place identity. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

126

Shanka Kshetra-Cosmic geography as a dimension of Heritage

Image courtesy : City HRIDAY plan for Puri under MOUD Pilgrimage is yet another pivotal cog in the creation of place identity associated with Living religious heritage centres. “Pilgrimages acquire cosmogenic and cosmological meaning as pilgrims reenact the origin of the myths of the cosmos, mimic great events of the past” (Malville and Baidyanath, 2009). Here again the identity construct involves myriad intangibles such as symbolism, spirituality, beliefs, myth, rites and rituals and even sound and smell. So also in the case of the multitude of rituals and rites associated with the faith in question, the focus shifts to the interrelationships of the user and his space and the changing dimensions of both in the process. Pilgrimage at Pandharpur on the day of Ashadi Ekadashi Image courtesy : Ar Mohite

In a distinct departure from the past, UNESCO has awarded recognition for the tangible, in this case a cultural landscape, being linked with the intangible- the Hudhud chants in Phillipines. The hudhud is a narrative chant performed in the unique setting of ancient and extensive highland rice-terraces in the northern Luzon province of Ifugao. Further Kolkata’s Durga Puja is now added to UNESCO’s list of 'Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity'. The decision to include Durga Puja in the list was taken during the 16th session of its annual convention. In Varanasi, last rites are performed in the ghats along the river Ganges. These rites again an intangible dimension of Hindu religious beliefs, render these water land interface with outstanding value that necessitate and justify their sustenance for generations to come. This has been recognized in the Heritage development plan for the city.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

127

3. Conclusions It is crucial that Conservation experts, planners and architects understand that Tangible and intangible heritage are but two sides of the same coin as both carry meaning and the embedded memory of humanity. In the face of Globalisation, the need to sustain identity through safeguarding heritage places as spaces of identity becomes crucial. SGD 11 in aiming to create sustainable cities and communities and target 11.4 specifically looking at sustaining cultural heritage, foresee a continuum through heritage. The need here is to identify the complexity of the same. Religious heritage in our country is at cross roads and in dire need of appropriate intervention. Here the focus cannot be only on the sacred but must also include the semi sacred as the two are inseparably linked and have functioned seamlessly from time immemorial. Religious Heritage is experienced through its architecture, spirituality, sacredness, and landscape. Hence while establishing the Outstanding Universal Value of sacredscapes, it is imperative to focus on both the tangible and the Intangible dimensions of these heritagescapes.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Harrison, R. (2013). Heritage: Critical Approaches. New York, Routledge. Hosagrahar, J., Soule, J., Fusco Girard, L., & Potts, A. (2016). cultural heritage, the un sustainable development goals, and the new urban agenda. bdc. Bollettino Del Centro Calza Bini, 16(1), 37-54. https://doi.org/10.6092/22844732/4113 Lowenthal, D. (1985). The Past is a Foreign Country. Cambridge University Press Malville, J.M., & Saraswati, B. (2009). Pilgrimage: Sacred Landscapes and Self-Organized Complexity. Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts, 2009 Singh, Rana P. B. 1997. Sacredscape and urban heritage in India: contestation and perspective; in, Shaw, Brian and Jones, Roy (eds.) Contested Urban Heritage. Voices from the Periphery. Ashgate Publ., Brookfield USA, Singapore, Sydney: pp. 101-131. Stovel, H. 2005. Introduction, in H. Stovel, N. Stanley-Price & R. Killick (ed.) Conservation of living religious heritage. Papers from the ICCROM 2003 Forum on living religious heritage: conserving the sacred: 1-11. Rome: ICCROM. Tadgell.Christopher, 1994, The History of Architecture in India (London, U.K.: Phaidon press limited), pp2-6 Tom, Binumol, 2010, Jiirnnoddharana – Indian Traditional Philosophy of Conservation - 2 SANEYOCOP Newsletter, Vol. 2 / No. 2 May - August 2010 Vukonic, Boris 2006. Sacred places and tourism in Roman Catholic tradition; in, Timothy, Dallen J.and Olsen, Daniel H. (eds.), Tourism, Religion, and Spiritual Journeys. Routledge, London: pp.237-253 Australia ICOMOS. (2013). The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS charter for places of culturalsignificance 2013. Retrieved from http://australia.icomos.org/wp-content/uploads/The-BurraCharter-2013-Adopted-31.10.2013.pdf Conservation Principles, Policies and Guidance, FOR THE SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF THE HISTORIC ENVIRONMENT, 2015. http://www.historicengland.org.uk ICOMOS Concept Note (Cultural Heritage, the UN Sustainable Development Goals, and the New Urban Agenda (2016): http://www.usicomos.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Final-Concept-Note.pdf INTACH - Charter for the Conservation of Unprotected Architectural Heritage and Sites in India, 2004 JNNRUM- supplement toolkit on city development plan with focus on heritage for city development plans/projects of Jawaharlal Nehru national urban renewal mission (Novermber, 2006) Recommendation on the Historic Urban Landscape (HUL) 2011: http://whc.unesco.org/en/activities/638 SDG Goal 11 Monitoring Framework (UN-Habitat, 2016): http://unhabitat.org/sdg-goal-11-monitoringframework/ The SDGs (“Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development”):https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld UNESCO Tier Classification for SDG Indicator 11.4.1 (UIS, 2016): http://unstats.un.org/sdgs/files/meetings/iaeg-sdgsmeeting03/3rd-IAEG-SDGs-presentation-UNESCO--11.4.1.pdf UNESCO, Istanbul 2003. Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage https://www.nintione.com.au/resources/rao/convention-for-the-safeguarding-of-the-intangible-cultural-heritage/

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

128

Water and Architecture Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Vishal Ramesh Signapurkar1 1

Student of M.Arch. at Goa College of Architecture, Panaji, Goa

Abstract Water has a very long association with architecture and so does architecture to water. Water is used in variety of ways in architecture. Besides meeting with basic human needs, water is used in buildings as an aesthetic element in the form of swimming pools, water cascades etc. However, architecture doesn’t give due respect to preservation of existing water resources on the site where building is supposed to be built. Building development in an area can have large impacts on the existing streams, water bodies and therefore on abundant ecosystems dependent on it like flora and fauna of the place. Such a neglect on the preservation of already depleting resources on the site can severely add to the climate change causing heavy loss to humankind due to its ill-effects. An assessment of impact of building development on the once abundant biodiversity of a place over the years can show a horrifying picture of the severity on nature’s resources with loss of biodiversity as illustrated by the author in his study. Based on the learnings from past mistakes and a need for restoring streams and water bodies, the author proposed an ideal building model for future for sites with similar challenges & conditions where one needs to be more sensitive to nature. The project also highlights how large water run-offs can be stored in underground aquifers and be utilized at will in return. Keywords Water, Biodiversity, Ecology, Environment, Streams, Flora, Fauna, Architecture, SDG, Aquifers

1. Introduction A drop of water in the basin highlands can appear and reappear in the form of clouds, precipitation, surface water of streams and rivers, lakes and ponds, or groundwater. It can take part in plant/animal metabolism, condensation, transpiration, combustion, decomposition, respiration and evaporation. These droplets can appear for reasons such as climate and microclimate, water supply, flooding, drought and erosion, industry, trade, agriculture, forestry, recreation, scenic beauty, clouds, snow, streams, rivers and oceans. We have come to the conclusion that nature is a single interacting system and any change in any part will affect the way everything works.(McHarg, 1995) Freshwater being an important resource is essential for the survival of natural ecosystems and human activity. Until the mid-20th century, water was considered an inexhaustible resource for all users to properly own and use according to their needs. (Honegger and Tabarly, 2011).People use water for a variety of economic activities to meet their important needs. This situation has led to sectoral and competitive use of resources, a management that causes many problems such as conflicts, poor water quality, environmental problems, unequal distribution and reduced water resources. (Batcho, 2008). Water is a basic and important resource for a major public health control and is important for the ongoing safety of many commodities on which society and the economy depend. Water availability supports food production, protects ecosystems, and provides leisure and recreation to the community. Our needs and subsequent use of water require treatments that reduce their quality and consume large amounts of energy. Comprehensive ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

129

strategies improve the industry's and public understanding of the elements of water scarcity, and thus enable knowledge and appropriate response to increasing pressures, both in number and strength. The recognition of the importance of water to other resources, especially energy and agriculture, is also encouraging. However, this important scope of trust and the need to promote truly coherent policies could have been more effectively emphasized.(Norton & lane, 2012) Architecture is a tool used to express both the physical properties of water and its true beauty. Water has always been an integral part of the natural environment and occupies an important position in architecture and design. Due to the rapid urbanization, Indian cities have to take the burden of unprecedented water requirements of the growing population with increased residential density. Water scarcity and pollution are now new problems. The need to use ecological planning as a tool to address the problems of water scarcity, provision of clean water and storage for self-sustenance for the future are topics of discussion globally.

1.1 History of Water and Architecture In India, step wells are a water source and have a deep structure. This is a major architectural form that has long been popular throughout India, mainly in arid areas. For centuries, stepwells, which are cylindrical wells that extend to the water table, have provided water for drinking, washing, bathing, and watering. The stepwell also served as a cool resting place for caravans, pilgrims and other travellers during the scorching day or all night. They were complex engineering structures and were excellent examples of Hinduism and Islamic architecture. Wells on several floors were dug underground to reach the water table.The Roman aqueduct supplied vast amounts of water to public fountains, baths and various private facilities. All aqueducts ended with a huge fountain or water temple. In the Islamic context, water functions as a means of purity, health and worship and is considered the most important element of bathing. From an Islamic point of view, a garden with cool springs and fountains is considered a paradise. Persians used water in traditional gardens for irrigation, exhibitions and sound effects. The classic shape of the courtyard is a closed rectangle, which is divided into four parts by a waterway, representing four rivers that branch off from a water source and divide the earth. In the Islamic world, the integration of water into architecture has brought both sacredness and convenience. Water is used in fountains, waterfalls, canals and basins to cool and humidify, creating a vibrant and calm visual effect.

1.2 Sustainable development Goals for water Efforts to meet human water needs at the local level can have a negative impact on the external environment and stress the water system at the local and global levels. Therefore, assessing the goals of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) requires extensive and in-depth knowledge of the global to local dynamics of water availability and use. In addition, interactions and compromises between different SDG goals can lead to suboptimal or adverse consequences if a set of measures are not properly prepared to take such relationships into account. Therefore, scientific research and evidence play an important role in facilitating the implementation of the SDGs through global-to-local assessment and political involvement.(Bhaduri et al., 2016)

1.3 Methodology The study comprised of a literature review of various international and national Journals, conference papers, books etc to undertake study on ecological and water-sensitive aspects of the neighbourhoods planning. Analysis and evaluation of the neighbourhood was performed based on the knowledge gained in respect to biodiversity and ecology of the place and how rampant building development over the years has impacted the eco-sensitive value of the place. The issues identified were found to be directly related to the lack of any ecological planning. Overall, this assessment showed how to develop the foundation for building a broader framework for ecological and water-sensitive planning for such neighbourhoods.

2. Literature Review 2.1 Water as an indicator of the interaction of natural processes Using water as an indicator of the interaction of natural processes, we find that logging in the highlands can have a similar impact on the flooding achieved by filling estuary swamps. Groundwater pollution can affect surface water resources and vice versa. Urbanization affects the rate of runoff, erosion and sedimentation, resulting in cloudy water, reduced aquatic life and reduced natural water purification. Therefore, land management affects water.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

130

Water management affects land processes. It is not possible to trace the path of all water droplets, but certain identifiable aspects (precipitation and runoff, surface water of streams and rivers, marshes and flood plains, groundwater resources of aquifers, and their most important. Groundwater and surface water interact-when precipitation is low, rivers and streams are mostly groundwater. This growth does not react to natural processes and their value at all. In the ideal case, we would need two systems in the metropolitan area-one stored in open space. The pattern of natural processes, the other is the pattern of urban development. Current growth methods are constantly predicting the edge, thereby retreating open space from the center of population. If you select the dominant aspects of the natural process (viz., surface water, marshes/wetlands, Floodplains, Steep slopes, forests/woodlands, flatlands) rank them according to their value and intolerance to human use, and then reverse the order, it is considered a rough hierarchy of urban suitability.(McHarg, 1995)

2.2 Ecology, Eco-systems & Sustainability Ecological design involves designing objects and spaces with skills and artistry, using our knowledge of how we interact with our surroundings. Ecological planning is the application of knowledge about decision making, especially places in sustainable behaviour. The environment refers to our surroundings, but since ecology is about relationships and interrelationships in living landscapes, these are more to explain the creation of sustainable communities than the design and planning of the environment. Ecosystems are used to describe the biological and physical or biophysical properties of the entire environment. An important idea of the concept of ecosystem is the evolution of the natural system towards equilibrium. The applied ecosystem approach deals primarily with the management of human society in an ecological context. It covers the structure and function of landscapes and various ways of exploring how they react to human and natural influences. Ecosystems are systems that combine humans and nature, in which components are interconnected and interact. For them, ecosystems are self-regulating and have limited ability to recover. Ecosystem planning experts use the applied ecosystem approach to answer the following questions: What is the status quo, health, well-being, or integrity of the ecosystem under consideration and its ability to be selfsufficient? How do ecosystems behave in response to human and natural influences? What are the controls and arrangements that ensure the continued integrity or well-being of the ecosystem in the face of human and natural changes? (Forster Ndubisi, 2002) Water is a most important element of the eco-system that interacts with the faulty humans development models and hence requires appropriate & rigorous ecological planning .

2.3 Hydrology of an hilly area Mountain hydrology is characterized by highly variable precipitation and water movements that pass over steep land slopes. On hill slopes, macropores created by digging holes in living organisms and rot of plant roots allow the underground flow to be quickly transferred downhill. In addition, some underground rocks can be severely weathered or cracked and carry significant additional flow through the subsoil. In some settings, this rapid stream of water leads to a mountain fountain. The general concept of hilly water currents includes several routes for rainfall to flow through slopes into streams. At the bottom of the slope, the water table can rise to the surface during a storm, causing land currents. In this case, precipitation in saturated areas increases land runoff. In some environments, especially in dry areas, land runoff can occur when rainfall exceeds the ability of soil to penetrate near the base of some mountain slopes, with some water table from the slope floor. This leads to multi-year drainage of groundwater and often leads to the presence of wetlands. A well-known hydrological process that results in wetlands in some hilly valleys is the upward outflow of groundwater. This is caused by the slope of the water table changing from a steep valley side to a relatively flat alluvial valley. If these two water level conditions are present, there may be a wetland to which groundwater is supplied, commonly referred to as fens.

2.4 Storage , Storm-water drainage & Treatment Aquifer storage and recovery (ASR) describes the process by which water, raw or treated, is artificially pumped into aquifers for later use. The pumping process consumes a lot of energy, but ASR emits less carbon dioxide than many other options. Sustainable drainage systems (SuDS) are a variety of common that help mitigate many of the negative effects of stormwater runoff, primarily by mimicking the natural response of the basin and thereby controlling runoff at its source. (Norton & lane, 2012) Canals cross physical and administrative boundaries and connect areas with excess and lack of water, so continued use of canals is feasible to overcome regional supply imbalances. Carefully tuned reservoirs may serve as the primary source of drainage for new sewer networks or existing sewers with improved drainage ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

131

capacity. Runoff can also be increased by treated rainwater or wastewater. Larger, interconnected storage networks also improve system stability. The harmful effects of heavy rainfall can be mitigated by the reduction of peak runoff, while the effects of longer rainfall can be mitigated by the high decline of infrastructure.(Norton & lane, 2012)

2.5 Water Conservation, Management & Sustainability Water management is flawed and focuses on the development of new water sources rather than better management of existing sectoral approaches to water management that lead to uncoordinated development and management of resources. (CAP-Net, 2005). Water resources are becoming increasingly limited and vulnerable as a result of the multiple problems that do not ensure the sustainability of water resources and the environment. (Sinarinzi, 2010). If action is not taken immediate, water will be a rare resource in today's abundant areas. The effects of water scarcity affect all socio-economic activities, including agriculture, health, energy and income. (Olivier, 2016). Water resources and water conservation systems have sustainable socio-economic development, public access to clean water, reliability and sustainability of water supply to meet economic needs, water areas and water resources. The ability to predict and prevent conditions and damage from water-related emergencies. All of these play an important role in national security in every state. (Thipperudrappa and Dhananjaya, 2020).

3. Study Area – Dattawadi (Mapusa, Goa, India) 3.1 Water and Ecology in Dattawadi The neighbourhoods water system comprises of natural water, government water supply, sanitation and stormwater drainage. Stormwater drainage from large commercial and residential complexes is a nuisance in this area. Dattawadi’s rich biodiversity and ecology acted as a potential recharge well for groundwater in the past;the area comprised of environmentally sensitive areas such as natural water streams, and water bodies and rich flora & Fauna.

3.2 Lack of Ecological and water sensitive planning Due to urbanization of the neighbourhood, development did not respond to plans and the planning process was not sensitive towards water and ecology. As a result, disrupted water flow patterns, buried water bodies, and water pollution have exacerbated the ecological value of the site, leading to depletion of vegetation coverage and thus charging of ground aquifers. Here we see that ecological planning may have been an effective tool for facilitating the integration of ecology and water systems.

3.3 Analysis 3.3.1 Past Biodiversity & Ecology Study of simulating how water flows on the terrain of Dattawadi gives important clues regarding the possibility of formation of streams and water bodies during the past when not a single building existed in this area.The blue colored lines indicate how precisely a water drop would traverse on this terrain.The denser the congregation of these lines indicates that the possible formations of streams and the point at which they met as water bodies on flatter contours of site. This study gives important clues in the design intervention phase in strategizing to store the rainwater run-off to supply for the non-monsoon water needs of Dattawadi. Whereas most of these water bodies are completed submerged due to building development and site development, there still can be some scope to preserve some or propose newer ones based of studying the precise water flow and accumulation. see Figure. 1 Study of water flow analysis also gave important indicators about the density of vegetation areas that once thrived in this area.The density and formation of this vegetation largely determines retention or recharge of the rainwater to the underground aquifers. see Figure. 1 Since the terrain is highly rocky in nature and existence of large numbers of wells in the present scenario indicates that there’s a large probability of continuous ground water recharge to the aquifers beneath the ground surface of Dattawadi. If existing vegetation could be preserved and newer green corridors planned , there’s a

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

132

great potential to store water during monsoons in the aquifers to be used during non- monsoon period. see Figure. 1 Figure1: Relationship Between Water-flow, Aquifers & Vegetation

Reference: Author’s work

3.3.2 Comparison of Past vs Present Past of Dattawadi as shown in Figure. 2 comprised of rich abundance of biodiversity comprising of streams, water bodies and rich variety of trees cover and possibly animal, birds and aquatic life. The building and development activities as seen in the present situation although was inevitable considering the housing needs of the population, if strategically done respecting and preserving this nature's rich resources,the neighborhood would have seen light of the day as a environmentally friendly neighborhood. However, whatever little is left of the nature, viz., vegetation and the ground surface can still be protected by adoption of strategic planning methods for the future development needs . Figure2: Comparisons of Past vs Present

Reference: Author’s work

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

133

Sectional studies of the past compared to the present-time Dattawadi shows a strong difference in the change of topography in terms of massive hill-cutting for the building development on this sloping terrain , loss of biodiversity and waterflow , depletion of vegetation cover and therefore severe impact on the process of recharging of ground aquifers. The forests of Dattawadi abounded with a rich flora & fauna and the present-day intense situation is largely attributed to the humankind and their never ending need for housing. Building development is inevitable but if done eco-sensitively, would have seen light of the day as a rich environmentalfriendly neighbourhood. See Figure. 3 Figure3: Sections thru’ Present-day Dattawadi and Past

Reference: Author’s work

3.3.3 Building Development and its impact on natural waterflow of the past The existing buildings & road development clearly shows the devastating impact it has on the abundant resources of the terrain of the past like the natural waterflow. This further directly impacts vegetation and ground recharging. An ideal approach would have been to plan and orientate the buildings along the direction of the water flow thereby respecting and preserving the natural water flow. The ground water recharging of the large aquifers beneath the terrain is also thereby largely effected. This impediment directly effects vegetation as also dependence on using this stored water thru numerous wells and future water needs of the neighborhood.see Figure. 4

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

134

Figure4: Existing Building Development and its impact on natural waterflow of the past

Reference: Author’s work

3.3.4 Proposed Residential development Figure5: Proposed Site intervention with minimal Building Footprint and Upper floors

Reference: Author’s work

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

135

Building is elevated above the ground by 6-12 mts and building footprint is reduced to bare minimum in the form of building shafts for vertical circulation, thereby allowing for continuous green corridor on the ground and uninterrupted natural water flow and wind flow. Existing trees cover in the intervening site area are low and proposed vegetation will be strategically planned to be of low height species. A Large water harvesting basin is planned for catchment of monsoon rainwater run-off that will be filtrated using a filtration system and fed to the underground aquifers (details described later). See Figure. 5 Figure6: Proposed Building with Minimal Footprint and Planting Trees

Reference: Author’s work

3.3.5. Water Harvesting & Ground water Aquifers Water storage management thru water harvesting tanks/basins and building more wells to recharge ground aquifers. This water then can be used during non-monsoon season. The Government can come out with policies to encourage the developers that if water storage management is undertaken by them in their schemes,subsidies for other utilities like electricity could be provided. The enormous aquifers (in length and capacity) of Dattawadi is the area's most important untapped resource. It is clear that this valuable resource must be managed as well as protected. Building developments discharging toxic, biological wastes or wastewater into aquifers should by all means be prohibited. The use of injection wells as it is presently existing in the area that drain contaminants into aquifers should be discontinued. Instead, a filtration system shall be placed to clean the surface run-off water before its fed to the aquifers. All proposed land uses should be simply checked for the extent to which they endanger aquifers and be prohibited. It is important to understand that aquifers can be managed effectively by filling them with the streams that run through them. An aquifer refill area, which is the point of exchange between surface water and aquifers, must also be protected and well maintained well. Exchange points are also places where normally polluted streams are relatively clean and, in many cases, can contaminate clean water sources in aquifers. These intersections are important for the management and protection of groundwater resources. A thick filtration system comprising of deep layer of silt, can act as a seal and reduce the flow of the contaminated streams/rivers to an adjacent aquifer. Careful separation of contaminated rivers from aquifers allows for proper management and replenishment of aquifers. Aquifer refilling is a crucial step towards effectively managing water resources in an area and therefore making the system sustainable.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

136

Figure7: Proposed Water Harvesting basins with Aquifers Charging.

Reference: Author’s work

4. Conclusions The study has found out that problems in the Dattawadi are because of ineffective methods of building development over the years due to lack or insensitive planning. Analysis of past biodiversity of the place compared to the present conditions of rampant insensitive building development presents a very sorry picture of ecosystem degradation, groundwater pollution, etc. Unmanaged land-use due to lack of urban development measures is hampering the protection of green spaces. The TP Schemes and other land-use management programs needs to address these issues in Dattawadi. In addition, the planning authorities have to study the concepts of water-sensitive planning to harness natural resources and upgrade infrastructure. Appropriate water treatment strategies such as filtration etc shall be used for refilling storm-waters run-off thru wells to the ground aquifers thereby reducing the effects of water pollution. Treated stormwater can also be channelled to green areas to recharge the ground aquifers. It is necessary to implement a good control & monitoring mechanism that will oversee these aspects. Integrated ecological planning & management policies are required to create a harmonious ecosystem comprising of preservation of ecology of the place and development of the place. Also, with growing population the issues of water scarcity and storage of water have to be addressed alongside building development process’s so that it does not lead to any further ecosystem disruption. These goals and visions will certainly pave the way for comprehensive sustainable development of the area.

References 1.

Honegger, A. and Tabarly, S., 2011, The "sustainable management of water resources" in the Rhône basin, from theory to practice. Université de Lyon, UMR / CNRS 5600 EVS) for Géoconfluences, 12 p. 2. Bhaduri, A., Bogardi, J., Siddiqi, A., Voigt, H., Vörösmarty, C., Pahl-Wostl, C., Bunn, S. E., Shrivastava, P., Lawford, R., Foster, S., Kremer, H., Renaud, F. G., Bruns, A., & Osuna, V. R. (2016). Achieving Sustainable Development Goals from a Water Perspective. Frontiers in Environmental Science, 4. https://doi.org/10.3389/fenvs.2016.00064 3. CAP-Net, [Cap-Net. - July 24, 2005. - 04 23 2011.Available on http://www.archive.capnet.org/iwrm_tutorial/mainmenu.htm 4. Sinarinzi, E., 2010, Issues and Challenges in Water Resources Management and Basic Sanitation: The Role of Stakeholders. Forum on Water and Food Security: FESA of 17 03 2010, Bujumbura, Burundi, 23 p. 5. Thipperudrappa, E., Dhananjaya, K.B., 2020, Impact of water resources and sustainable development in India: an overview. Journal of the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, Volume-54, No.2 (X), pp.36-42. 6. Batcho, K. A., 2008, Analysis of the contribution of integrated water resources management (IYRM) in solving environmental problems related to water management in the ECOWAS area. Personal project report, specialized master, 2iE, 34 p. 7. McHarg, I. L. (1995). Design with Nature. Turtleback. 8. Norton, M., & lane, alexander. (2012). ‘New Water Architecture’: An integrated water management model. Proceedings of the ICE - Management, Procurement and Law, 165. https://doi.org/10.1680/mpal.11.00044 9. Olivier, P., 2016, An unprecedented water conflict in India. Will the water wars take place? Available on :http://www.partagedeseaux.info/Une-conflit-de-l-eau-inediten-Inde.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

137

Community Participation in Cost Effective Mass Housing Sub theme: Goal 11- Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Suvarna Lele1 Professor, Thakur School Of Architecture and planning, Mumbai, India

Abstract SDG goal 11 aims at creating sustainable communities that include safe, adequate and affordable housing along with basic services. Community Participation means the indulgence of a community into certain activity, which is initiated by Government. Public participation is essential for growth of a human being in terms of selfconfidence, co-operation, pride, initiative and responsibility. In the process people take control of their lives while solving their own problems. Community participation needs to be a mandatory element in human settlements. It should be on all three levels that include planning, execution and Management. It should influence Government on every level to make decision and supplement growth of Human settlements economically, politically and socially. Addressing the housing economy has become a most cost effective way that can aid people towards alleviating poverty and increasing economic mobility. The need of affordability is crucial for families as well as the neighbourhoods. It brings a positive impact on surrounding communities. Cost effective Mass housing brings in the affordability, which uplifts the residents, increases the property values, attracts businesses, lowers the crime rates and encourage the social connections. Cheaper housing means the saving of money that can be spent more on nutrition and other essential household items. This means increase in buying power of the families, which in turn can help local businesses, create more jobs and aid economic growth. Community participation in housing developments empowers the community to a highest level hence the Government should involve the communities in all stages of the Housing Projects. The public participation helps in improvement of the built environments. It also aids in reducing the cost of the project on various levels. This paper covers various aspects of community participation in mass housing as well as reducing the costs by application of various means in the process.

KeywordsCommunity, participation, self-help, cost effective, cooperation, affordable.

Introduction: In the wake of huge urbanization Government is proposing various affordable Housing schemes. In 2015 Prime Minister Narendra Modi launched a scheme with the intention of housing for all.It set a target of construction of 2 million houses each year with emphasis on houses for the deprived and underprivileged. A New National Housing and Habitat Policy (NHHP) was formulated in 1998.It dealt with creating the surplus stock in housing which was either on ownership or rental basis.Housing is supported here with provision of necessary infrastructure and services.Government aids the Project by removal of administrative,legal and financial barriers to facilitate access to land,finance and technology.The policy promotes to create strong partnerships between private,public and Government sectors. Community participation in execution of low income housing projects point towards the voluntary and democratic involvement in carrying out these project activities. Community involvement should be indispensible element in human settlements influencing the Government in decision-making process to strengthen the community socially and economically. This especially relates to lowincome projects upgrading with their site and services. Community participation indicates community’s selfdependence or self support. The community involvement enables people to build the houses of their own choice

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

138

while reducing the costs of the houses. The design and construction modes can be decided after discussion with the technical agencies. 1.1 Problems in Housing There is a steep rise in the population due to migration and Urbanisation. In 2020, the estimated total population in India amounted to approximately 1.38 billion people. India currently has the second-largest population in the world and is projected to overtake top-ranking China within forty years. Its residents comprise more than oneseventh of the entire world’s population. There is scarcity of land, shelter and services at an affordable price due to a massive migration. The resources are depleting and their effect towards the next generations is regrettably neglected.There is increase in slums with lack of proper infrastructure and basic services. Housing development is affected by various other measures that include various factors such as fragmented housing policies and administrative systems, non-payment of housing loans, insufficient land, lack of capacity, incorrect standards and inexperienced housing consumers. The equitable land, shelter and services are unavailable at an affordable price because of this. The planning and design do not consider economy and ecology thus giving undesirable results. Economical construction therefore is a major focus in India. Construction of cost effective and environment friendly houses require a proper systematic approach. A Large chunk of middle-income group and lower income group invest their life long saving to build their own houses. It is very essential to help this large segment, by providing them necessary information regarding the cost saving techniques for saving their hard earned money. There can be a saving in precious materials like cement and steel with the application of cost effective technologies, which can be applied for more construction. New Housing and National Policy (NHPP) by Government sets the priority on housing for all. The policy targeted two million houses for poor and deprived .

Figure1:Urban Housing shortage 2012

Reference:Report of Technical Urban group (TG-12) on Urban Housing Shortage 2012-2017 Housing Development Development encompasses the right to live a meaningful live along with fulfilling the basic needs. The community development reflects the human wellbeing along with the overall development of the community and offers them a chance for their improvement. A real housing development aims at establishing and maintaining the habitable, stable and sustainable private and public environment. People should be given proper internal and external privacy along with the permanent residential structures providing a proper protection against the harming elements. Clean water, household domestic energy supply and enough sanitary services are an integral part of housing development. The regulatory bodies and public participation are the part of integrated development plan that act within the constitutional framework. As per the United Nations the community participation can be described as a process where people strive to improve their social, monetary and cultural conditions through the aid of Government enabling them to be part of a thriving Nation and enabling them to contribute towards the progress of the nation. It aims towards the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

139

better housing conditions by participation towards making a project better. People share the information and translate it into local language. They consult, share the decisions, jointly assess and collaborate thus making themselves powerful in the process. Housing Design Government provides microcredit for housing and subsidises the cost of infrastructure to the community members to reform their lives from poor to rightful having better living conditions. Here the role of Architects and Urban planner become crucial where they have to interact with communities, authorities and NGO’s to come to an appropriate solution. Community contains very high diversities in terms of financial conditions, occupations, sociological characters and micro politics hence the role of Architects and Urban planners become crucial. The project should contain sense of society both physically and socially besides maintaining the budgetary and aesthetic dimensions. The Design process needs to be a two-way communication between the community and Designers. The role of Architect should be more participatory and collaborative. Architects and Urban designers should play facilitating roles as technical supporters, construction consultants and cost estimators rather than just physical scheme determiners. They should play a role from providers to enabler, from centralizing to decentralizing the production and preferring standerdisation. Architects scope of work includes the land planning, maintaining green areas and providing infrastructure. The learning process is two ways for Architects as they learn about sociological and managerial aspects of the project and the community people learn about the planning process and construction techniques. The participation from both the parties being total is thus advantageous for the project. Figure 2:Award winning Community Housing Project Aranya by B.V.Doshi

Reference: Surfaces reporter/articles/71954/aranya-low-cost-housing-by-bv-doshi (24 Aug-2020)

1.2 People's Participation Community involvement is a dynamic process where the beneficiary group affects the execution and direction to enhance the project in terms of economy,self-reliability and personal development. People's participation is essential for sustainable development. There will not be a proper people centric development if the people do not involve themselves in the process of development. The public participation covers various stages that contain contribution, social education, selfsufficiency, facility building and authorisation. People need to be included in deciding the stages to be included in facilitating the project course and their implementation in daily lives. There should be a proper sharing of information, collaboration, involvement and empowerment. -Community participation is a form of grassroot democracy where people have right to participate in decion making.The decisions thus made directly affect their lives and living conditions. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

140

-The community participation apart from housing must be extended to all spheres of life and the benefits of development must be shared.Urban poor become aware of their situation ,build up their confidence and understand their power. -People know what they want and afford.The close communication between community and authorities can result in projects which satisfy both the community and authorities.Community participation leads to achieve better reults and better housing conditions for the community. -Community facilitates the implementation of the project if the authorities prepare and educate people about its objectives and means (1) Figure 3: Data collection, synthesis and analysis strategies

Reference: A people centered social totality approach to low income housing in the developing world by E.Babatunde Jaiyeoba and Amimbola O.Asojo Community Participation continuum Public continuum is a continuous process that consists of information collection, consultation, involvement of the participants, collaboration and their empowerment. This process starts with the propagation of the information and ends with the empowerment of the beneficiaries. To complete the public participation the entire process needs to be completed. Informing: The participants are informed with the provision of an action, proposal or result. This is done to make understand the beneficiaries regarding various issues, alternatives or solutions. The information may be provides through advertisements, legal notices, magazines, exhibits, technical reports, websites, field trips, press conferences, radio talks or expert panels. Consultation: This process takes place in order to give an option to beneficiaries on the received information for a proper decision-making. The external agencies must take the concerns and comments in consideration to establish the purpose of consultation phase. The consultation phase occurs through public meetings, public hearings, open house gatherings, briefings, central information contacts, information centres, comments and response sheets, surveys, interviews, telephone hotlines and participatory learning action. Involvement: The stakeholders work together to ensure that concerns and issues are directly reflected in planning, assessment, implementation and management of a particular proposal or activity. Collaborating: The collaborative or shared decision making by all stake holders where they constructively explore their differences and develop a joint strategy for action.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

141

Empowerment: Indicates the self-mobilisation and public control of the development process. Here the beneficiaries are given power to take control of their development in sustainable manner. Strategies that can be used when collaborating while empowering the beneficiaries include workshops, appointment of advisory committees, task forces, citizen juries, consensus, conferences, participatory learning and action sessions. (2) The major objectives of community participation can be categorized as below: 1.Safeguarding the interests of majority of citizens strenthening the democratic values by influencing the Government decision-making. 2.Local community is divided in different groups with diverse interests.Planning needs to be achieved by considering these different needs of the groups. 3.There are several people who do not participate. It is necessary to reach these people with information and education regarding the project. 4.To establish social equality by legislating the policy that makes sure that all sevices and opprtunities are equally accessible. 5.Stakeholders and citizen groups need to be included to obtain legitimacy and avoid opposition. Community Participation in a project The community building majorly looks into sharing the responsibility than just reducing the cost of a project.People should voluntarily agree to participate in the project rather than by compulsion.People are involed in all stages of the project as below: 1)Explorations of ideas and reviewing the proposal- The project ideas can be freely discussed which helps the people to contribute towards the project.The project can be reviwed from grassroot level and brainstorming sessions can be carried out to churn out the ideas. 2)Working out on the project details-The project details can be thouroughly studied to make any changes.A building committee can be formed to delegate and share the responsibility.Project execution may be decided in detail to carry out the work with lesser mistakes. 3)Job Preperation-A project may be organised and build through self-help.If a builder is involed the detailed pricing must be obtained and co-ordinated by the committee. 4)Execution of the work –The committee needs to control the job in every respect .It should direct,report maintain and keep the control on accounts. (3)

1.3 Significance of community involvement

Community involvement is necessary for growth of human beings. It is growth of pride, self-assurance, ingenuity, and co-operation along with responsibility. This development aids in eradication of poverty. People while taking charge of their own lives, solve their own difficulties. Different types of public partaking approaches are necessary to be used in different contexts. There needs to be a selection of right recipe of approaches and techniques for the process as each situation is different. Singular recipe cannot be selected for a multicultural developing country like India. Self-help in community housing In the slum redevelopment projects the authorities regularize the settlements while providing the basic infrastructure to them. The slum residents are given sufficient incentives to improve their houses. In site and services schemes, the residents are given the plots with basic services and encourage building their own houses through self-help or employment. The community works with a partner, which may be Government or any NonGovernment organization. While participating in planning people can decide to what extent they wish to participate in the project in terms of labour and money. Self-reliance means the community performs an activity, which is expected to be performed by Government. But as Government is required to be in provision of infrastructure, it is not feasible for community to carry out the project solely most of the times. People can participate in project with regards to their house and environment. They also can get involved in conservation and management of their neighborhood and it's services. Community Participation can influence the conditions that affect their daily lives. Housing conditions improve if the community itself participates in the project. Participants know their economic limits so the association between the participants and authorities can be satisfactorily worked out resulting in success of the project. The community needs to be educated regarding the aims and objectives of the project to make it effective. (4)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

142

Figure 4:Participant working on pile footing

Figure 5:Participant working on window framing

Significance of surveys Surveys help in evaluating and assisting the existing condition along with the housing characteristics of the communities. Surveys lead in preparing an upto date program that would be presented to the community members to gain their trust. A properly designed program would encourage them to participate in the process.Surveys can find out various aspects regarding community like networks,leaderships,internal relations,management skills and community responsibility towards the programme. The information may be collected by interviewing resourceful persons.Information can be codified in terms of name,area,location,notification of the slum and so on. An assessment is necessary for all three types of surveys that include questionnaire, windshield and mail survey. Windshield survey is quick method of surveying where the housing condition is assed from outside. This can be done while driving or walking by the house. In the questionnaire method volunteers or the staff members interview a fragment of population. This may be done personally or on the telephone. It takes around 15 minutes to conduct this interview for every household. People give low response to the mail surveys but they save the staff time. The purpose and the scope of the surveys need to be identified for their success.(5) 1.4 Stages of Community participation: -The stages of Community Participation at Initiation 1) Community needs to be introduced regarding the benefits of the projects and they need to be encouraged regarding getting involved in the project. 2) Socioeconomic and physical information needs to be collected for Design. 3) Development of master plan scheme needs to be with regards to community limitations and decisions. 4) Planning to be integrated with sociological and economical aspects of the community. -The stages of Community Participation at Implementation (1) To formulate the strategies and decide the tools for their implementation. The local plan being prepared is a medium to long-term plan that identifies the needs and aspirations of the local community and outlines the actions that need to be taken to achieve these local planning goals. (2) After the survey and analysis of data a programme may be formed and discussed with community. Formation of networks and committee and to work with them in planning is next step. (3) People should be made aware of the developments. They should know regarding the opportunities thus enabling them to take a decision. (4) Before designing the work plan it is necessary to identify concerned issues, manage how to work with various clients and defining limitations in planning and design. Resources are available in-house to deliver all the engagement tasks outlined in the action plan. Specific skills can be supplemented by outsourcing. (5) Implementation (6) Figure 6:Stages Of Community Participation: ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

143

Reference: Town Of Brookline Community Engagement Plan

1.5 Application of cost effective Materials and Technologies with community participation A. Tremendous economics is involved in the process of the mass housing schemes. An overview is needed to be taken to reduce the construction costs and make these constructions affordable which can be done on several levels .The review areas include economising construction materials costs, proper usage of technologies-conventional and alternate with a proper project management. There are various cost effective technologies that are found appropriate to be used by people with low income as they are cheaper and easy to use hence can be used by self- help. A large number of people are using these technologies around the country in many regions. Mud being a readily available material and with a widely known technique of making sundried bricks,people from many regions of the country are using it widely. Rajasthan is famous for red sand stone hence the stone masonary construction is found widely in that region.The stones used are either properly dressed or rubble can be used in construction.The stone is available in abundance in the regions of Jammu,Kashmir,Madhya Pradesh and several others in India so one can see the stone constructions in those regions as well.The wall thickness can be reduced by the use of concrete blockssolid or hollow so there is reduction in the overall cost of the masonry and they are very simple to lay so can be used in self-help constructions.Kiln burnt bricks are readily available in the regions of Haryana,Bengal,Bihar and a construction of load bearing walls is possible up to five stories. Affordable building stones as well as cement concrete blocks are readily available in Kerala hence rat-trap bonds can be easily constructed in Kerala.‘Ekra’ (bamboo)walls are used in North East. This type of construction is cheaper as it significantly reduces the transportation cost of carrying other materials such as bricks, cement and other materials used in RCC structures etc . It is locally available as most beneficiaries opting for wooden house have their own resource of wood and thus reduces the cost of buying building materials. The other widely used materials over the country are fly ash blocks,concrete panels and hollow concrete blocks which are cheap,sustainaible and easily buildable.(7)

Training Communities for Housing and Building Materials

There are various case studies showing that the training to a group locally is advantageous in several ways. Some of the advantages listed can be, 1) The construction carried our by local materials and local people can create jobs and also can reduce the costs considerably. 2) As the transport costs reduces due the application of local materials. There is reduction in emission of green house gases as there is considerable reduction in transportation. Training is the step where participants are empowered to participate in planning while self-constructing. The local communities should be involved in planning, training regarding the building materials and modes of constructions. They should be well aware regarding the building standards and finance mechanisms. The application of local materials and local techniques is appealing as they are easier to construct and cheaper. Thus the uses of earth techniques in constructions that include CEB (compressed earth blocks) and CSEB (Compressed stabilized earth blocks) for cost effective housing are widely applicable. Similarly the locally available materials as stone wood and hay are also widely used in construction. (8) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

144

There are several other alternative building technologies developed by Building Centers and Government research labs which can be used by communities in their construction. They can be easily produced on the sites with self-help. They are as belowFor Roofing – micro concrete tiles, precast channel units, planks and joists, Ferro cement roofing elements, funicular shells, filler slabs and panels. Prefabricated brick panels, RCC channels etc. For Doors and Windows -use of secondary species of timber can be done for manufacturing doorframes and panels. Other better alternatives for door frames are precast concrete frames, which need a lesser maintenance and replacement. Auroville Building Center has manufactured Ferro cement panel for door shutter which is very good replacement for costly wood. The precast elements are cheaper and easier to install on the sites. Several building centers are in process of manufacturing these precast elements used in several ways in building construction. Precast Elements -Septic tanks, water tanks, poles, posts, shelves, biogas units, jails, lintels, unit rings and several other units are being manufactured by building centers

Figures 7,8:Construction of wall by Participants

Reference: Community Participation In

People need to improve their living Low Income Housing by M.A.Mohamed Ibrahim

Conclusion: condition and their quality of life hence it is necessary to participate and influence those decisions which would affect their lives in positive way.The participation should encompass all life spheres and should be able to share all available benefits. This process of participation educates the urban poor where they realise their condition and strive for its betterment through self help and empowerment. Housing problem is grave in India.A community needs to be involved at all stages of construction right from the initial stages to the completion of the project. This self-indulgence and self help aids in improving the quality of their life. The quality of the housing thus built is much better than built by any formal organisations that are may times impersonal.Community Participation thus signifies the betterment of life of a comuunity trough self help and support.

References : 1. YK Sheng, 1990, Community Participation In low income housing projects: problems and prospects [Research Paper] 2. Janine Davy, 2006, Assessing public participation strategies in low income housing: The Mamre Housing Project [Thesis] 3. Iliff Simey, 1989,The community builders, A practical guide where people mater, Humanity Development library 2.0 [Book] 4. United Nations Centre For Human Settlements (Habitat), 1984,Community participation in execution of low-income housing projects. [Report] 5. Rural Community Assistance Cooperation, September 1997,Evaluating Local Affordable Housing Needs in Alaska [Workbook] 6. GeneTheodori, Sam Houston State University2009, Preparing for future: A guide to community based planning [Book] 7. Mr.V.Suresh, HUDCO, 1996, Cost - effective Building Technologies - Technology Transfer, Dissemination and Extension: The Indian experience [Research Paper] 8. Jan Breadboard, Joon Park , and Kyohee Kim 4,2020,MDPI .The Significance of Community Training Centers in Building Affordable Housing and Developing Settlements.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

145

Affordable & Sustainable housing for All Sub theme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Purvi Kakkad1 Ar. Dhruvin Soni2 Vice Principal, Thakur School of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, Mumbai, India.

Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, Mumbai, India

Abstract The paper set on theories, philosophy & innovative housing for all, In & out of design classes. Concentrating on housing for masses then classes. The paper highlight on prototype innovative and affordable housing for all. Finding X is a task, where K is context in terms of design and even culture many time. X is a primary unit to set in the equation of cities where its multiplication must fit firmly in sustainable urban form. Hierarchy of content is mentions that it’s individual and same time its multiple programmed where only one X cannot be right and all number of X cannot be wrong, it’s like if one X is perfect it will make all other function suitably. The paper focus on Cities have begun reconsidering reprogramming their space in order to get more for less as a result of heavy, invasive technologies of the 20th century. Finding, Creating & Applying prototype designs in the cities are must as economic growth, demographic shifts, and consumer preferences continuously alter how cities use their space. It would both be impractical and expensive to build infrastructure through conventional means; existing infrastructure should be repurposed as much as possible. The conclusion briefly draws together the research and practice discussed in the paper. With reference to case studies & idea of prototype, it adds to the research in the chapters with examples of large-scale designs proposed and/or implemented over the past decade or so. Planning and design professionals may be able to use this information to devise sustainable urban forms in the future. Keywords - Housing, Demand, Prototype, Innovation, For all.

1. Finding X (X = Prototype) The paper set on theories, philosophy & innovative housing for all, In & out of design classes. Concentrating on housing for masses then classes. The paper highlight on prototype innovative and affordable housing for all. Finding X is a task, where K is context in terms of design and even culture many time. X is a primary unit to set in the equation of cities where its multiplication must fit firmly in sustainable urban form. The functionality of X will be seen when it’s a house, in the housing, in the society, in the community, in the vicinity and in the city and now again it’s a city, in the vicinity, in the community, in the society, in the housing, in the house. Hierarchy of content is mentions that it’s individual and same time its multiple programed where only one X cannot be right and all number of X cannot be incorrect, it’s like if one X is flawless it will make all other function accurately.

2. Need of the hour & Worldwide scenario Finding, Creating & Applying prototype designs in the cities are must as Economic growth, demographics, and consumer preferences have a continual impact on the amount of space needed in cities. Within 30 years, the world will need to expand its urban capacity almost double in order to accommodate the growing urban population from 4 billion to 7 billion or more. A large-scale engineering solution to develop the necessary infrastructure would take too much time and money. Instead, the focus should be on improving existing infrastructure. The research emphasis on cities which have already begun to look at reprogramming their spaces to get more out of their space after struggling to adapt to heavy, invasive technologies of the 20th century. A reduction in Vancouver's urban footprint; a shift in Glasgow's policy towards concentration; and incremental reuse of asphalt in New York to expand footpaths and open space; and Over the last 30 years, Melbourne has developed 86 ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

146

hectares of underused roads and other spaces, aligning new medium to high density housing around its rail stations and constructing roads based on public transport.

3. Every Indian must have a house The Indian Prime Minister has set a target for the nation: by 2022, every Indian will have a home. While addressing the newly constituted house after the President's address, he emphasized that this should be a movement. This says that Indias need is 449,761 houses for displaced families. (According to India’s 2011 Poll there are 449,761 houseless families). In order to house all of these people by 2022, there is a need to build roughly 55,000*60,000 houses per year. Also, remember that the urbanization trend has grown 20 percent in just the last decade alone, from 2001 to 2011.. In its election manifesto, the new government proposes to develop urban areas as "high growth centers". It also talks about its plans to build 100 new cities. Additionally, it promises to take sweeping steps to improve infrastructure and housing in urban India.. As part of the new Government, the Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation has been renamed in line with the manifesto promises. Past efforts of the Ministry of Urban Development have not been able to make much impact. We possibly need to wait for some time to see how the Government intends to tackle this challenge.

4. Declaration and acceptance for new urban form Today's actions will determine the future for our cities. In particular, building sustainable cities is essential in our rapidly urbanizing world. By 2030, 61% of people will be living in cities. The development of a sustainable urban form can not be achieved without a new way of conceiving the future built environment, which Williams et al pointed out is one of the essential elements of a sustainable urban form. The objective of this paper is to present case-studies on a few diverse urban forms and to examine how they can be considered to be more sustainable. Furthermore, government agencies and not-for-profit organizations have put sustainability at the top of their agenda, The international environmental movement began with the 1972 UN Conference on the Human Environment, and continued with the World Commission on Environment and Development (1987) and the 1992 Rio Earth Summit. Cities have been declared to be economically viable, socially equitable, and environmentally sound by these as well as other organizations said by United Nations, 2002 as three core principles of sustainable development, Several countries have adopted urban sustainability policies that have been translated into practice, and there are many examples of this.

5 Displacement and inequity in Mumbai. Social housing and public participation Most of the redevelopment projects in Mumbai are characterised by high real estate value of the settlement areas. Agencies like MHADA, MMDRA and SRA, through quasi-judicial powers, own the rights over these lands, once consent from the majority (70% in the case of SRA) is proven by the developer. In many cases used as an opportunity to claim development rights over the land by the developer, the redevelopment projects also provides free housing to the settlement dwellers as a model of “self-sustenance” (Bratt, Stone, & Hartman, 2006). However, what is lost is their right over the land in which they reside. The idea that people have the agency to take care of themselves, once a free house is provided to them, without any supporting rights, is flawed. Even without a free house, there are multiple entitlements and rights other than housing that citizens use to sustain themselves in the city. Under the pretext of neoliberal housing interventions likeproviding a free house, resettlement projects are used as tools to exert State authority over City land, and resources through contentious participation of the settlement dwellers. Riding the cost of construction on the developer, State agencies manipulate regulations, zonings, approvals, building codes, and floor space index (FSI) to benefit the developer, rather than the housing need. Thus, the State’s role in setting up a quasi-judicial (selfregulatory) body to manage real estate in Mumbai fulfils numerical aspirations for politicians, by providing “free houses”, avoiding the quality of living in them. This state mechanism is a further cause for displacement and inequity in Mumbai. Between 1966 and 1981, Mumbai's land value increased by 720%, according to Berkeley scholar David Dowall. As land values soared, owing to the growing demand after the liberalization of markets in the 1990s, real estate markets became more speculative, increasing real estate values by four times between 1998 and 2012. However, in between all the speculation over real estate; land ownership and titling has remained suspiciously concealed in Mumbai; 8.5% of Mumbai’s land possesses 49% of slums in Mumbai.

6 Case study of Pinwheel house in China

Students in 1K house were co-taught by Professor Yung Ho Chang from the Department of Architecture at MIT, Professor Tony Ciochetti from the Center for Real Estate at MIT, and Professor Dennis Shelden from the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

147

Department of Engineering at MIT. Ying chee Chui had the opportunity to design the Pinwheel house after selecting it as the first project to be built in China for the rural poor who lost their home during the earthquake disaster of 2008 in Sichuan, China, an MArch’11 student at MIT, in summer 2010. As MIT's first low cost housing prototype, this project paved the way for low-cost developments around the world that would be useful for people in situations where natural disasters have occurred. By embracing opportunities such as theses, architects everywhere can assist a society in recovering and rebuilding. Additional details on the project appear below.

6.1 Prototype This concept generates from a pinwheel unit to an urban prototype that incorporates not only how rural people live in a house, but also how they live in villages, and communities. In the beginning, there is a module, or house consisting of four identical modules. Each module rotates, becoming two, then two again, until four modules can be used to make a house with an internal courtyard. In addition, the house can be made smaller or larger as needed depending on whether its module size is large or small. Assembling an individual module is same as assembling them all, so if you know how to assemble one, then you know how to assemble them all. This pinwheel concept can be applied to housing and clusters. At the cluster level, neighborhoods become urban prototypes when clusters rotate. It is a prototype housing project that achieves four major design objectives: modularity, self-sustainability, low construction costs, and safety and ease of construction.

6.2 Livability This house is composed of solid block walls and a light wood structure. The solid walls provide the architecture with structure while the light wood structure offers flexibility while creating a rigid exterior. The built-in wood structure protects the interior courtyard, and the solid wall creates privacy within each module. The light wood is an enclosure that is open to the sky within the interior courtyard. Thus, private and public spatial qualities are well defined as well as different spatial scenarios within the premises are created by the flexible wood panels.

7. Case Study of Capsules Tower A total of 140 capsules, standing 14 stories high, are stacked and stacked at different angles around a central core in Tokyo's Ginza district. Kurokawa's technology makes it possible for each unit to be mounted to the concrete core using only four high-tension bolts, ensuring it can be replaced when necessary. Using a connector, the interior space of each capsule can be manipulated by connecting it to other capsules. Each module is 4 x 2.5 meters, allowing one person enough space to live comfortably. Each pod is preassembled and fitted with a circular window, built-in bed and bathroom, and comes with a TV, radio and alarm clock. The pods were manufactured in Shiga Prefecture and transported there by truck. Cranes lifted the capsules into the shipping containers, where they were inserted into concrete core shafts and fastened with screws. Tokyo's Metabolism architecture movement, characterized by adaptable, growing and interchangeable building designs, is best seen in the design of these unique apartments and high-rises in Tokyo. In 1960 at “World Design Conference” this idea first surfaced. The Metabolists of the 1960s believed cities were dynamic and "moving," a concept Hidaka emphasized at the time was real. Metabolism engaged with scientists and engineers, inviting designers and engineers to collaborate. Transcultural associations is what they wanted. Relevance is their in the form of the trans-cultural aspects & 'dynamic city'." Kurokawa observed that cities built from natural materials have a short and unpredictable lifespan, and this relates to the temporality of the Nakagin Capsule Tower. Nakagin Tower is an example of this failure to test the limits of design. Its design period was shortened than usual, and it was rushed. The design continued even after construction had begun." There are plans in place to demolish the tiny pods, even though the capsules are meant to be re-usable. The building has not been preserved since 1971, resulting in contaminated drainage and damaged pipes. All ideas and options are being considered by architects around the world to preserve the towers.

Conclusions As presented in case studies of pinwheel house & Capsule tower & As read in the paper, development around the world paper reach to One of the conclusions here is that around the world all type of Architects, Designer & Planners have designed single unit of housing for commoner, its time to accumulate the information and finding nominal resolution for same which fits in globally, as together we need to have sustainable & affordable form. Todays action will decide the future ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

148

Research and practice discussed in the paper are briefly summarized in the conclusion. In addition to the research in the chapters, it adds examples of large-scale designs proposed or implemented over the past decade or so with reference to case studies and prototypes. Taking this into account, planners and designers will have some insight into future sustainable urban forms.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

S. Matsumura, “Recent House-building Technology R&D and the Relating Education in Japan”, Housing Science, Vol.19, No.4, 1995 S. Matsumura, “Overview of the Japanese House-building Industry”, UK-Japan Seminar on Construction Industry at Reading Univ., 1995 S. Matsumura et al., “Nihon No Jutaku Ga Wakaru Hon (Book for Understanding Japanese Houses)” edited by Japan Housing Loan Corporation, PHP publishing co., 1994 99percentinvisible, Date of access: 25/12/2021. http://99percentinvisible.org/article/modularity-modern-history-modular-mass-housing-schemes/ Transfer-Arch, Date of access: 23/12/2021 http://www.transfer-arch.com/counterpoint/previ-lima-1969/ Urbanreactor, Date of access: 26/12/2021. http://urbanreactor.blogspot.in/2012/04/post-war-housing-in-georgia.html Archdaily, Date of access: 23/12/2021. http://www.archdaily.com/tag/social-housing Archdaily, Date of access: 23/12/2021. http://www.archdaily.com/797779/half-a-house-builds-a-whole-community-elementals-controversial-social-housing Aurelvr, Date of access: 24/12/2021. http://www.aurelvr.com/content/parametric-urban-design-model-qurm-oman-0 Houseofsamples, Date of access: 24/12/2021. http://houseofsamples.com/concrete-pipe-house-plans.html Inhabitat, Date of access: 23/12.2021 http://inhabitat.com/dasparkhotel-made-from-pipes/ Tinyhouseblog, Date of access: 23/12/2021. http://tinyhouseblog.com/tag/concrete-pipe/ Gizmodo, Date of access: 23/12/2021. http://gizmodo.com/287639/man-mods-concrete-pipe-into-a-house Youthkiawaaz, Date of access: 23/12/2021. https://www.youthkiawaaz.com/2014/07/new-government-promised-house-every-indian-2022-heres-means/

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

149

Blue and Green Infrastructure: Needs and Challenges in Mumbai Sub Theme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Aditi Sontakke1 1

Associate Professor, Thakur School of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai,

Abstract: Blue and Green Infrastructure deals with conservation of natural features, infrastructure development integrated with city development plan. This is also a major consideration of Urban Design and Architectural developments. This measures the livability and also gives image of the city. The colors of Blue and Green depict water and vegetation respectively. The city of Mumbai has its importance on the state level as well as on the national level. The basic infrastructure of water Supply, Sewerage, Storm Water Drainage, Open Spaces, Tree Cover is under dearth and which degrades livability standard of the city. This study aims to overview the scope of Blue and Green Infrastructure and justifies its need in the city of Mumbai. Keywords Blue and Green Infrastructure; Sustainable; Water; Green Spaces

1. Introduction Mumbai, a Metro City, capital of the state of Maharashtra, Financial capital of the country, vibrant, multicultural…These adjectives make the city a unique place not only in India but on the Global Map as well. The city houses 1.25 Cr. of habitants (Census 2011) in the area of 480 Sq. Km. The city attracts all kind of workforce from all over the country and large number of investors from all over the globe. The glorious historical background of the city of Mumbai is multidimensional and can be referred in spatial, social, economic, cultural, institutional and political domains. The city’s geography is a low gradient landform and borders Thane creek on the East, Arabian Sea in the South to West and Sanjay Gandhi National Park hills, Thane district in North. Besides such multi-dimensional background few questions arise about today’s situation. Does the city ensure public well-being? Does the city suffice the need of the habitants? Is the city livable for entire cross section of the society?... Probably these questions remain unanswered or not satisfactorily answered. Then the next thought may be what is lacking in the city? This may be answered as Environmental settings, social spaces, public health facilities, infrastructure planning… The one thinks over it all these are closely connected and hence need to be integrated. The development of Blue and Green Infrastructure can prove the assured solution for the city. The paper discusses needs and challenges of Blue and Green Infrastructure in the city of Mumbai to achieve the Target 11.4 – Strengthen efforts to protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural heritage under Goal 11- Sustainable Cities and Communities. Natural features in the city such as surface water bodies, aquifers, forests, mangroves, vegetation etc. need to be taken utmost care by all stake holders. These are the resources and directly related to public health and wellbeing as well as city’s eco systems. This comes under the domain of Urban Planning, Urban Design and Architecture. As per 74th Amendment of constitution this is the subject of Urban Local Body (ULB).

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

150

2. Research Methodology: Figure 1: Research Methodology

The topic conceptualized by understanding the need of Blue and Green Infrastructure in urban context and challenges being faced in the city of Mumbai for its implementations. The relevant information and data is majorly sourced by internet. Also, the aspirations of residents of the city, social and environmental issues are identified by interacting with various stake holders. The inferences are derived by analyzing the information. The paper concluded with recommendations and appropriate approaches

3. Illustrations

3.1 Introduction of Blue and Green Infrastructure.

3.1.1 Blue Infrastructure:

Blue Infrastructure refers water management and related services such as water supply, sewerage, storm water drainage, conservation of water features for utility and aesthetic purpose. 3.1.1a. Water Supply and sewerage: The figure below shows Urban Water Cycle. Figure 2: Urban Water Cycle

Source: Author ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

151

As per CPHEEO manual water demand for the Metropolitan cities is 200 lpcd (liters per capita in a day). Every city has its own fresh water sources such as reservoir, river/ lake/ streams and ground water as well. These water sources need to be protected, conserved so as to suffice the need of water of the city. Also it helps to keep ecosystems intact. Water from these sources is treated and supplied to the inhabitants for various purposes such as domestic, commercial, agricultural, industrial etc. Nearly 80% of used water is generated as waste water. The waste water generated from various sources such as houses, commercial spaces, industries need to be collected, transported, treated and reused and/ or safely discharged into the receiving water bodies. The residuals in this process (sludge and gases) can be used for various purposes such as fertilizers, fuels etc 3.1.1b Storm Water Drainage: Rain water runs off through the storm water drains; those are natural and manmade. Natural drains are water courses refer streams, rivers and water flows through these courses. Storm Water Drainage (SWD) is one of the components of Development Plan of the city. The plan of SWD is prepared with technological solutions. These are mainly constructed for flood control. 3.1.1c Water Conservation: Reduce, Recycle, Reuse, and Replenish to be practiced at every level viz; individual, community, neighborhood and city. This can be achieved by reducing wastage of water, recycling the waste water by process modifications to achieve prescribed water quality standards, reusing the recycled water after the treatment of waste water. Figure 3: No wastage of water

Source: Internet 3.1.1d Rain Water Harvesting Appropriate Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) techniques can be adopted at micro as well as on Micro level in the city. Also rain water is harvested with various techniques percolation, arrest, storage. The techniques of percolation, and arrest help to conserve and recharge ground water level on micro as well as on macro level. Figure 4: RWH Techniques

Storage of Rain Water

Percolation of Rain Water

Arrest Water

Source: Internet 3.1.1e Water Pollution Abatement ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

152

Surface water bodies and aquifers in the city need to be the top concern for people and governing agencies for betterment of society as well as environmental quality. Pollution abatement can be achieved by people’s participation with appropriate technology. Strict majors need to be taken by every level; individual, community, city, region, state, national and global as well. Figure 5: Water Front Development

Source: Internet Water Front Development along edges of water bodies has many advantages. Embankment helps to retain soil strata along the bank, ensures safety, provides accessibility to the water body. This can be used as public recreational spaces also enhances aesthetic value of the water body and overall city image.

Pure water is the world’s first and foremost medicine.

3.1.2

Green Infrastructure:

Green infrastructure deals with conservation and protection of natural vegetation, urban farming, nurseries, development of open spaces (gardens, parks) to suffice social needs and wellbeing. 3.1.2a Protecting Natural vegetation: Vegetation such native trees, shrubs, forests, mangroves maintains air quality, soil quality, ecological balance, controls ambient temperature, conserves ground water, enhances aesthetics of the space. Figure 6: Natural Vegetation

Source: Internet 3.1.2b Developing Urban farming and nurseries: Figure 7: Urban Farming, Nurseries

Source: Internet

The need of fresh vegetables, fruits. These farms may help to lead self-sufficient community. Plant/ botanical nurseries supply plant saplings of various species for cultivation in retail or wholesale market. They can be established in fringe/ peri urban areas of the city.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

153

3.1.3c Open spaces: Figure 8: Play Grounds and Recreational areas

Source: Internet Gardens, parks, play grounds, recreational grounds, stadiumes serve as the social nodes and important for society’s well-being and integrity. These open spaces need to be provided at every level of the development such as individual building level, neighborhood level, area/ ward level and city level as well.

Green spaces are lungs of the city. 3.2 Need of BGI: 3.2.1 To provide Services and Amenities for Public Water related Services such as Water supply, sewerage and Sanitation, Storm Water Drainage, conservation of water bodies is a responsibility of Local Governing agencies. and quality of 3.2.2 To conserve natural features Conservation of natural features is one of the foremost responsibilities of an individual and every stakeholder of the city. These are the resources and conservation of these features ensures the quality of environment, ecological balance, public health and economy on local, regional, national and global level. 3.2.3 To minimizes adverse impact on environment, ecology and human life BGI minimizes adverse impacts of natural disasters, environmental issues on human life and ecology. Natural disasters such as floods, storms, hurricanes, earth quakes, and environmental issues such as pollution (air, water, soil, noise), Urban heat island (UHI), etc 3.2.4 To Enhances image and aesthetical value of the city The elements such as clean water bodies, well designed water fronts, well and scientifically landscaped open spaces such as gardens, parks, public areas not only enhance aesthetical value but also portray a pleasant and healthy city environment. Blue and Green infrastructure ensures public health, social well-being and livable conditions for the citizens.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

154

3.3 Current scenario in Mumbai: Figure 9: Mumbai Map showing four rivers

Source: Internet

Being a coastal city Mumbai has extremely good seasonal rain fall measures nearly 2200mm in four months. The city is bordered by a shore line of 167 kms. in total on three sides proves its uniqueness of geography. The landform and natural hydrology network including four rivers (Mithi, Oshiwara, Poisar and Dahisar), major and minor nallas carry storm water and ultimately drains into the Arabian Sea. Sanjay Gandhi National Park, Aarey colony, mangrove forests are major green areas in the city which are rich in bio-diversity. In recent decades water quality and efficiency of natural drains (nallas and rivers) is on high risk and questionable due to multiple reasons. This need to pay serious attention in responsible way on individual, community and institutional level. The natural green areas are shrinking resulting in adverse impact on wild habitat and ecology of the city. Figure 10: Storm Water Drain in Mumbai

Source: Internet ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

155

3.3.1 Improper practices of raw sewage and solid waste disposal Most of the settlements along the Nallas/ rivers are informal and densely populated. Waste Water generated in these settlements is being disposed into the Nallas/ rivers directly. The waste water includes Domestic, industrial, animal etc. Sewage Treatment Plants achieving desired safe water quality are not present in the city. Dumping of solid waste in the nallas/ rivers is another major issue which is being ignored by the stakeholders. Lack of implementation of Solid Waste Management mechanism by ULB and unawareness of inhabitants result in unhygienic conditions in the area. Water in these nallas/ rivers ultimately drained into the Arabian sea without any treatment. This makes adverse impact on public health and ecosystem. 3.3.2 Ground water degradation and depletion The ground water which can be used for toilet flushing, vehicle washing, gardening etc. The ground water level is consistently being depleted due to over extraction and least measures are being taken for aquifer recharge. Also in many areas ground water is contaminated due to surface water pollution. This may lead a wide gap between demand and supply of water in near future. 3.3.3 Less trees and green spaces than international stadard The city has one tree for every four people which is severely deficient number compared to the eight trees per person which is an international standard. Many existing trees such as Gulmohor, Rain tree, Acacia are exotic which were planted 40 to 50 years back for the purpose of beautification and quick growth. They do not survive for longer period in the local soil. Mangrove areas are shrinking due to land demand for physical development. In short built environment is over ruling natural environment. 3.3.4 Lack of Open Spaces Open spaces refer to parks, gardens, play grounds, esplanades etc. Per capita public open spaces available in Mumbai is 1.1 sq. m whereas Delhi, London and New York have 30 sq.m., 31.68 sq.m and 26.4 sq.m. respectively. As per guidelines by URDPFI open spaces per capita should be 10-12 sq. m. per person. World Health Organization (WHO) and United Nations (UN) suggests 9 sq. km and 30 sq. m. per person respectively. Considering this scenario in the city Blue and Green Infrastructure need to be strengthen to make the city livable and sustainable. The gap between standard and existing parameters need to be closed by taking initiative at every level. 3.3.5 Geographic constraints: Figure 11: Geographic Map of Mumbai

Source: Internet

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

156

Mumbai has geographic limitations as Thane creek on the East, Arabian Sea on South and West and shared boundary with Thane District and stretch of Sanjay Gandhi National Park on North. These conditions restrict city’s horizontal growth. Mumbai is economic capital of the country. There are a lot of employment opportunities and hence the city attracts workforce from all over the country in various economic activities. This resulted in speedy and haphazard growth of the city. 3.3.6 Informal Land use Figure 12: Slums in Mumbai

Source: Internet Unplanned growth of the city resulted in haphazard development; informal settlements or slums are outcomes of this. This tends to land encroachments on unsafe, environmentally and ecologically sensitive areas. The slums along Nallas, railway tracks are always unsafe and unhygienic. Dense population, inadequate infrastructure makes these settlements on high risk of natural and man-made disasters. More than 60% of the city’s population live in slums. 3.3.7 Life style Figure 13: Local train and traffic congestion

Source: Internet Mumbai….The city that never sleeps. The life style of the city is somewhat suits to this tag line. Fast life is predominant identity of the city. People commute in crowdy transit modes from one end of the city to another and spend few hours in commuting. The life is closely associated with time where personal attention, family interaction and socialization are really tricky tasks in day today life.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

157

4. Conclusions Mumbai has a lot of challenges in its own. Though the gap between standard parameters and existing situation is wide Mumbai fascinates people from all over the country due to its vibrancy in multiple domains. To cater the need of people and maintain quality of environment strengthening Blue and Green Infrastructure is assured solution. Strategic approach towards Development Plan formulation and implementation is the most challenging mission for for due to various reasons over the years. In today’s scenario Land Management, people’s participation and co-operation, institutional limitations are the major hurdles in overall development process of the city. Blue and Green Infrastructure Ensures Livability and Sustainability. The current issues related to Blue and Green Infrastructure to be addressed on planning level as well as strategic implementation level. The approaches such as inclusive, equitability, Community participation, Public Private Partnership may prove effective in overall city ambience and image and livability. In the current COVID 19 situation the Blue and Green Infrastructure need to be rethought, reframed and revitalized to achieve public health from micro to macro level; i.e. individual level, family level, community, neighborhood, city as well as on regional level

References 1.

Cities of tomorrow - Challenges, visions, ways forward - By Johannes Hahn published by European Commission, Directorate General for Regional Policy in October 2011

Governing Sustainable Cities - By Bob Evans, Marko Joas, Susan Sundback and Kate Theobald published by Earthscan in the UK and USA in 2005

Inclusive Urban Design: Public Toilets by Clara Greed published by Architectural Press An imprint of Elsevier Linacre House, Jordan Hill, Oxford in 2003

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

158

Liveable Neighbourhood: Case of Mumbai Sub theme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar Dipali Vadhavkar1 , Ar Bhakti Godambe2 1

Associate Professor, M.Arch (General Architecture) Thakur school of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, Maharashtra 2

Associate Professor, M.Arch (Construction Management) Thakur school of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, Maharashtra

Abstract The aim of the study is to identify the livability parameters of neighbourhoods. Neighbourhoods are the heart of any community development and determine the quality of the city fabric. A model community living, encourages social interaction, suffices needs and aspirations of the residents, as well as protects individual interest, with safety & security being an important requirement. The innate nature of a neighbourhood is to be livable. The paper investigates the needs of the inhabitants. It further enquires about inclusivity, resilience, safety & security of the existing urban fabric & explores the parameters responsible for this quality in the neighbourhood. It analyses the human experiences which are the driving factor in creating ideal neighbourhoods, which are socially resilient & inclusive for all. The paper questions and tries to identify the various experiences and contextual requirements that make any neighbourhood inordinate & perceptible. A resilient neighbourhood would change as per the needs of its residents. The paper takes a critical view of a few neighbourhoods in the city of Mumbai and tries to understand the parameters common to all through comparative studies, and theoretical approach. A complete analytical mapping of the neighborhoods is essential to develop long term as well as short term plans to address the immediate concerns. This analytical mapping will also help to develop comprehensive strategies to create resilient neighborhoods. The paper will establish the co relationship between the livability & resilience of a neighbourhood through comparative studies of the identified neighbourhoods of Mumbai. The exploration of the research is not limited to the findings in the comparative study but aspires to create recommendations for policy guidelines or strategies to develop livable neighbourhoods through urban intervention and changes in policy guidelines. Keywords: livable cities; sustainable environment; socially resilient neighbourhoods; safe community; contextual development; spatial development.

1. Introduction Mumbai is the financial capital of the country. The city started growing from its southern tip during the British times as a port and has grown northwards over the last century to accommodate the exponential growth. The city centre is still located in the southern part of the city. Originally the city was made of seven independent islands, which were reclaimed over the century to make the island city of Mumbai. The original inhabitants were kolis but soon Mumbai became a thriving port due to the natural harbour. The first settlement started along the harbour, which evolved and by the end of the 19th century along with the city. The city began as a trading port and has now become the financial centre of the country. The development of port led to its becoming a thriving trading centre, which in turn attracted lot of people to the city for employment. The city has recorded a gap in the demand and supply for housing for the last one & half century. At the middle of the nineteenth century, after a couple of decades of rapid growth, the city’s population reached half a million. The city has always has scarce land suitable for development, the growth started with the development covering only the southern extension of the peninsula. The exponential population growth led to an acute shortage of basic infrastructure and lack of necessities such as shelter for the population. Mumbai has developed into a mega polis over the past centuries. In the attempt to provide the housing for the residents, the quality of the settlements has been overlooked. The scarcity of land because of the geographical features of the city, has led to dense urban development thus creating living conditions which may not be considered optimum by world standards. There were a few attempts by the government to overcome the gap in the demand & supply of housing post-independence by way of town planning schemes proposals.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

159

According to experts like Mehrotra, the city was never conceived or built in a singular image. Instead, the city’s evolution consistently makes evident a series of dualities, such as- lifestyles, cultural attitudes, planned intervention versus kinetic or incremental growth, big moves versus small gestures, passive versus active interventions, governmental action versus private initiative, the pukka versus the kutcha city, etc.(Mehrotra 1991, p. 12). With Globalization, this image of the city perceived today is changing from that of the last century and the neighbourhoods need to change to ensure the needs & aspirations of its residents are met. The phenomenon of gated communities has probably come from this aspiration. It is essential to look at the parameters that make a neighbourhood livable to achieve this aspiration.

2. Scope of Research Human experiences are the future of design, and making Neighbourhood socially resilient & inclusive for humans and in particular children have a potential for relevance and adoption. Does the neighbourhood suffice the needs of the inhabitants? •

Is the neighbourhood inclusive for all sections of the society?

•

Is the neighbourhood resilient against unpredictable devastations?’

•

Is the neighbourhood safe & secure?

Different countries, cities, state, town and villages have a peculiar character of their neighbourhood. If you study the neighbourhoods of Mumbai and neighbourhood of New York the difference is so varied, the innate character is noticeable. The architectural language, the colours, the spaces, the pedestrian activity, the vehicular circulation, the engagement and behaviour of the people is varied. Urban neighbourhood are a critical part of the city fabric, they add value and context to the pattern of urban development. In this rising need of making cities resilient & inclusive, humanizing the urban neighbourhoods will help in not only harmonizing natural and manmade infrastructure, but also will allocate well-defined urban development in place which will be efficient in handling the city’s current & future populations. This research is intended to look upon various factors addressing the functioning of neighbourhood with respect to its dynamic, liveability, evolution of its development over the period of time, making it socially viable & making the neighbourhood function more pedestrian friendly for each age group by adding social awareness to it. Urban sustainability & sensitizing the neighbourhood with strategies like proper design based on stipulated population, establishing proper sustainable management system, incorporating 3R principle, restoring natural resources, revitalizing the urban spaces with Urban Planning, Urban Design, Urban Development parameters will definitely change the face of urban neighbourhood making the Architecture more resilient & inclusive to achieve the goals of sustainable cities & communities. The study will be analysed and developed over the period of time, the methodology will be developed for this research on the basis of various literature studies, urban policies and parameters developed over the period of research will be an ideal prototype neighbourhood which will be selected to study to understand the porosity with respect to implementation. The study will try to identify strategies by tracing down influences on walk able streets / interactive streets to understand their contribution to neighbourhoods and analyse them. The research aspires to create a guiding strategy for neighbourhoods to create the following: • • • •

Developing studies to map and analyse the function of a neighbourhood to ensure optimum use of existing resources, To create a tool for social transformation; making them brilliant & smart with respect to urban sustainable development. Creating memorable neighbourhood experiences, carrying out discussions on making streets more successful not only on the design better infrastructure but also on the design of building a socially viable neighbourhood safe for people. Create a safe & secure environment through strategies of sustainable development.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

160

3. Methodology A complete analytical mapping of the neighborhood is essential to develop long term as well as short term plans to address the immediate concerns. This analytical mapping will also help to develop comprehensive strategies to create resilient neighborhoods. Macro level studies would be conducted at regional level delineating the extent under consideration. The methodology will be developed for this research on the basis of studying the existing fabric of the prototype neighborhood selected for study by working out the matrix where in developing studies to understand the porosity developing a tool for social transformation with a strong framework making it friendly neighborhood.

Site Identification and context: Identify a neighbourhood in the city of Mumbai as a project site. Select a neighborhood of an area of 1.2 sq. Km. – 1.5 sq. Km. Delineate the site with specific parameters such as natural boundaries, land-use zones, socio economic conditions etc. Study the context of the site in terms of ward, zone, connectivity, socio-economic status, density, etc. Data collection: Data collection is a primary stage in the planning process and various techniques can be used. In this project we will be referring to Development Plan of Mumbai city as well as documentation of existing situation in terms of Land use, natural and manmade features, demographics, density, socio economic standards, infrastructure, transportation facilities etc. 1) The case studies of relevant area will help to give the insight for livability standard. 2) The data collection would be done through these comprehensive studies and relevant contextual mappingComprehensive Studies: Land-use, through development plan, existing land-use, -understanding the Land-use pattern as per the Development plan (DP) of Mumbai, in terms of percentage of the various land-uses existing and proposed. Ownership pattern in a neighbourhood: to study the ownership pattern of the neighborhoods to understand its impact on existing land-use and development. Built-Unbuilt ratio: to understand the density of the built mass with respect to open spaces and other utility spaces provided as per DP. Demographic data: Density of population & other relevant demographic data of the neighbourhood. Mobility Data: studying the road patterns, traffic flow, Pedestrian flow, access both vehicular and pedestrian etc. with respect to existing urban development in the neighbourhood. Urban landscape: studying the natural features within the site and understanding the environmental impacts on the neighbourhood. Literature review & Onsite study 1.

Relevant theories – study the theoretical research conducted on relevant topics such as walkability, livability index of a place etc.

Onsite data - Sketches, street sections, street elevations to understand existing developmental patterns

Photo documentation – document important landmarks, activities in the neighborhoods to understand the existing fabric

Activity mapping – document the activity in the area at different times to understand the changes taking place throughout the day.

Analysis and Inferences: The study will draw inferences by identification of Issues and Gaps by analysis through the available resources. Inferences derived by qualitative and quantitative analysis of the mapping and comprehensive studies discussed extensively in the above data collection.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

161

• • •

Site Analysis in terms of spatial features, connectivity, advantages and disadvantages of the spaces utilized etc. SWOT Analysis (Strength, Weakness, Opportunities and Threats) of the neighbourhood. SMART Analysis (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Timely) of the neighbourhood.

Formation of Strategy Recommendations for the proposal - Recommend the solutions based on identified issues and gaps as per the prescribed standards. Example: Land-use, housing, environmental, transportation, infrastructural etc. Urban intervention –Some interventions can be carried out to retain and streamline the various and diverse activities in the neighborhood. Example: Inclusivity of all spaces to the entire population of the neighborhood Changes in policy - Certain functions can be shifted or some guidelines can be designed to create neighbourhoods with for better livability index and also continue to have efficient functioning of the city’s administrative services.

4. Parameters of the study DISTRIBUTION OF LAND: The existing land use study of neighbourhoods should be made considering the density of the land and any physical features that are affected due to this development. The percentage of each typology will help understand the existing development & determine the strategy to improve the quality of the built fabric. PERCENTAGE OF GROUND COVER: The percentage of ground cover will facilitate to understand & analyse distribution of development the percentage of open space and infrastructure facilities provided in the neighbourhood. It will help determine density & built unbuilt ratio. PERCENTAGE OF PUBLIC AMENITIES: The percentage of amenities provided in relation to the density of the population it caters to will determine the quality of the development. It is essential to determine whether the amentites are public or private. LIGHT & VENTILATION (MARGINAL OPEN SPACES): The compromise of the marginal open spaces creates unhealthy living conditions as the light and ventilation does not reach all the houses in the building due to the proximity of the structures. All existing redevelopment policies have compromised on this guideline. This creates unhealthy and unsafe conditions as the proximity of the structures also becomes hazardous in case of a disaster like fire, etc. The marginal open spaces guidelines of H/3 and H/5 should be followed, in all proposals, a study of the light and wind pattern for the site should be submitted to understand the requirement of the marginal open spaces for every project. SAFETY & SECURITY: The neighbourhood development should integrate the need to create safe & secure environment for its residents at all times. Unsafe environment for women on the streets, crimes in the neighbourhoods and its effects of urban development, it is essential tom analyse this issue. PARKING AND PERIPHERY: The number of cars has increased tenfold in the past decade. The buying capacity of the city dweller and several other factors are responsible for this increase, which causes congestion of traffic. One of the reasons is the redevelopment policy. The redevelopment of a plot causes an increase in the density of the population of a plot exponentially. Urban development that does not consider this development will create traffic congestion and lack of parking on streets will affect spaces. STREETSCAPE: The streets have changed due to the sudden emergence of gated communities. Earlier streets of a neighbourhood would be lined with shops and this would make the place safe to walk on a night. A sense of belonging about the street and its condition and its unique character was prevalent which gave then neighbourhood its unique identity. Informal and formal use of streets needs to be mapped. ACCESS TO AMENITIES: A neighbourhood should have a healthy balance of landuses to ensure inclusivity and sustainability, this parameter needs to be mapped and strategies identified to overcome this concern.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

162

5. Comparative study of neighbourhoods The neighbourhoods selected in this research are diverse in their context and development. Dadar-Parsi Colony is one of the oldest developments of the city. It was a government initiative to provide optimum quality housing for the local residents of the city. The outlook of development was completely different from the other casestudy. The Hiranandani complex in Powai is relatively a newer development, it was developed by the vision of a private builder and the government had no stake in this development. In the comparative study , we will use a set of parameters on both neighbourhoods and try to understand the outcome to highlight the important parameters that will make a neighbourhood liveable. CASE STUDY 1: DADAR PARSI COLONY, MATUNGA

Source: Photography by Kuber Shah,10 June 2021

Five gardens area in the Parsi Colony of Matunga situated in the island city is one of the oldest and few planned areas of Mumbai Five Gardens area in Matunga is part of the famous Dadar-Parsi colony. This area was specially established for the upper class Parsis in the very early 19th century by the efforts of Mancherji Edalji Joshi, a renowned Parsi patron. The British however built it under the scheme of Bombay City Improvement Plan for the localities of Dadar, Matunga, Wadala, Sion in 1899-1900. So this is the first planned area of the city with spaces allocated for residences, green space, schools and colleges with proximity to transport infrastructure.

Source: https://johbawa.com/ , http://suitcaseofstories.files.wordpress.com/2014/05/img_1284.jpg

The above mentioned parameters are studied on this site to understand the quality of urban fabric in the neighbourhood ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

163

DISTRIBUTION OF LAND: The percentage distribution of open spaces and infrastructure facilities provided in the neighbourhood determine the density & built un-built ratio. From the above image it is evident that the open spaces which are interspersed between the built forms offer a right balance to the built masses. The open spaces are adequate and entwined into the fabric of the built spaces to accentuate the quality of built spaces. They are the focal points in the neighbourhood for create opportunity for human interaction. The land use as seen shows a good balance of amenity spaces and residential buildings. Any commercial establishments are placed on the bottom floors on the main streets making the peripheral development mixed use . PERCENTAGE OF GROUND COVER: The neighbourhood is one of the few planned neighbourhoods for the city. The buildings are planned considering byelaws, which give a good view as well as light and ventilation to each of the building blocks. The open spaces are well integrated in the built form add and compliment by helping light and ventilation to reach each household. The overall living conditions are not unhealthy at all. Each apartment experiences good amount of sunlight and wind. The hierarchy of streets can be seen in the plans and adequate interconnections are given. There have been a few redevelopment projects coming up in this neighbourhood. But the open space will balance any such redevelopment projects to maintain optimum ground cover.

Source: existing land use map, UDRI , loginmumbai, the digital inclusion project

PERCENTAGE OF PUBLIC AMENITIES: In the existing land use map, yellow colour shows residential use, the blue patches show the commercial establishments which are almost abutting the main roads and few along the internal roads are all residential on the top floors and the ground floor has convenience shops etc. In the neighbourhood, commercial land uses are scarce. This invariably leads quite neighbourhoods, the main streets becoming busy as well as vigilance and the by-lanes are quite maintaining the calm of the neighbourhood, which it is known for. This fabric is interspersed with public amenity spaces throughout the neighbourhood,. The hatched portion of the neighbourhood is a declared heritage precinct thus, ensuring vigilant development norms to ensure neighbourhood fabric is retained. There are various types of amenities spread throughout the neighbourhood.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

164

Source: https://in.worldorgs.com/, https://zoroastrians.net/

Source: map showing various amenties spaces , UDRI , loginmumbai, the digital inclusion project

LIGHT & VENTILATION (MARGINAL OPEN SPACES): In this project, the majority of the old structures are still 4-5 stories tall. The marginal open spaces are adequate for this height. The interspersed open spaces and playgrounds ensure that abutting structures receive adequate light & ventilation. The redevelopment of few buildings has not yet affected the fabric of the neighbourhood, In future it is essential to be vigilant of the type of development approved. This being a prime locality the FSI is high and the financial viability of the project depends on the optimum consumption of buildable area creating a catch 22 situation for the residents.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

165

Source: Authors, Photocredit: https://zoroastrians.net/

SAFETY & SECURITY: In any neighbourhood, in order to ensure safety there has to be a connection between the built spaces and the street. In any neighbourhood, commercial landuses call for many people visiting it throughout the day for different purposes. The commercial establishments which are almost abutting the main roads and few along the internal roads, generally ensure this connect and keep the space active throughout the day and night, thus creating safe spaces. This invariably leads to the streets becoming busy as well as vigilance in some way or the other. In this neighbourhood the mixed use fabric on main access roads ensure safety. Another important criteria is the ratio of the built versus roads , this scale ensures living spaces overlooking streets with ground floor residences acting as interactive spaces between streets and buildings ensuring safety. This fabric is in danger to getting converted dead facades with the requirement of podium parking in the redeveloped projects.

Source: Open spaces in Mumbai , Landscape Environment Advancement Foundation, LEAF, Sushmita Paul July 2012

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

166

PARKING AND PERIPHERY: In continuation of the point discussed prior , the map shows dense development with adequate street connections and marginal open spaces. The ground floor of the old building is habitable hence creating a deficiency of parking spaces in the neighbourhood, all streets are lined with cars parked in the streets, and hence visitors to the neighbourhood avoid getting cars. Redevelopment of few building has begun, the map shows cessed buildings in yellow which can benefit from redevelopment under the DCR. The redevelopment though necessary for degrading structures poses a threat to the traffic in the area, gated communities will create dead facades forgoing the existing urban fabric with connections between street and building as seen in the section above. STREETSCAPE : This development dates back to the mid-20th century, being one of the pioneer developments in housing in the city of Mumbai, special attention to street widths , footpaths etc has been given. This eye to detail of the streets is seen in the section shown below, one can see adequate space given for pedestrian access, the trees planted during British times ensure shaded streets throughout the day. Streets of a neighbourhood are lined with shops, few where the entire structure is a commercial establishment and this makes the place safe to walk on a night. A sense of belonging about the street and its condition and its unique character is prevalent which has given neighbourhood its unique identity and popularity.

Source: https://johbawa.com/ , http://suitcaseofstories.files.wordpress.com/2014/05/img_1284.jpg

ACCESS TO AMENITIES: This neighbourhood has a healthy balance of landuses which vary from residential, to commercial, to mixed use etc to ensure inclusivity and sustainability, this parameter is seen in the map attached above. The neighbourhood has a mix of varied amenity spaces from schools, gymkhanas, agiary, etc all these act as public interaction spaces added to the ambience of the community. They are well spread out throughout the neighbourhood enhancing the access to each of these spaces with ease. The gardens are approachable from any part of the neighbourhood through interconnected streets. The entire neighbourhood has been proposed as a heritage precinct. Green spaces are categorized into playgrounds and gardens showing diverse amenity spaces planned.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

167

CASESTUDY 2: HIRANANDANI COMPLEX, POWAI The Hiranandani complex was created as a vision of a new type of neighbourhood by the developers in the 1990's in the suburbs of greater Mumbai. It was advertised as a one of its kind development comparing itself to the streets of cities like New York, London etc. Being accessible from both the western and the eastern suburbs, it occupies a prime location with a scenic view of the Powai lake which is a rare vision in the metropolis like Mumbai. Due to this the land cost are quite high and it houses sprawling apartments within it.

Source - Satellite Image // www.googleearth.com // Map showing extent of Hiranandani Gardens ,Powai

Source - www.googleearth.com // Few panoramic views of the Neighbourhood

DISTRIBUTION OF LAND: The Hiranandani complex in Powai is built on a fairly sloping land to the south side of the Powai Lake. It boost of its scenic panoramic views which its offers from the higher storeys of the sky scraper buildings. The landuse of the township is of a mixed nature with residential, commercial, institutional, open spaces and other amenities. Amongst these the residential being about 50-60%, the built-unbuilt ratio is also well balanced overall. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

168

Source - www.loginmumbai.com // land-use map of the fan shaped neighbourhood

PERCENTAGE OF GROUND COVER : The percentage distribution of open spaces and infrastructure facilities provided in the neighbourhood determine the density & built un-built ratio. From the above image it is evident that the open spaces which are interspersed between the built forms offer a right balance to the built masses. The open spaces are adequate enough to offer a view for each building and to perceive the masses of that scale. It is seen that about 30%-35% are seen as open patches PERCENTAGE OF PUBLIC AMENITIES: The percentages of amenities provided are about 20-30% of the overall land-uses and though the are planned and appear in a cluster, even then they are evenly distributed and easily accessible to the entire neighbourhood. Most of them are abutting the street which makes them visually as well as physically connected to the users. All the public amenities are available within one kilometer walking distance. this also shows how meticulously and thoughtfully planned are the landuses in terms of amenities, residential and open spaces etc.

Source - www.99acres.com // Map showing the amenities interspersedwith other built spaces ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

169

LIGHT & VENTILATION (MARGINAL OPEN SPACES): The skyscrapers of Hiranandani, out of which some are even more than 120metres in height, experience good light and ventilation due to the Powai lake on the northern side of the townships which is in close proximity. Also there is no compromise when it comes to the marginal open spaces at all. The buildings are well planned in a fan shaped manner, which give a good view as well as light and ventilation to each of the apartment. Also as mentioned in the earlier paragraph, the open spaces which are interspersed between the built form add and compliment by helping light and ventilation to reach each household. The overall living conditions are not unhealthy at all. Each apartment experiences good amount of sunlight and wind. But the TDR policies which have benefitted the builder to go taller should cater to the fire norms and have to follow it to avoid any unsafe disaster arising thereafter. SAFETY & SECURITY: In the above map, the pink patches show the commercial establishments and other amenities provided, which are almost abutting the main roads and few along the internal roads too. In any neighbourhood, commercial landuses call for many people visiting it throughout the day for different purposes. This invariably leads to the streets becoming busy as well as vigilance in some way or the other. Also this neighbourhood attracts a lot of tourist visiting it from different places and for different purposes which in turn makes the area hustling and bustling. The streets remain crowded due to the various eating joints spread across and a wide range of multi-cuisine restaurants PARKING AND PERIPHERY: Hiranandani in Powai being an area where the land prices have shot up in the past two decades and also due to its location where it sits in the midst of the western and the eastern suburb, the number of cars has increased tenfold. The buying capacity of the citizens is responsible for this increase, which causes congestion of traffic. One of the reasons is the TDR policy as mentioned above, which has resulted in lot many people buying houses here where the infrastructure still remains the same. This has resulted in an increase in the density of the population of a plot exponentially. Urban development that does not consider this development has created traffic congestion and lack of parking on streets which has eventually affected the spaces.

Source - www.hiranandani.com // Street views with car parking spilled out on the road

STREETSCAPE: The streets have changed due to the sudden emergence of this gated community. Streets of a neighbourhood are lined with shops, few where the entire structure is a commercial establishment and this makes the place safe to walk on a night. A sense of belonging about the street and its condition and its unique character is prevalent which has given neighbourhood its unique identity and popularity.

Source - www.hiranandani.com // Streetscape of the neighbourhood

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

170

6. Conclusions The research conducted concludes that every neighbourhood is unique. The comparative study accentuates that in both the above casestudies the development generated is diverse, the neighbourhood currently functions as a homogeneous entity the parameters discussed above can be thus considered as a starting point in creating liveable neighbourhoods. The context, the people and the proposed development of each neighbourhood play a vital role in ensuring that the livability quotient is maintained. The quality of the lifestyle of the residents and other parameters such as safety, accessibility, interactive community spaces are the backbone of any liveable neighbourhood. The liveability of each neighbourhood can be improved through strategic interventions through the above discussed parameters. The bottom line is to create a sustainable community through these interventions in order to create a liveable neighbourhood DADAR PARSI COLONY

HIRANANDANI COMPLEX

DISTRIBUTION OF LAND

60-70% Residential Landuse out of which 10-15% Mixed Use % along with 10-15% Open Spaces & 8-10% Amenity Spaces

50-60% Residential Landuse along with 40-50% other Land-uses

PERCENTAGE OF

15-20% Open Spaces and rest 7080% as built spaces

30-35% Open Spaces and rest 60-65% as built spaces

20-30% Amenities in the Total Built Spaces apart from Open Spaces

20-30% Amenities provided with other land-uses

LIGHT & VENTILATION (MARGINAL OPEN SPACES)

The Built And Un-built Ratio in the cross section of a street is still H/3 thus ensuring adequate light & ventilation

Fan shaped planning along with close proximity to the lake and sufficient distance between the structures offer great light and ventilation

SAFETY & SECURITY

Existing mixed use typology with shops on ground floor and amenities abutting the streets, & the existing formation of buildings with habitable ground floor ensure safety on the streets

Due to the nature of mix landuses and a lot shops and amenities abutting the streets, safety and security is taken care off as there has been a lot of pedestrian movement and floating population too.

PARAMETERS OF THE STUDY

DADAR PARSI COLONY

HIRANANDANI COMPLEX

PARKING AND PERIPHERY

The dense fabric seen in the maps and existing habitable ground floor create challenges for parking. As the fabric undergoes redevelopment, existing streets will not suffice

The buying capacity of people has increased resulting in cars on the street edges as well, where at times traffic issues are bound to happen.

NO 1

PARAMETERS OF THE STUDY

GROUND COVER 3

PERCENTAGE OF PUBLIC AMENITIES

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

171

STREETSCAPE

The low rise development of the building ensure vigilant built spaces on the ground floor which make it safe and secure at all times due to the constant influx of people.

Streets lined with a mix of shops and commercial establishments which make it safe and secure at all times due to the constant influx of people.

ACCESS TO AMENITIES

Amenity spaces are planned well , they are interspersed throughout the layout making them accessible easily with a well-connected road network

Mixed Land-use ensure inclusivity and sustainability, amenities are easily accessible abutting the main roads, further making it resilient and inclusive.

The study in this research tries to create a framework in analysing the neighbourhood on the following parameters for the livability quotient, these guidelines can be considered as a benchmark for further case studies and towards developing strategies to creating liveable neighbourhoods in our journey to fulfil the SDG 11Sustainable cities & communities. From the above comparative analysis it is seen that, both the neighbourhoods though different in culture, dimensions, spaces etc, have few things in common like the balanced spread of amenities, land-uses etc and the streetscapes which provide it with a safe, secure, resilient and inclusive nature. The inherent nature, character and the fabric which is infused into these two neighbourhoods are retained and maintained without de voiding its innate perspectives.

Acknowledgements We wish to thank the organisers of the conference and the management for giving us this opportunity to present our humble efforts at this academic research towards creating a sustainable community. We wish to thank the Principal of TSAP, Ar Dhiraj Salhotra, for encouraging us and giving his expert comments during the completion of this paper.

References Images: • • •

Hiranandani Gardens , Powai , Uploaded by: Hiranandani Developers, Jul 9, 2014 Dadar parsi colony images , Zorastrian .net, Maps , UDRI, LOGINMUMBAI, The Digital Inclusion Project

• • • • • •

https://in.worldorgs.com/ https://zoroastrians.net/ http://www.udri.org/, loginmumbai, the digital inclusion project http://www.hiranandani.com http://www.99acres.com http://www.googleearth.com

•

Top 10 Best High Rise Residential Societies For Living in Central Mumbai, Commercial property review , December 9, 2020, Aditya Five Gardens, Matunga, Mumbai, Parks of Mumbai, Mumbai Outdoors, Comprehensive List of Parks and Gardens in Mumbai, Rajitha Gopinath, August 2013 ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN, Dadar Parsi Colony: Cherishing the Bombay that was, The story of the largest Zoroastrian enclave of Persians in the world, By Arman Khan, Photography by Kuber Shah,10 June 2021 Open spaces in Mumbai , Landscape Environment Advancement Foundation, LEAF, Sushmita Paul July 2012

Internet Links:

Articles : • • •

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

172

Collaborative approaches in: Disciplines, Communities and Societies Sub theme: Goal-9 Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities

Ar.Anubhav M. Malhotra1 1

Assistant Professor, Thakur school of architecture and planning.

Abstract Collaboration - Information - Learning - Teaching - Exploring - Designer - Communities - Allied fields - sharing - Societies - congregation - Architecture – Process – Art – Depict – Performance – Trend – Impact – AvantGarde – Temporary – Express – Control – Relations – Urban – Statement – Identity – Social – Icon – Rural – Define – Connect – Private – Innovation – Science – Freedom – Organic – Significance – Structure – Past – Present – Future Just a few adjectives of the many to start off with a self-defining expression about architecture, design and collaboration. Man has evolved from the cave life to the home/office life, and in the process of evolution what remains constant is the requirement for people to think together and work together for an overall and wholesome development of the society. This field in itself is a coalescence of art and science. Progressing forward into the essay lets understand the idea and contribution of collaborative architecture in multiple different aspects: a. Architect - Communities b. Architect - Allied fields c. Architect - Architect The idea of the essay is to highlight the thought and importance of collaborative approaches in different combinations for the society to develop. We generally tend to understand the word ‘COLLABORATION’ in its raw form, but once extrapolated to larger scenarios and approaches, we can investigate and apply these on multifaceted aspects of the fraternity. Indeed, no two personalities are similar; everybody brings something other than what's expected to the table. The society is developing at a rapid speed today and with technology, urbanization and information, it calls for a erratic human approach. In order to accept these changes, the posterity need configure in a way that they survive efficiently with the variations. The study involved understanding the hypothesis with reference to existing scenarios. Keywords Collaboration; Communities; Societies; Overall development

1. Introduction “ A Good City is the one where men meet up and co-work fully intent on becoming ethical, performing respectable exercises, and accomplishing bliss. It is recognized by the presence in it of information on man's definitive flawlessness, the differentiation between the respectable and the base and between the ideals and the indecencies, and the purposeful endeavors of the rulers and the residents to instruct and gain proficiency with these things, and to foster the prudent structures and conditions of character from which arise the honorable exercises helpful for accomplishing bliss.” Abû Nasr al-Fârâbî, (c. 872-950), a great Arab scientist and philosopher1 A society that allows people to come together and collaborate ideas and thoughts for it to grow, an idea should follow as ‘ME – US – THEM’. People from various fields of arts, science, commerce, entertainment, education ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

173

etc. should come together to one space place. The program will be structured in such a manner that it involves the activity of LEARN, WORK and ENTERTAIN. The evolution of programs of the communities along the years help us understand how the needs and working styles of human have changed and evolved along the timeline. The essence and main function of the communities has also changed as the methods of people and their congregation spaces have changed. The programs as well as the structures vary from each other according to their locations and times they have been designed for. For instance, India has a diverse set of culture, economic and social classes. The basic intention is to create a scenario/setting that allows collaborative understanding between individuals and institutions. It’s also a matter of fact that people from various fields are going to interact only if there are multiple programs going on at a singular location. Before people are completely disconnected from each-other it’s important for a drive to take place where we have people having human connection intact.

1.1 Designing for People’s Anticipation Urbanization and improvement of urban communities is essential in contemporary society, in any case, these headways are additionally leading to metropolitan issues, like absence of open green space, thickness issues, traffic issues, and over populace. Additionally, existing structures are regularly inadequate with regards to specific capacities that are as of now required since they have been planned before. Accordingly, court and blended utilized structures, which are considered as a unit space, are expected to make reference to for 'exposure' that is a piece of metropolitan parts as a wide spatial idea . Specifically, blended utilized structures as increase worked offices are required a particular report for 'exposure' and 'metropolitan square'. By and large, the importance of 'exposure' in a city appears to have begun from 'marketplace', which is from old Greek. A square as an open space in a city was acknowledged as an answer, which individuals have sought after to work on their mental wellbeing and decay of the actual climate. Besides, it was made by need that had the option to assemble individuals in a spot and was a pointer space with culture, political, and social movement. Getting a traffic space, which is expanding more in a city, is communicated dependent on declining square and boosting land use, on different hands, it demonstrates the significance of a method for vitalizing social public space in metropolitan life. Moreover, metropolitan and social modernization have caused expansion and grouping of metropolitan administrations and, because of it, it has caused populace increment and compositional densification. In a word, open spaces and roads for people on foot have diminished. Development of structures, decrease of roads, and degeneration of metropolitan courts has begun to lessen the space for public movement. This has associated with fall nature of its full scale climate and awareness of sharing, and along these lines the nature of the city has fallen subsequently. The metropolitan square is a significant part of metropolitan open space and the space, which can work on friendly local area. Accordingly, the target of this review is to reevaluate the idea 'exposure' in urban areas as an essential space to vitalize the city.

1.2 Illustration of anticipation of people’s collaboration: Maker’s Asylum •

Maker's Asylum is a local area Maker space which was situated in Mumbai and Delhi, presently in Goa, that permitted cooperative ideation. It unites interdisciplinary exercises covering Science, Technology, Engineering, Art and Math to encourage a culture of advancement, investigation and learning.

•

For equipment business visionaries, it's simple admittance to devices, innovation and ability so they can model their thoughts.

•

For issue solvers, it's a space to trade thoughts with other like and dissimilar to disapproved of people who share your enthusiasm. For specialists, it's a spot to investigate, dabble and learn.

•

Maker's Asylum is a space which welcomes individuals to come and fabricate their thoughts and in that cycle they get together with individuals from various fields and wind up chipping away at different coordinated efforts.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

174

As per the Maker's Asylum's site, "Maker's Asylum is a local area makerspace with two areas, Mumbai and Delhi, India. For equipment business people, it's simple admittance to apparatuses, innovation and ability so they can model their thoughts. For issue solvers, it's a space to knock thoughts with other like and not at all like disapproved of people who share comparative enthusiasm For specialists, it's a spot to play. Try not to allow those plans to kick the bucket on the planning phase. Make it genuine.." 1

Maker's Asylum is a makerspace/hackerspace inspired by Artisan's Asylum, Chaos Computer Club and other producer associations. Mumbai's sole Makerspace, Maker's Asylum is an open space for individuals to come and seek after their innovative advantages utilizing the devices, hardware and direction gave there. There are week by week studios for preparing individuals on various abilities and house an assortment of apparatuses and hardware including power devices, 3D printers and laser cutters. Producer's Asylum is a not-revenue driven association that offers such a local area space that permits community ideation, uniting interdisciplinary exercises covering Science, Technology, Engineering, Art and Math (STEAM) to foster a culture of innovation and learning.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

175

1.3 Collaboration with Communities We tend to propose development programs without the involvement of the communities and their reveiws. On the hindsight as well, communities propose to move forward without understanding the larger ideologies and concepts which at times leave them striving behind in multiple stratas. This pushes for the call of collaboration in the stages of ideation and ellaboration the importance of getting these two parties together for the positive execution of a proposal. In today’s society, we have minimal examples of such collaborations, but these minimal numbers teach us the positive outcomes of these coalitions.

1.4 Illustration of collaboration with communities: Design Jatra Established by three architects, Pratik Dhanmer, Shardul Patel and Vinita Kaur M.Chiragia Design Jatra is a firm situated in Murbad, on the edges of Palghar area in Maharashtra. Having some expertise in instinctive methodologies towards country settings and development utilizing normal materials, the association amasses at giving impartial and reasonable arrangements. Working intimately with residents and ancestral networks, the association endeavors to acquire a more extensive viewpoint producing business and economy. Prior to proposing a plan, Design Jatra enjoys a broad assessment including the drawing and documentation of the encompassing setting. In its spearheading years, the firm occupied with broad conversations with the locals of Murbad, city specialists and the skilled workers. These discussions taught the organization about the careful difficulties looked by the compatriots and furthermore educated likely arrangements. By accepting the casual culture, the firm developed companions later filling in as customers and partners. Working as a contemporary plan practice, Design Jatra accepts the conventional insight and presents stronger procedures. By insisting to utilize materials accessible inside 5km of the site, Jatra works in a double style. Some of the time, the firm retreats to attempted and tried techniques like cob dividers, adobe dividers and jaali work. At different occasions, it creates novel components, for example, ' an arbitrary rubble holding divider with sob openings '. Sob openings help with emptying overabundance water out of the dirt, fit for harming the establishment and initiating extra burden on the design. While creating natural chunks, Jatra presents bamboo support for extra help alongside a layer of DPC under to keep decay from bugs. Trying to advance economical structures and safeguarding of rustic settings, the firm has introduced a progression of disinfection activities, homes and collective focuses. With an increment in natural awareness,Design Jatra's extent of mediations continues to extend than at any other time. A nte from the studio: Design jatra is a socio-compositional practice that takes motivation from conventional design and investigations to advance it to the present requirements. It underscores on the commitment of nearby networks, meanwhile utilizing the sort of regular materials that are more receptive to those neighborhood settings. This re-stimulates the networks as well as helps in sharpening the partners associated with such cycles. This, now and again, additionally advances the recovery of normal assets. Design Jatra runs a social endeavor under the name of Tokar in the ancestral town at Murbad, Dahanu — where little bamboo items are made by the nearby ancestral local area. Alongside this, the Jatra has stepped up of nearby rice seed banking and seed trade with the assistance of ancestral youth and numerous understudy volunteers. Design Jatra has continually gone through transformations as a result of the numerous connections just as conceptualizing studios with understudies of fluctuated foundations. Leading a few architecture studios in conventional regular materials alongside summer chipping in studios is something that the Jatra effectively includes itself in.

1.5 General outlines of collaboration Coordinated effort can be an incredible option in contrast to customary systems for affecting change, for example, alliances, teams, and commissions. Customary gatherings and associations will quite often be organized upward. Choices are made at the top and individuals determine their impact and authority from their situations inside the pecking order. This is particularly obvious in proficient associations where ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

176

authority is brought together, the work mission-driven, processes directed by methodology and rules, and inner correspondence for the most part restricted to offices, workgroups, and advisory groups. Community oriented gatherings, conversely, are organized on a level plane. Authority, to the degree that it exists by any means, is extensively dispersed. Work titles and expert affiliations blur out of spotlight and individuals get their impact from having their ears to the ground, from being all around associated locally, and from being occupied with a variety of activities. Participation typically ranges storehouses and divisions locally, processes are directed by standards of trust and correspondence, and correspondence is more close to home, more conversational, and more exploratory than in conventional settings. Hence, cooperative endeavours will generally be inexactly organized, profoundly versatile, and innately innovative. By making spaces where associations are made, thoughts are cross-prepared, and aggregate information is created, communitarian groups produce rich freedoms for development. At the point when the perfect individuals are united in helpful ways and with the fitting data, they can make amazing dreams and vigorous procedures for change.

2. Architectural Intervention/Translation of collaboration: Transprogramming. Architecture has forever been as much with regards to the occasion that happens in a space as about the actual space. The Columbia University Rotunda has been a library, it has been utilized as a meal lobby, it isn't unexpected the site of college addresses; some time or another it could satisfy the requirements for an athletic office at the University. What an awesome pool the Rotunda would be! You might believe I'm being wry, however in this day and age where rail line stations become historical centers and temples become dance club, a point is being made: the total compatibility of structure and capacity, the deficiency of conventional, authoritative circumstances and logical results connections as purified by innovation. Work doesn't follow structure, structure doesn't follow work - - or fiction besides - - in any case, they unquestionably interface. Jumping into this extraordinary blue Rotunda pool - - a piece of the shock. Assuming shock can presently don't be created by the progression and juxtaposition of veneers and halls, possibly it tends to be delivered by the juxtaposition of occasions that happen behind these exteriors in these spaces. If "the separate defilement, all things considered, the steady replacements, and the disarray of classifications" - - as portrayed by pundits of the right and left indistinguishable from Andreas Huyssens to Jean Baudrillard - - is the new bearing of our occasions, it likely could be utilized for one's potential benefit, to the upside of an overall revival of design. . Assuming design is both idea and experience, space and use, structure and shallow picture - - non-progressively then architecture should stop to isolate these classifications and on second thought blend them into extraordinary mixes of projects and spaces. By and large, structures were built around what designers call "program," the particular uses to which a structure would be put. Undoubtedly we still regularly develop structures for explicit purposes- - Olympic urban communities like Atlanta, for instance, as often as possible build spaces for explicit athletic occasions. Be that as it may, progressively we assemble spaces with various projects or frameworks of utilization..

Conclusions Consolidating and working together permits the opening off multi-layered results for the general public. We want to additionally examine, expound and execute this idea on bigger modules of the general public to finish and lead the most common way of working and development in its precise configuration. The inherent worth and the first expectation of this proposition was to make a progression of key arrangement in urban areas, which have had less availability by neglectful turn of events and to advance city existence with intuitively vitalized occasions in intellectually forlorn climate every day. In this proposed plan, there are two primary issues that all networks in cities ought to be thought of: (1) Gathering individuals from high thickness region to less utilization space and (2) Producing genuinely and truly agreeable and place of refuge to remain more. Hence this plan investigation is recommended to vitalize depleted metropolitan region with working on natural nature of city through reevaluating the importance of square, which is a key of public life, and connecting space among structures and courts zeroed in on the dissemination of clients and travelers.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

177

Acknowledgements This paper would not be possible without the kind support and insights shared by multiple different organisations and the members involved in their development. Would particularly like to thank Design Jatra (Pratik D., Shardul), Makers asylum (Vaibhav C.), Folds design studio (Ar.Krishnamurthy). Would also like to thank the principal, vice principal and all faculties at the Thakur School of architecture and planning campus for their critical review and support for developing this research. A special mention to the kind people sharing information on open source portals which allow a top-down research and reference for the multiple different topics involved.

References Mastering Collaboration: Make Working Together Less Painful and More Productive by Gretchen Anderson. The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups by Daniel Coyle Architecture and Disjunction – Bernard Tschumi Exploration of Connectivity between mixed use building and urban plaza, By Youngduk Kim MR,2015 1http://pmanzoor.info/Beyond-City.htm

About Us > What we do page for makersasylum.com https://designjatra.org/

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

178

Integrating Quality Public Realm, And Public Participation Develop In To Livable And Sustainable Cities Subtheme:Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Ar. Mansoorsaheb.B. Mulla1 1

Professor and Research Scholar, M.S.I. College of Architecture, Vijayapura, Karnataka, India

Abstract Informality, poor infrastructure, inadequate planning and poor governance are threatening Indian cities, which are considered to be primary engines of economic growth, are subjected to socio- environmental degradation. Sustained physical and social downward slide has made urban public open spaces source of crime, insecurity, and misconduct leading spaces to less personal and more disappearing with time. This requires immediate attention and intervention to prevent further deterioration. The core objective of Indian Smart City Mission is to develop and enhance socio-economic, and environmental conditions through integration of robust physical infrastructure, appropriate technology and participatory governance. However, the ground reality indicates more focus is being made on strengthening existing ill planned basic physical infrastructure and undue technological integration with no regard to the Public realm pedestrian walkways, streetscapes, pavements, and street crossings, public squares and open spaces. Welldeveloped urban Public Realm, and Place Making concept would not only enhance quality of life and urban environment but also reduce public travel, energy, carbon footprint, safety and security, while enhancing the image of the city. Urban authorities and policy makers have to realize that unless making public realm as an integral part of city development, providing healthy environment; accommodating urban citizens in a prosperous, equitable, and just manner, seem to be an impossible endeavor. Curitiba, Brazil, and Copenhagen, Denmark have demonstrated that city can be made more healthy and enjoyable through enhancing public realm, integrating place making concepts, interlinking with economic, social, and environmental sustainability. The aim of this paper is to illustrate that enhancing public realm through integrating Urban Design, Sustainable approach and public participation in making of livable, sustainable cities and communities, is the cursor for quality life. Through improved Connectivity, Accessibility, and Sustainability that are imperative parameters for making of great public realm and creating livable spaces, urban environment can be enhanced to great extent. Also addresses social and environmental sustainability while enhancing the image of the city. Keywords Public Realm, Place making, Urban Design Strategies, Sustainability, Public Participation

1. Introduction Urban fabric consisting thoroughfares, open spaces, frontages, squares, buildings and streetscapes plays an important role in cities and towns. During 19th century, cities were strongly depicted by public realm- streets, squares and civic centers. However, these traditional and consolidated elements were replaced by big and tall structures with no consideration for human scale and new modernist planning vision for urban spaces evolved during 20th century. Consequently, the significance of public realm began to diminish and down slide continued even today. Open spaces have now become unsafe and healthy places to conduct anti-social activities.These ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

179

negative effects are causing greater damage to the urban environment and its people.Massiveurban transformation that took place during this period changed the urban environment causing deterioration in urban public realm and open spaces in the city. Urban critics Jacobs (1961) held demonstrations, and Sennett (1977) strongly opposedurban policies against these urban transformation. In the name of progress consolidated and traditional urban spaces have lost their fabric owing to inadequate planning and poor governance. Subsequently,decline in the quality of public space that produced negative impact on the city environment and quality of life. Though public spaces have multiplied and expanded, they have also become less personal, more transient, and at best merely functional or symbolic (Madanipour 2010:5).The developments that is taking place across the cities, don’t provide good ambience to the human beings to socialize, enjoy and play. Unfortunately, most smart city plans focus on technological solutions to provide a better quality of life, and the importance of the ecology for urban resilience and sustainability has been ignored by planners, managers, and practitioners. Forgetting the quality of life must be of priority and the urbanization concept will hinder the promotion of good urban environment. The importance of public spaces in the city has severally affected to great extent and also widespread decline in social, economic and cultural significance owing to decentralization of urban areas and the despatialization of the public sphere (Madanipour1999). Lack of expertise and financial resource crunch on the part of local municipal authorities to enhance socio-economic and environment condition of the city. City authorities are experiencing great difficulty in implementing strategies that helpful in building healthy, livable cities and communities.

II Literature review Unless there is comprehensive planning coupled with effective social participation and social participation, attaining a quality urban environment is difficult to achieve. Involving urban designers, sociologists, economists’ epidemiologists and environmentalists in the initial stage of the city development programme would help to achieve quality urban environment and quality of life. Literature review has made amply clear that integrating quality public realm, and public participation make livable places and sustainable cities. Literature analysis shows that the transformations are taking place in an uncontrolled, sporadic and piece meal manner, creating haphazard and chaotic physical or spatial environments in the cities due to poor planning, inadequate governance, and shrinking financial resources leading to deterioration of urban environment. Consequently, achieving sustainable urban environment seems difficult. Though there is abundant literature available to depict strong relationship between urban public spaces and quality of life, understanding public open space as an integral part of urban living and culture, tobuild good public realm is missing. Carmona (2008: 199), an urban designer and place-maker argues that undermining the public spaces, appear to be amongst the important reasons for a widespread deterioration in the quality of urban environment around the world. It is important to note that public spaces contribute to mental health, and human and educational development (Woolley 2003; Jackson 2003; Shaftoe 2008); and they act as creators of collective identity at the neighborhood, city or country level (Francis 1987; Carr et al. 1992; Low 2000). Assessed literature review from various sources viz,.Integrating quality public realm, place making and public participation develop in to livable and sustainable cities (Madanipour, A. (1999), which explained the importance of public realm, Environment behavior studies measuring human perception, behavior, and activities in public space from Madanipour, A. (2010) demonstrated how environmental quality enhances quality of life and image of the city. Architecture and Urban design by Carmona, M. Magalhaes, C. and Hammond, L. (2008)addressed the physical nature of the cityin Public space the management dimension III. Objectives

of the paper

To create pedestrian friendly environment and to promote a pleasing milieu by enhancing urbanesthetic character of the built environment.

To promote livability of public realm by providing safe, comfortable, interesting spaces and squares to the pedestrian. To enhance public realm through integrating Urban Design, Sustainable approach and public participation in making of livable, sustainable cities and communities, Through improved Connectivity, Accessibility, and Sustainability that are imperative parameters for making of great public realm.

3. 4.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

180

5. 6. 7.

To consider management, and maintenance policies to ensure the sustainability of neighborhood The access to adequate services and facilities that fulfill people’s needs. To address social and environmental sustainability while enhancing the image of the city

The aim of this paper is to illustrate that urban design and sustainable planning practices are essential strategies in making of livable, sustainable cities and communities and removing anomalies in the existing urban transformation processes. This paper also proposes suggestions for the enhancement of public realm considering public realm and other spaces are important in making of great spaces and producing quality of life. The case of Curitiba, Brazil and Copenhagen, Denmark, are considered to analyze how public realm and space transformation are taking place at the local level through these specific programmes and objectives are also mentioned as below. Theoretical, methodological and contextual approach to this paper is adopted prior to the design strategies. IV Methodology Since research aims and objectives are primarily exploratory in nature, the research is qualitative and therefore, considered qualitative data collection methods and analysis methods (e.g. qualitative content analysis). The information from sources like case studies, published statistics from research organizations and specific topic related articles, and books was analyzed and interpreted. On examining the research objectives and theoretical background for producing sustainable cities and communities through developing good public realm, case studies of Curitiba, Brazil and Copenhagen, Denmark, have been analyzed and these case studies have provided good insight for building sustainable cities and communities. This case study approach proved to be an important and critical in integrating in building today’s sustainable cities. Data collection through secondary data/literature reviews, experience surveys, unstructured methods (Qualitative research) and analysis of stimulating examples (i.e. Case study analysis) was duly evaluated.

2.0 Blend of urban design qualities and sustainable principles for quality life and quality urban environment Considering public spaces as highly contributing to the economic development and image enhancing of city, there will be improvements and involving investors in these developments would attract tourists and visitors. Francis (1991); Shaftoe (2008); and Madanipour (2003), urban designers, have expressed through illustrations that public spaces are highly potent spaces to generate economy, to engage socially and for attracting investment. Integrating urban design strategies and sustainable urban planning practices for the creation of attractive, safe, more enjoyable and livable cities could be seen in many cities such as Milton Keyon, UK, Copenhagen, Denmark, and Curitiba, Brazil. Character and sense of place, greater inclusion for sociability and improved safety are the benefits which could be visualized from the above fig 1, and Curitiba, Brazil, has integrated important aspects in to the urban planning and produced one of the greenest planet on the earth. In the deteriorating urban context, sustainable practices coupled with urban design strategies such as pedestrian priority aspects, waste management in local communities, ecological integration and environmental preservation etc. are to be taken care of. Understand that good and enthralling realm are not only create vibrant and livable place but also a suitable element of regeneration. Including urban design strategies such as legibility, image ability and accessibility would help understand and easy to navigate the city. Ecological value, environmental preservation and energy efficiency are the additional benefits that city can achieve and there will be good economic benefits that city can get if investing in creating quality public realm. Fig 1 explains how an appropriate blend of urban design qualities and sustainable principles will help in producing a space of vibrancy, dynamism and inclusive public realm that encourage greater use of the area and its assets.

Figure 1: Quality public realm through urban design qualities and sustainability principles (Source: Author) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

181

2.1 Revitalization of urban environment and urban fabric through Connectivity, Accessibility, Sustainability and Last mile connectivity Architect Jaime Lerner, who made Curitiba, Brazil, one of the livable and healthy cities using sustainable principles and produced a city of green. Making urban fabric healthy, livable and sustainable, Architect Jaime Lerner, integrated sustainable principles and urban design qualities connectivity, accessibility, collaboration and last mile connectivity as illustrated in Fig 2. Fig 2 depicts how sustainable and urban design strategies in Curitiba, Brazil and Copenhagen, Denmark, are being practiced to achieve socio-economic and environmental sustainability and making of walkable cities. The issue to be noted that since Architect Jaime Lerner, Curitiba, Brazil is an Architect turned politician, and Architect and Urban Designer, Jan Gehl, Copenhagen, Denmark, whose involvement made the city a walkable city. Urban authorities have to involve Urban Designers in to planning system to make sustainable cities and communities. Fig 2 explains, how revitalization and rebuilding of Indian cities through urban design and sustainable practices is possible. Fig 2: Socio-economic and environmental sustainability through Urban Design and Sustainability (Source: Author)

2.1.1 Overview to Connectivity

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

182

Connectivity is defined as availability of guide way facilities between specified points on a network. Wellconnected networks provide great relief to the user and improper network affects road user causes delay and economic development. Connectivity enhances walkability and pedestrians can reach easily more places safely and without delay and plays an important role in the overall development of the people. Well-connected important city destinations would help build robust socio-cultural and economic development. Connectivity helps to build resilience.Cities to be resilient as depicted in case of Curitiba and Copenhagen, Denmark, connectivity is an important parameter and builds the capacity of the city, creates opportunities for potential interaction. Low level connectivity is a point of failure and multiplicity connectivity protects from random failure. However, over-connectedness is also not desirable as it leads to inefficiency, i.e. too many roads to maintain as well as using lots of space (Feliciotti et al., 2016). 2.1.2 Overview to Accessibility Accessibility is defined as measure of the ease by which people can reach facilities, and essential services. Places connected to other environments are more approachable and offer ambience to invite more people making areas busier and enhancement in economic activities. Socio-economic activity of a place depends more on good accessibility. In case of Curitiba and Copenhagen, Denmark, it’s through good accessibility, urban environmental quality has enhanced to great extent. Accessibility promotes sociability, and brings people close for play, display and interaction, which can be seen in the case studies identified.Good accessibility with street furniture and amenities promotes not only pedestrian environment but also urban environmental quality. 2.1.3 Overview to Last Mile Connectivity Last mile connectivity is defined as the distance to be traversed from nearest transport nodal point to the ultimate destination and is expressed by the ease and speed of commuter transit from point of origin to point of destination. The prime criteria to ensure quality in last mile connectivity is to make access points pedestrian friendly. This enhances spatial, environmental, ecological quality and transport efficiency. Curitiba and Copenhagen, Denmark have adopted last mile connectivity concept through place-making and well placed amenities. One can understand that pedestrian environment makes an impact on users’ decision to walk the last mile. To make walk an interesting one, connectivity and accessibility have to be made more human centric and integration of elements in to the route would keep the people safe and comfortable. Place-making concept would be more meaningful if pedestrian environment is to be enhanced. 2.1.4 Overview to Sustainability Sustainability is one that encourages to utilize renewable resources and promotes use of indigenous materials and protects environment through sustainable planning practices. 90% of the natural resources are being used by the cities causing an imbalance in sustainability. Making citizens aware of their actions and efficient environmental management is need of the hour to make cities livable and sustainable. Practicing sustainable urban planning practices result in to human; social; economic; and environmental development.Revitalizing of urban fabric through connectivity, accessibility, and sustainability practices well- around major public destinations would build local economies, civic pride, social connection, and human happiness – high value commodities in a more and more overcrowded urban landscape.

2.2 Quality Public realm concept and Public Participation for healthy, livable cities and communities. Indian cities have been recognized as engines of economy are experiencing environmental degradation and decline in socio-cultural conditions. Setting environment right through correcting place – path(mobility) people is the strategy. This needs to be diagnosed through integration of physical infrastructure, technological advances and participatory planning.Sennett (1977), and Madanipour (2010) have argued that public spaces have become less personal, more transient, and at best merely functional or symbolic. Perceiving urban public spaces as a platform for discussions, meeting and debates will enhance the urban environment and people enjoy the place to a great deal. Employing bottom-up approach in place making is always helpful and it empowers, delegates’ responsibilities to the local people and helps in making of successful place of economic activity and place of identity. The Place making approach invites local people, explores alternatives suiting local context, identity and character.This approach brings people together and reflect community values and needs. Strategies that bring people together and reflects community values and needs are to be encouraged (United Nations, 2012). Place making is a sustainable art and it believes, uses assets and skills of a community and does not depend solely on professional experts. More importantly, Place making approach recognizes potent people, who can contribute to the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

183

development and catalyzes local leaders, funding and other resources. Fig 3 clearly shows how well-designed place can contribute to make a city more livable, healthy and economically robust. Figure 3: Revitalizing public realm and citizens’ involvement to build local economies, civic pride, social connection, and human happiness (Source: Project for public spaces)

2.3 Findings from Curitiba, Brazil and Copenhagen, Denmark Copenhagen, Denmark, has always been a forward-looking place, most preferred and walkable city, obviously because of its street design and has also become famous for its grid transport system, cycle ways, a sustainable planning practices such as pedestrian oriented urban design, people participation in decision making, encouraging green economy and jobs, engaging local expertise and capacity etc. Environmentally sensitive urban planning and human centric strategies have substantially contributed to Copenhagen’s success over the past 50 years. Today, Copenhagen continue to grow with more pedestrians on the road contributing to the nation’s economy. Open spaces are managed and maintained using successful Parks Trust Model. Curitiba, Brazil, has become a greenest place on the planet with a mission that treat people not as a burden, a nuisance, but as nation’s most precious asset. Curitiba with clear and informed urban policies and environmentally sensitive approaches has produced one of the one of the sustainable cities and communities in the world. Kepp, M. (1992) informs that environmentally responsible policies in mass transit, urban greening and recycling are the important issues that have helped in achieving socio-economic and environmental sustainability. Architect turned politician proved that involving people in planning practices and integrating sustainable practice foster the health and economic well-being of the urban people. Well designed and developed public realm and public participation would help build an image, character and identity of the place. Figure 4: socio-economic and environmental approach at Curitiba, Brazil and Copenhagen, Denmark (Source: SD factors discussed in the Brandtland Report (1987) and the dimensions of Triple Bottom-Line (1998).

Both the cities are livable cities as thesetwo cities have integrated social-economic and environmental issues in planning system and this strategy facilitates in building of livable, sustainable cities and communities. These ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

184

cities have clearly demonstrated that design of healthy cities are not top down but also bottom up with due consideration to people's need and involvement ofUrban Designers, and Planners will address the ecological concerns of the cities and will consider and integrate social, economic, and environmental sustainability aspects.

3.0 Urban design and sustainability as a design strategy in making of livable cities and communities Quality public realm is the springboard for revitalizing places, whatever they are and wherever they are. Employing urban design strategies enable spatial definition, circulation, and sustainable concepts. As a principle element of the design development, Urban Design can help identify and address urban issues through a comprehensive planning approach in demarcating public realm that comprise Transportation system and other important places in urban areas. 3.1 Assessing Public Space and its significance Understand the social, economic, and environmental dimension of the environment. Accessibility to activities and supporting amenities that facilitate everyday living is of key importance to a city dweller. Linear stretches of connectivity induce monotony and it is important to introduce elements of interest through diversity in spatial morphology, geometry and activities that promote discussion or dialogue. Guided circulation and segregation for casual walking, bike paths and jogging tracks ensures smooth transition. Connect to the site surrounds through visual and physical means enhances the experiential quality of the space. 3.2 Analyzing and Assessing Sociability opportunities A well-designed space and place connects people, networks and neighborhoods, consequently enhances sociability, social inclusion, social interaction, play, display and participation. Well-built spaces provide an environment where socio-economic converges and good natural environment prevails. People’s attachment, identity of place, character of place and sense of place are some concepts that could explain the relationship between people and place. Jacobs, J., (1961) advocated that analyzing and assessing how urban spaces are actually perceived and used, we could create valuable insight for designing good cities for people. 3.3 Analyzing Safety and Security In addition to promoting social interaction, increased public usage helps establish safety and security in urban areas, especially during late evening hours and reduces opportunities for crime to occur. Improved safety and access for the community brings measurable socio-economic benefits, which in turn makes good and enthralling public space. 3.4 Analyzing for integrating sustainable services and management Urban open spaces should be planned to incorporate facilities that enhance convenience, through saving time and travel distance to work place or home bound individuals. (Lynch, K.1960). The significance of ecosystem for building resilient and sustainable cities is not addressed in the city development resulting deterioration of urban environment. Perceiving cities are living places, sustainable practices such as pedestrian oriented urban design, use of renewable energy, recycling practices for waste and water management, worker-managed craft industries etc. would be suitable practices of regeneration and essential to creating successful and inhabitable spaces. 3.5 Assessing and Mapping urban eco system Built environmental specialists, ecologists, and conservative biologists have to advocate to integrate sustainable development that combines economy, environment and society. Ecosystem is an important issue which is to be addressed effectively the deteriorating urban physical and natural context. Analyzing, assessing and mapping urban eco system would not only augment economic and natural environment but also rectify social and moral incursion in the city. It is seen from the literature that advanced and developed cities have serious psychological illness amongst their people like, frustration, suicide etc. owing to neglect in planning practice to provide sufficient care for social for issues.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

185

3.6 Assessing and Analyzing Economic and Aesthetic Environment Urban Design plays as a visual relief from a chaotic built environment. It can be extended to the concept of human connect with nature and living system. It is understood that investing in public spaces bring not only economic benefits but also effect on the city image and character. Well-maintained and welcoming public domain are dynamic and promotes greater use of the area and its asset. The experience of aesthetics includes interaction between environment and the observer. To earn a comprehensive and enjoyable experiences, the designer should concentrate on the form and aesthetic qualities.

4.0 Adaptive design strategies Integrating sustainable practices in city development and building is perhaps the big challenge facing humanity today. Unfortunately, the current urbanization trend and planning pose a threat to quality of life. Productive and functional places are sustainable. Investing resources in place, path and people with right balance between bottom-up and top-down governance, is need of the hour. Urban environment is getting deteriorated with flooding of more automobiles, growing population and formation of slums and squatter settlements. This deteriorating urban environment is to be arrested to save our city and planet. In order to reduce strain on natural and social resources, urban planning paradigm has to integrate and interlink with urban elements systematically. Fig 1 as shown above depicts urban design qualities and sustainable principles would create places of healthy and livable cities. Following are the elements that encourage greater use of the area and its assets 1. Public Realm – Streets, Squares, and other outdoor places Perceiving streets, squares, parks, green spaces, and other outdoor places, create high quality public spaces and ensure human interaction, provide space for cultural expression. Understanding that streets that are attractive, safe, comfortable, well maintained, welcoming and accessible to everyone, are planned for people and are not meant completely auto-centric but bring communities together and promoting social cohesion. Street and squares are for people, who can make best use of the space like walkability, meeting, playing, expressing and displaying. Thoughtfully planned street and square brings people together and encourage a vibrant mix of selfsupporting activities. Streets are not only for movement of vehicles but also for people, meaning they are not completely auto-centric, add to the social cohesion of communities by ensuring human interaction, and providing safe public spaces that promote cultural expression. Well-developed streets and squares are source of happiness, provide an environment to celebrate their cultures, and also create sense of attachment, safety and security. Healthy environment always promotes healthy habits such as walking, bicycling and driving as well. Well-planned square is a civic pride, place attachment, sense of belongingness would help people to share and care and feel that they are associated to their culture and values. 2. Public Realm - Parks, green spaces, Open Spaces and Biotic factors Perceiving open spaces and urban park is a breathing lung spaces and safety valves for the city, would help achieve sustainable cities and communities. Networking of parks and open spaces, planning of transport hubs and corridors, lake systems and other natural features along with built spaces promote safety, security, environmental degradation and aesthetic appeal. Community gardens where everyone collaborating grow fresh organic produce. Lake walks, science fair, bird and insect watching tours, proposing cycle track/ jogging pathway etc. This will not only help people develop a caring attitude and respect for one another, but will also spread harmony and enhance the liability of spaces in the vicinity. 3. Urban mobility and Last Mile Connectivity Last mile connectivity is defined as the distance to be traversed from nearest transport nodal point to the ultimate destination and is expressed by the ease and speed of commuter transit from point of origin to point of destination. The prime criteria to ensure quality in last mile connectivity is to make access points pedestrian friendly. This enhances spatial, environmental, ecological quality and transport efficiency 4. Involve Built Environmental specialists to supporting Places through sustainable Building Design practices Efforts must be focused in ensuring that spaces are comprehensively designed to suit the changing needs of the people. To deal with, Planners, Urban Designers, Architects and Engineers should be involved in the beginning of the city development. Public institutions such as schools, universities and civic centers, don’t provide space ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

186

for sociability and interactions, instead act like fortresses and creating the gulf between people and people. This is deteriorating the urban fabric and even more emerging scenario is the concept of gated communities, which is creating economic discrimination and invasion of gentrification displacing urban poor. 5. Structure government to prop up Public Spaces to create meaningful places. There must be an agenda in the urban planning which can support public spaces and public realm in the cities. Unfortunately this important ingredient is missing in the urban planning structure, consequently urban spaces are undermined and have become places of crime, insecurity and delinquency. Lack of intradepartmental coordination has made public open spaces less personal and more transient space. The present system of governance needs updating where efforts of all city service providers should be combined. Intradepartmental co-operation and communication is to be made sound so as to combine all efforts in making of robust environment. This helps to build resilient, safe and attractive environment. The governance structure and process need to change to foster places more prosperous, attractive and healthy. Urban service providers with city municipal council should together design a comprehensive plan to make meaningful places that provide not only an employment to the local people but also source for sociability, play and display. 6. Explore the power of space Explore projects where Place makers can design places taking local people’s idea in to consideration. Empowering communities with technical know-how, and creative techniques would be wonderful to produce highly potent and place of attraction. Explaining residents the economic benefits they get through establishing micro-enterprise opportunities and other environmental and health benefits. Exploring the talents and resources within the communities should be the base for developing a concept for any public space. It is they who provide you the details of the space and insights in to how the space functions, and an understanding of what is important and truly meaningful to the local people. Identifying this value in the beginning of the planning process would help to create people a sense of belonging, ownership and emotional connectivity 7. Stakeholders involvement in Community planning to create a ripple of positive effects. Citizen involvement right in the beginning of the planning process would produce great change in addressing the place and creating a socio-cultural, economic and environmental atmosphere. Every neighborhoods have good spaces and places. Hold brainstorm sessions to create synergy and connections among facilities already located, and to make spaces more attractive and safe for the residents. City Municipal Council could develop sense of belonging and enable people feel comfortable if community planning is developed. 8. Balance between top-down and Bottom-up governance To develop and manage public spaces require both top down and bottom up strategies. Bottom up strategy focuses on the evolution of design from the individual to the whole. In the top down strategy, an overviewis formulated based on design parameters. Blend of both top-down and Bottom-up governance is an ideal combination in city development if big change is to take place on a great scale. 9. Develop infrastructure proportionally as city expands When city expands, city must take up infrastructure development and where infrastructures are constructed, increased development activity follows. Infrastructure investment should reflect current development patterns and future goals. Knowing in advance the influence due to city expansion on the city’s living conditions and infrastructure, would make local bodies to effectively confront the challenges that cities face.

Conclusions Perceiving public realm and open space stimulates, encourages and facilitates sociability, social cohesion, inclusion, and economic development, significantly contribute to the development of robust socio-economic and environmental conditions. Creating quality public realm and good open spaces make great impact on the well-being of urban dwellers should be the core objective of urban planning practices while initiating urban transformation processes. Cities that help people always make difference in their lives and feel better connected to their places leading to sense of belonging and attachment. Enhancing public realm and open spaces through human centric strategies such as addressing physical infrastructure with well thought technology, integrating placemaking concepts and participatory governance would create an enabling environment where people can socialize, meet, interact, play, display and express. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

187

This human scale connects people, places, networks and neighborhoods. Well- designed spaces are great assets to the city. Embedding people oriented strategies and taking local context in to consideration would provide great opportunities to build robust socio-economic and environmental conditions. In such places people can derive peace, progress, and prosperity. Author has formed an opinion that creating healthy public realm and encouraging public participation are essential for urban quality urban life, quality urban environment and sustainability. Author concludes that making of livable and sustainable communities through Urban Design and Sustainability, create healthy, vibrant, and enjoyable places to live, work and play while greatly reducing energy use.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Jacobs, J., 1961. The Death and Life of Great American Cities. New York: Random House. Madanipour, A. (1999). ‘Why are the Design and Development of Public Spaces Significant for Cities?’ Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 26(6), 879-891. Madanipour, A. (2000). Public space in the city. In Design professionals and the built environment, P. Knox and P. Ozolins (eds). Chichester: Wiley & Sons, LTD. Madanipour, A. (2010). Whose public space? International case studies in urban design and development. Rouledge: London. Sennett, R. (1977). The fall of Public Man. In The Blackwell City Reader. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. Carmona, M. Magalhaes, C. and Hammond, L. (2008) Public space the management dimension. London: Routledge. Shaftoe, H. (2008). Convivial urban spaces, creating effective public places. London: Earthscan. Woolley, Helen (2003). Urban Open Spaces. London: Spon Press. Jackson, L. E. (2003). ‘The Relationship of Urban Design to Human Health and Condition.’ Landscape and Urban Planning 64 (4). 191 - 200. Carr, S., Francis, M., Rivlin, L. y Stone, A. (1992). Public Space. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Francis, M. (1987). ‘Some Different Meanings Attached to a City Park and Community Gardens.’ Landscape Journal 6, 100-112. Francis, M. (1991). The Making of Democratic Streets. In Public Streets for Public Use. A. V. Moudon (ed.). New York: Columbia University Press. Low, M. S. (2000). On the plaza: The Politics of Public Space and Culture. Austin: University of Texas Press. Kepp, M. (1992). Curitiba’s creative solutions: learning from Lerner. Choices, 1: 22-26 Lynch, K. (1960), the Image of the City, the M.I.T. Press, UK United Nations, (2012) Place making and the Future of Cities, article United Nations, viewed Nov 12, 2012, https://www.pps.org/article/placemaking-and-the-future-of-cities

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

188

Socio-Techno-Economic Considerations for Housing in Coastal Areas: A study of the Indian Coastline Subtheme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Gauri Gawande1 Aradhana Tripathy2 S Rashina3 1,2,3

Department of Architecture and Regional Planning, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur

Abstract Coastal areas refer to the areas of land covered by coastal waters and the adjoining shorelands. These are some of the most biodiverse areas as freshwater and saline water mix, and are often seats of high human activities due to potential for port trade and other industries that rely on the coastal ecosystem. Due to the large population housed in India's coastal belt, it is a sensitive zone for construction and is prone to deterioration. India features a lengthy coastline of roughly 7,500 km, from Gujarat in the West, to West Bengal in the East. It is characterized by varied landforms and ecosystems and is often prone to harsh and extreme weather conditions as well. The tussle between ecosystem preservation, community and cultural preservation, and rapidly growing urbanization has been a long-standing issue. Sustainable Development Goal 11 targets sustainable urbanization and implementing holistic policies towards resilience to climate disasters. Goal 13.b aims to promote capacity building for planning related to climate change. This study attempts an exhaustive review of secondary sources available freely on public domain on vernacular architecture; local coastal community cultures; climate, ecosystem and oceanography studies; coastal development rules and restrictions; and disaster management reports to give recommendations for the coast of Odisha.Using this review, the study further discusses the social, technical, and economic considerations to be mindfully factored in while designing housing in coastal areas of Odisha by studying Puri Konark Development Authority Region as a model example, to provide safe, resilient, and socio-culturally acceptable housing while also keeping the larger Sustainable Development Goals in consideration. Keywords Indian Coast, sustainable housing, coastal sustainability, disaster resilience, climate-responsive, residential land choice

1. Introduction Coastal areas are some of the most biodiverse and rich habitats, including estuaries, lagoons, and coastal wetlands. They are a highly desirable location to people, commerce, the military, and various industries. A total of eight states and four union territories lie on the coast, and 70 districts in India, mainland and island, are coastal. They house a population of 171 million – approximately 14% of the country’s total population (Center for Coastal Zone Management and Coastal Shelter Belt; Government of India, 2017). As it houses a high population, coastlines undergo environmental changes and degradation regularly via reclamation, dredging, pollution and dumping, industry, and other related anthropogenic activities (Ingole, 2005).Indian coasts have a large variety of sensitive ecosystems and biological productivity—coral reefs, seagrass beds, wetlands, mudflats, and rocky and sandy beaches. (Nayak, 2017). There are various socio-cultural, technical, and economic factors to consider while planning for sustainable housing and communities, as culture and levels of urbanization vary sharply over the coastline. As port cities are some of the biggest job providers, some of our largest cities such as Mumbai, Kochi, Chennai, Vishakhapatnam, and Kolkata are coastal. The scale of urbanization varies from a megapolis like Mumbai to a village town Alibag within a few hundred kilometres. Keeping this variation in aspiration, affordability, need, and the context in mind, this paper attempts to find common points that should be considered for housing, along with any local factor that is deemed necessary.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

189

By a comparative analysis of secondary sources on vernacular architecture (Bansal & Minke, 1988) (Bera, 2019), construction materials, techniques and design considerations (BMTPC, MoHUA, 2019) (FEMA), local coastal social stratification and cultures (Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011), ecosystem and oceanography studies [ (Nayak, 2017), (Paw & Thia-Eng, 1991), (Ingole, 2005), (Praharaj, 2017) (Lane, charles-Guzman, Wheeler, Graber, & Matte, 2013) (Center for Coastal Zone Management and Coastal Shelter Belt; Government of India, 2017)] and disaster management reports (GoI-UNDP Disaster Risk Management Programme, 2006) (Agarwal, 2007), this paper analyses the social, technical and economic considerations to be factored in while designing housing in coastal areas of India, to provide safe, resilient and socio-culturally acceptable housing.

2. The climate of the Indian Coastline India is divided into nine Köppen classifications, out of which the Coast experiences three zones as described below (PMF IAS, 2016).The presence of three different climate types means that the same language of design is not used for the entire coastal belt even though they share many common design elements, which becomes evident as we study the vernacular building styles of the coastlines. However, by the Indian Classification of climatic Classification given by NBC (Bureau of Indian Standards, 2016), the entire coastline falls in the wet and humid climate. Table 2 - Three classifications of the Indian Coast as per Köppen (PMF IAS, 2016) Köppen's scheme – Climatic Regions of India Climate Type

Region

Annual Rainfall

Amw (Monsoon type with short dry winter season) As (Monsoon type with dry season in high sun period) Aw (Tropical Savannah type)

Malabar Coast, south of Maharashtra, Karnataka, Kerala

Over 300 cm

Coromandel coast – coastal Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh

75-100cm (wet winters, dry summers)

Gujarat, northern Maharashtra coastline, West Bengal and Odisha coast

75cm

3. Technical Considerations - Wet-Humid Climate Wet-humid climate type is characterized by stable moderate to high annual temperatures, with heavy, seasonal rainfall. Since settlements have always existed along the coastal areas for centuries, the construction materials and techniques developed are often resilient and effective, and specific to the context in different afreas. Vernacular architectural styles along the coast show minor changes as one moves along the coast due to topical considerations, but also have some consistent features. Some of the common features of climate responsive vernacular coastal housing are: B. Sloping roofs of 25° to 40° to withstand heavy rainfall and wind gusts (Bansal & Minke, 1988). The slope helps provide efficient drainage, but the roof must be tied down well to avoid ripping away or uplifting in storm conditions. C. Sheltering or self-shading works to reduce heat gain. Bigger eaves and overhang of the roof are also commonly seen. Design features such as chajjas, vertical and horizontal fins also help in sun shading. N-S orientation of the house is preferred, with the shorter side towards South to avoid unnecessary heat gain. D. Presence of courtyards and gaps below eaves for quicker heat dissipation and cross ventilation as weather is humid (Bansal & Minke, 1988) (Bera, 2019). High humidity can cause damage to buildings and encourage rusting and mould formation if there is not adequate ventilation to keep natural wind flowing. (Moffit, 2019) E. Local stones are commonly used, such as granite in Tamil Nadu and Kerala, Laterite in Odisha (Bera, 2019). These stones withstand corrosion by saline sea winds. Basalt was used as facing in many colonial buildings built in Mumbai, and the crumbling effect due to salinity is visible in the porous basalt stones. Limestone should be avoided in coastal areas (Hamakareem, 2020) F. Appropriate landscape and vegetation can strongly alleviate heat gain and increase indoor comfort in housing. (Bansal & Minke, 1988) Heavy monsoons and rich plant biodiversity can be used to reduce heat gain by physically shielding the house and influencing the micro-climate of the area. Selecting evergreen trees by their cooling factor would greatly help with shading and passive cooling, such as Delonix regia (14% cooling) or Pongamiaatropurpurea (28% cooling) (Gut & Ackernecht, 1993) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

190

3.1 Modern building materials Given below are building materials to be considered for creating sustainable and climate-resilient housing: Flood & Moisture Resistant Materials Concrete: High mineral and salt composition in air require cement made of sulphate resistant cement. It should have water-cement ratio up to 0.4, a compressive strength of 5000psi, and made with steel bars absolutely free of rust. Lumber: Preservative-treated or naturally durable wood like heart-wood of redwood, cedar, black locust, and black walnut. Masonry: It should include proper grouting for reinforcement bars; otherwise, the gaps can trap air, absorb moisture, and speed up rusting, leading to cracks. Reinforcement can additionally be treated with protective coatings to prolong the life of the structure.Additionally, in low lying areas with high chances of flooding, materials like water-soluble adhesives, slow drying floorings like linoleum and vinyl, paper-based wallpapers should be avoided(FEMA). Wind Resistant Materials: Materials that have high strength and come with certified wind-resistant fittings can be used. This may include doors with reinforcements, windows with bracings, roofing shingles, and tiles with suitable fitting attachment. Corrosion Resistance: Wood can be treated using chemicals like Alkaline Copper Quat, Copper Azole, Dispersed or Micronized Copper, or Copper Naphthenate (FEMA). Metallic fittings and fastenings can be protected using galvanized steel. Epoxy coating on steel bars for reinforcement can be used instead of galvanized in higher corrosion areas.

4. Technical Considerations for Natural Disasters – Cyclones and Tsunamis The main objectives under SDG 11 discuss developing disaster-resilient housing and communties. In a bid to build safe, affordable and socially sustainable housing, the risk of natural disasters cannot be overlooked. A tropical cyclone is a rotating system of clouds and thunderstorm which originates over tropical and subtropical zones (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 2020). In intensity, cyclones range from tropical depressions, tropical storms to cyclone. Some of the effects of cyclones include violent winds, heavy rains, flooding, large waves, and storm surges. The East coast of India, especially the stretch from West Bengal to Andhra Pradesh, is prone to cyclones during the summers. Especially hard hit by this is the Coast of Odisha. Having suffered through a series of devastating cyclones such as the super cyclone of 1999, which had storm surges of 5-6m (India Meteorological Department, 2000) and Phailin in 2013, there have been interventions along the coastline to introduce cyclone shelters as temporary evacuation measures (GoI-UNDP Disaster Risk Management Programme, 2006). Design criteria of these cyclone shelters may be utilized while designing resilient housing.

4.1 Public health and sustainable communities Public health has strongly been recognised as a factor for sustainable development, as they both require long term planning and integration of multiple socioeconomic factors in planning (Seke, et al., 2013). Cyclones and related weather phenomena have the power to disrupt and ravage coastal communities, destroying years of progress if post-disaster relief and repair work is not planned for well in advance. As can be noted from Figure 1, not only does the superior quality of housing protect the residents, but rather, inferior quality of housing has disproportionately greater dangers – from illness, injury, mental stress, and even death due to housing damage (Lane, charles-Guzman, Wheeler, Graber, & Matte, 2013).Thus, housing and utility provision in coastal, hazard-prone areas must be of a pucca quality and be resilient to withstand variable forces of wind load and roof uplift, earthquake forces, water ramming onto the walls, inundation, and others.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

191

Figure 2 - Health Consequences of a cyclone. Many of these, especially mental stress, may be avoided by providing resilient housing (Lane, charles-Guzman, Wheeler, Graber, & Matte, 2013)

4.2 Design Criteria of a Cyclone resistant shelter/house

Guidelines for Design and Construction of Cyclone/Tsunami Shelters (GoI-UNDP Disaster Risk Management Programme, 2006) states the need for building multi-hazard responsive shelters, which may double up as community facilities such as schools or community halls when not in use, which is most of the time. Some of the recommendations include locating housing on elevated land, or on mound/stilt approx. +0.5m from astronomical high tide levels (FEMA). High plinth levels are recommended to avoid inundation. Roofs with low uplift in case of wind- moderate slope hipped roof or high pitch gable roof (slope not less than 22º with minimum overhangs), braced by ties (Agarwal, 2007). RCC or brick masonry should be used, preferably without stilts.Wind load is shared by both masonry walls and RCC/ steel structural framework. Lintel belts can act as seismic belts as well as to hold the structure together against the wind. Pile foundations may be considered if there is a chance of high coastal erosion. Housing should be located some distance away from mangroves and shelterbelt plantations that weather the fury of the cyclone to avoid danger from uprooted trees. Simple shape without too many projections – rectangle or square shape with rounded edges are recommended to improve aerodynamic performance. Design should cater to high wind velocity to withstand cyclonic winds. Earthquake load to be considered for seismic zones of Gujarat coast and Maharashtra. Amenities such as water supply and sewerage should be secure – housing to keep reserve water supply, septic tanks to be appropriately sealed for cases of inundation. Community participation in educating locals about safe and resilient building practices would go a long way towards creating safe housing with vernacular expression.

Figure 3- Building clustering changes wind behaviour(Agarwal, 2007) and shapes (plan) with low frictional resistance for coastal housing(Kumar)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

192

Figure 4 Recommended practice for coastal housing construction (FEMA)

4.3 Design Recommendations for buildings for emergency refuge in residential areas It should be on stilts, preferably on columns made of sulphate resistant cement. It should be located at least 1km away from coast, on a higher ground than mean sea level.It should have an open concrete terrace for gathering residents, and a helipad for emergency air evacuation. There should be an accessible external staircase for rescue operations to reach the site. It should be constructed with earthquake resistance and wave energy dissipator technology. There should be provision for wind energy tapping using wind turbines when possible, so as to have an alternate energy source (FEMA).

5. Local Environmental Factors Coastal wetlands cover a land area of 43230 km2 (Center for Coastal Zone Management and Coastal Shelter Belt; Government of India, 2017) and house 97 estuaries, 34 major lagoons, 31 mangrove areas of 6470 km2. It also houses five coral reefs and a rich biodiversity of marine life.Coastal forests and trees, particularly the mangrove forests like that of the Sundarbans, protect in event of natural disasters like cyclones, tsunamis, and storm surges. There has been a steady conversion of mangrove forest land into agricultural land and pisciculture, coastal tourism, and making space for industrial activity throughout India's coastal belts. Agricultural lands are encroaching into forest land, leading to damage and loss of mangrove ecosystems (Praharaj, 2017). Mangroves have been found to have “significantly reduced” the number of deaths during the 1999 cyclone that struck coastal Odisha (Praharaj, 2017). Keeping this in mind, a belt of adequate width of the mangrove forest should be delineated and maintained by concerned authorities to get the optimum storm protection of coastal areas, especially in Odisha (Praharaj, 2017). As also given in the CRZ notification, housing should not be provided in these sensitive, biodiverse areas as not only is this land used for protection, but the housing itself will suffer in extreme weather conditions, leading to a host of problems already discussed above. Other local factors to consider include soil quality (salinity, soil bearing capacity), mining and subsidence, local geography (hills and contours), and local protected lands as per state laws, which will decide whether housing provision is feasible or not. Yet another local factor to consider when designing for the extant social fabric, is the dependence of the community of marine and coastal resources (Aldasoro-Said & Ortiz-Lozano, 2021), in the form of fishing, coastal farming, NTFP collection and trading, arts and crafts etc. Social capital is a crucial factor to guide sustainable development and make acceptable changes to the housing scenario, whether it be upgrading the housing stock or increasing it to allow others to settle in.

6. Socio-Economic Factors According to ‘SDG 11 – Sustainable Cities and Communities’, human settlements of any type should be safe, inclusive, resilient and sustainable (Takase, 2018). Social and economic aspects as shown in Table 2 play a very crucial role in the lives of people living in coastal areas. These factors also derive their housing style. The objectives under the SDG 11 can be accomplished by considering all these factors while designing a new or revitalising exisiting coastal housing which are discussed further. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

193

Table 3 - Socio-economic factors affecting housing aspects in the coastal region Physical Settlement patterns, Landuse restrictions and services Adaptive reuse of houses Temples and Heritage

Cultural Festivals and Events Culture

Economical Livelihood dependency Tourism

Social Community lifestyle and living choices Social structure

Reference: (Iyer, 2019; Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011; Author)

There are distinct settlements of individuals belonging to the same group in small coastal cities. Settlements have narrow streets between them (not ideal for fire safety) with no space to lay water supply and drainage lines or sunlight access. These conditions become intolerable during emergencies such as floods, cyclones, during the spread of diseases like dengue, COVID – 19, malaria and so on. All these social factors derive the residential land choice, land management and patterns, landuse restrictions and livelihood dependency in coastal areas.

6.1 How are residential land choices derived by socio-economic factors at the individual/household level in the coastal region? Choices are the consequences of one's own beliefs, values, and cognitive judgment. These factors also play a crucial role while choosing a residential unit in a coastal region. Form and function of the residential unit, ecological factors, like resilience to the climatic change, also affect it. For example, whenever one wants to buy a residential unit or a plot, he will check out the neighbours, space for household occupations dealing with setting up of small cottage industries of food products and handicrafts in the courtyard of the house, use of courtyard for various purposes and so on. Social Structure and Community Groups - Long Term Ecological Research (LTER) surveys reveal that socio-economic factors like affordability, income, standard of living, age, social background and household size play a central role in residential management. Landscape choices vary by gender differences and structural urban characteristics (Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011). Function of the Space In coastal areas, a house is not only used for residing but for other purposes such as setting up a cottage industry of handicrafts and other arts, food processing units of local items and also to keep and preserve agricultural and fishing produce. Courtyards are also used for doing various household chores by women, socializing, and celebrating festivals (Joshi, 2018).

6.2 Social factors driving residential land management, land use and landcover patterns at neighbourhood and governance institutions at the regional level Social environment around a residential unit is necessary to consider any residential land choice. Governance, scale, social structure, living standard, neighbourhood transitions, regional development, landcover, landuse, and institutions evolve through social dynamics taking place due to neighbourhood and regional forces. Neighbourhood Turnover, Social and Spatial Mobility - Individuals and communities strive to improve their social status by increasing their turnover which leads to social mobility. Over time, the centrally located age-old neighbourhoods in coastal regions are left by the elite class who choose to move to coastal suburban areas with new constructions and improved infrastrcutural facilities. Thus, such old areasare occupied by lower-income groups. For example, some people who used to live in chawls and slums of Mumbai left them and shifted to newsocieties to live a normal life with dignity due to social mobility(Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011). Regional Urban Development and DensityTheories - Urban development and density determinants are assessed in urban economics. Many small coastal towns in India are developed in a haphazard manner. Coastal region development is dependent on push and pull factors. Push factors are from small coastal towns to bigger cities due to poor infrastructure, seasonal employment, lesser income, out-migration for better employment, lifestyle, education, infrastructure. Pull factors in bigger coastal cities due to the presence of better employment and investment opportunities, education, trade, and commerce activities(Thet, 2014).Land Use Planning and Zoning Institutions - Urban sprawl in the suburban areas can lead to environmental degradation. In order to prevent the haphazard development of the towns due to large-scale fragmentation and urban sprawl, planning strategies such as land-use zoning and preservation policies are implemented. Inconsistent zoning leads to 'spill over' of urban land uses in the nearby farmlands or villages and can harm the eco-sensitive areas around cities such as coasts, mangroves, forests, rivers, and hills. Zoning should consider land values and environmental emergencies, and risks in vulnerable regionsand must be done by taking public participation as well, to prevent political negotiations (Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011). ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

194

6.3 Land Use Restrictions in Critical Coastal areas Indian Coastal cities are growing rapidly at a striking rate. Their population and housing demand is also rising. This sometimes leads to disorganized and unsystematic development if not planned properly, and increased land prices. In such cases, some land use restrictions are imposed to limit residential and commercial development in Critical Areas lying within 1000m from the Mean High Tide Line and preserve the region’s aesthetics and water quality.A study conducted in Maryland, USA examines the impact of land use restrictions in critical areas on housing prices such as at the Chesapeake Bay. They used Repeat Sale analysis to assess the land prices and the effects of development restrictions on residential and commercial properties by observing the changes in the price of houses that were sold both before and after the restrictions were implemented. Housing prices in the “Critical Area” with water frontage increased by 46-62% due to these restrictions, those without access to a direct waterfront increased by 14-27% and properties prices close to but not within these areas increased by 13-21%(Parsons, 1991).

6.4 Livelihood dependency on Housing Livelihood in coastal regions is dependent upon many aspects. Tourism is one of them. To promote local income generation through tourism, the Government of India proposed a scheme called Bed and Breakfast Scheme under the Incredible India Program (H & R division,2018).Bed and Breakfast (BnB) or Local Stay Scheme- Under this scheme, adaptive reuse of houses is promoted where tourists can stay, eat, and actually enjoy the culture of the locals with them. This scheme aims to promote the local culture of Indian coastal towns. It also prevents the excess development of hotels and restaurants remaining empty during non-peak seasons which are not desirable for small coastal towns. Through this scheme, locals generate economy for themselves by sustaining their own culture (Nulkar, 2013).

Study of Odisha Coast

Odisha has a coastline of about 480 km consisting of seven coastal districts of Baleswar, Bhadrak, Ganjam, Jagatsinghpur, Kendrapara, Khordha and Puri(Odisha Tourism, n.d.). The socio-economic factors affecting the housing considerations in these seven districts consists are their socio-cultural aspects and barriers, caste, beliefs, landholdings, income, natural risks, livelihood shifts due to dependency on primary activities and seasonal variations, inadequate rehabilitation and forced migration due to various projects occupying the spaces and so on (Jena, 2014; Every Culture, n.d.; Patra, 2013). The villages in Ganjam and Puri districts consist of linear settlements along the major village roads with kitchen gardens at the backside of homes while others districts have clustered settlements. All of them are surrounded by cultivated farms (Every Culture, n.d.).

Figure 5: Wind and Cyclone Zones of Odisha (OSDMA)

The Scheduled Castes reside in linear or clustered small villages that are separated from the major settlement having their own water storage tanks or wells. Some flooded coastal areas have a few scattered residences bordered by farms. Mud walls are popular, with a gabled roof composed of rice stalks or jungle grass. Economically weaker sections “had houses with mud walls and straw-thatched gable roofs, without enclosed courtyards or double ceilings”. Kitchen's smoke goes out through such roof while the front courtyard consists of husking lever to dehusk rice or to produce rice flour and northeast spot reserved as a scared spot (Every Culture, n.d.).

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

195

In Odisha's coastal rural regions, poverty and a low living standard are common with rare facilities. Due to emergence of different projects in such area, many villagers are expelled from their properties and are left without proper housing facilities. The major portion and facilties of villages with multi-caste settlements are occupied by the upper castes and the lower caste groups have to reside without proper services in poor conditions and occupy such places illegally. Moreover, housing schemes such as Indira Awas Yojana are poorly implemented here (Jena, 2014). Habitations in high-risk zones of Paradip and Dhamra have experienced rapid development and economic growth due to a lack of sufficient mitigation strategies. They have fishing communities with a small population, have critical infrastructure restrictions as there are protected regions and a large majority of people live in makeshift constructions. There is a serious need of all-weather roads in such areas for relief and evacuation(IPE Global, 2019). The disasters taking place in the coastal areas of Odisha also put the gynaecological health of women from marginalised communities in danger. This triggers when there is no access to sanitation services, a lack of menstrual health management, and stigmas about it during hazard events such as cyclones, etc (Mohanty, 2021). There is a strong need to educate about menstrual health to the people in the state. All these socioeconomic considerations need to considered while planning for housing in the coastal regions of Odisha.

7.2 Case Study - Puri-Konark Development Authority (PKDA) Region of Odisha As a case study of ground condition, Puri-Konark Development Authority (PKDA) Region of Odisha has been selected. Existing Housing Condition in the PKDA Region The east coast of India, being subjected to frequent cyclonic events have had a long history of destruction of housing and other infrastructure. The coast of Orissa, a part of Northern Circars has been studied for its vulnerability during such extreme events. From a primary study done in 2021, it has been observed that houses in PKDAregion, 14% of the houses are more than 50 years old, while another 22% fall within the 25-50 years old category(MCP, IIT Kharagpur, 2021). 30% of the houses have been found to have low plinth, less than 30cm in height and prone to flooding. These are predominantly newer constructions. It has also been observed that the old houses, up to 22%, have a higher plinth up to 1 meter. Most houses in the rural areas are built on lower plinths and subjected to inundation during floods. The slums along the coast of PKDA region have a mixture of kutcha, pucca and semi-pucca residential structures, poorly maintained and vulnerable to cyclones. Thatched kutcha houses and semi pucca houses with poorly anchored asbestos roofs are more prominent in these areas. In some cases, polythene is also seen used as roofing The demographic analysis shows low literacy, unskilled labor and low income levels from fishing activities, leaving very little money available to spend on housing and maintenance(MCP, IIT Kharagpur, 2021).As per Census 2011, only 57% of the dwelling units in these slums were in liveable conditions and 6% were dilapidated(Directorate of Census Operations, Odisha, 2011). Need for Technological Upgradation in Rural Coastal Belts of PKDA Region As per analysis, there is a dearth of shelter capacity in rural areas, which may be augmented by the addition of new shelters in dense wards. This is to ensure that people are not evacuated too far from their existing homes. It is noted that many people refuse to evacuate as they feel they have been moved too far away from their homes. On the other hand, more awareness is necessary in rural areas to ensure that people willingly move to shelters when warnings are issued, so as to not obstruct the evacuation process. NGOs and local self-help groups may be used to sensitize and make people agreeable to this.According to DDMP 2019, 75% of housing in rural wards in kuchha and semi-pucca quality, either in terms of walling or roofing, or both. Hence, approximately 75% of rural households are evacuated. In that case, I.Total Rural Households = 16036(Census, 2011) II.75% of Total Rural Households = 12027 III.Average Household size = 5.04 (MCP, IIT Kharagpur, 2021) IV.Estimated number of evacuees = 60616 persons V.As discussed earlier, 14 shelters * 2000 capacity = 28000 persons(DDMP, 2019) VI.14 shelters * 3500 max capacity = 49000 persons

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

196

Thus, shortfall is observed of the range of 11000 persons on maximum capacity basis. Overall, shelter capacity is required to evacuate 32600 persons comfortably. This is the current shortfall.At the current capacity of 2000 persons per shelter, this amounts to locating 16 shelters in the denser rural wards.On a geometric projection for 2036, assuming the same percentage of kuccha and semi-pucca housing, i.e.,75% of the rural population is still vulnerable: Table 4: Projection of vulnerable population for the year 2036 (Author) Blocks – PKDA Region

Projected population for 2036

75% of total = vulnerable population(DDMP, 2019)

Puri Sadar

47855

35891

Block A

36151

27113

Konark

39456

29592

Block B

16244

12183

SIZ area

111282

83461

Total

188240

The current maximum capacity in rural wards is 49000 persons in cyclone shelters, and approx. 20000 personsin other education buildings. The estimate for new cyclone shelters, unless housing is rapidly converted toresilient, pucca housing under rural housing scheme, is 62 shelters.DDMP states that up to 75% of rural population is vulnerable (to different degrees) and are evacuated.However, on comparing Fani Evacuation to 2011 population, the range is between 21-27%. Using this, twodifferent projections are taken out, for both 25% and for 75% evacuation rates (Author). Table 5: Estimation of block wise requirement of multipurpose cyclone shelter (Author)

In this given scenario, 22 disaster shelters are required. In a similar manner, the projected capacities of disaster shelters in the coastal belt, and the projected population living in kachha housing should be taken out for every district. This vulnerable population can be provided for, with a combination of investment in creating new disaster shelters and aggressively pushing for government pucca housing schemes like PMAY Rural. Tourism and Provision of Homestay Facilities for Tourists Tourism is a major income and employment generating activity in Odisha. Role of hotels in revenue and employment is huge. However, the growth of tourist infrastructure has not been in sync with the growth of tourist footfall, which has been increasing at an average rate of 8.23% (2007-2019). PKDA region attracts an estimated average of 36.7% of total yearly tourist footfall in the state of Odisha, who stay overnight. Based on the Statistical bulletin, DoT, Odisha, 16% of this is in the peak month. There is insufficient accommodation for tourists in peak season(Statistical Bulletin, 2019).

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

197

Figure 6: Growth trend in overnight staying tourist population in PKDA region(Statistical Bulletin, 2019) Odisha Government established an MoU with Yatra.Com, a homestay supplier, to promote homestay services with the local families to tourists by advertising the properties on its website. Such homestays can register throughOdisha Tourism Development Corporation (OTDC), but the suppliers will be in responsible for promoting, marketing, and reserving these accommodations. As of 2017, Bhubaneswar has 35 registered local stays. Odisha Government is working on the guidelines to promote homestays throughout the state (Singha, 2017). Such local stays can be integrated with the tourist circuits and can promote tourism and local culture of the region through them. Some strategies and guidelines are mentioned below to implement local stays and Bed and Breakfast (BnB) schemes in the coastal regions of PKDA region. Steps to be taken to promote Tourism through Local Stays and BnBs Steps such as integrated local stay for both regional and local tourist circuits, improved standard of accommodation service by local community participation, integrated approach to the growth, management, and promotion of the local stay program through the engagement of the local community, tourist and Urban Local Body/ Panchayat, certifying the local stay and BnB in a rating system for quality control, training for skill upgradation of the local stay providers and inducing community approach for controlling minimum and maximum prices for local stays and obtaining maximum benefits (COEP, 2018; H & R division, 2018). Figure 7 – Rules to be imposed through Local Stay Permit under State Tourism Policy (COEP, 2018)

General Guidelines for Local Stays and BnBs Approval and registration for the Local Stay Permit and BnB will only be issued in cases where the owner/prom oter ofthe establishment is actually a resident in the same place with his/her family and has at least one room and up to 6 rooms (12 beds). The charges will be collected based on the collection system under BnB Scheme.Gradation by standard (Silver and Gold) remains in effect for two years from the date of issue of approvals. The quality of facilities and services of the BnB / local stay establishment will be inspected and evaluated by the Regional Classification and Local Tourism Cell Committee respectively. The standard of the BnB/local stay establishment's programs and amenities will be examined and assessed by the Regional Classification and Local Tourism Cell Committee, respectively (COEP, 2018; H & R division, 2018).

8. Discussion One of the biggest challenges in Indian coastal housing scenario is the information and knowledge gap, because of which construction is often unplanned, poorly located and inferiorly constructed. There has been an ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

198

increasing acceptance of modern construction materials and techniques like steel, glass and concrete etc. and a parallelly growing desregard of vernacular materials and techniques as inferior,while these practices are, in fact, more sustainable and context specific. The present practices in the construction industry as well as government building schemes such as Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojna (PMAY) put emphasis on modern pucca construction. As a result, the practitioners of sustainable vernacular techniques are not monetarily compensated enough to continue their practices. This explains the fast disappearance of such construction practices from our communities. Emphasis must be given to promote vernacular building practices and also into combining them with modern building techniques. Among the emerging good practices, Odisha is taking steps in the right direction. In this coastal state, the high frequency of floods and cyclones havs prompted the government, both at policy level as well as in construction level, to focus on strong and sustainabe practices. Rural habitats built with mud, stones and thatch roof are easily damage during harsh weather events. Being a state with heavy industries and mineral wastes, fly ash and slag from blast furnaces are being recognised at the policy level through the Odisha Climate Change Action Plan (OCCAP), and repurposed as bricks. The state government is also pushing the integrated development of bamboo sector through the Odisha Bamboo Development Agency in alignment with the National Mission on Bamboo Application (NMBA) (Climate and Construction– An Impact Assessment). There is a need for more policy level recognition for integrating vernacular construction with bamboo into modern practices through composite boards, stilts, slope-roof under-structure etc. All these factors can be retrieved through various primary and secondary surveys and used as variables to analyze the emergence of dwelling and slums in coastal areas, the requirements for eco-green housing neighbourhoods and towns in coastal regions and develop innovative and efficient ideas and recommendations for designing, building and regulating coastal neighbourhoods and settlements in eco-based coastal regions and articulating government plans and policies in order to provide sustainable housing as stated under the SDG 11 (Zefri, 2019). Integrated Coastal Management (ICM) is a constant process of logical decision-making focusing on optimal use of coastal land and resources. It needs the resolution of conflicts in order to allocate resources, active community and stakeholder participation for a balanced and sustainable development, preservation, and sector wide planning. Besides sector specific actions, effective integration provides strategic guidance and a mechanism for setting goals and policies. It employs a systems approach and a sector-wide strategy that considers all sector and stakeholder interests, and addresses socio-economic as well as environmental and economic challenges and factors. ICM makes use of all identified factors related to housing to derive an optimal solution and integrate it with the shoreline management and the district plan(Dhiman, Toridkar, & Inamdar). Table 6: Summary of allconsiderations to be used while designing housing in coastal areas of India Socio-Economic and Cultural Factors G. Socio-economic conditions at the regional level drive residential land management, land-use, and land cover trends at community and governance institutions (Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011; Joshi, 2018) H. Factors deriving housing land and type choices - Social structure, Community Lifestyle, Multiple functions of the space, Individual Perceptions, Social mobility, Income, Livelihood dependency, Independent parcel level (Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011; Thet, 2014) I. Adaptive reuse of homes fscilitates tourist accommodation and generates revenue for locals and preserves the original character of small coastal towns by preventing excess commercialization (COEP, 2018) J. Any scheme for housing stock should take into account the livelihood dependence on the coast and ocean, and what space requirements are non-negotiable for sustaining the local communities Technical Considerations for Spatial Planning K. Proper land use and zoning regulations prevent urban sprawl and haphazard development L. The governance of areas or communities is derived from formal and informal neighbourhood institutions M. Neighbourhood turnover and social mobility leads to spatial mobility towards developed suburban areas N. Urban regional development and density determinants must be defined to study urban development patterns O. Land use restrictions in the critical coastal areas affect housing prices and can maintain environmental

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

199

factors and its aesthetics (Parsons, 1991; Roy Chowdhury, et al., 2011; Sarkar, 2017) Technical Considerations for Disaster Resilience P. The design must be resilient enough to withstand cyclones, tsunamis, and storm surges along the coastline. This could protect public health, which ultimately caters to sustainable communities (Seke, et al., 2013) Q. It can be pucca housing, with RCC design to withstand wind load and prevent ripping off roofs by upthrust (BMTPC, MoHUA, 2019). Simple shape without too many projections – rectangle or square shape with rounded edges to improve aerodynamic performance R. Locating housing on elevated land, or on mound/stilt, approximately +0.5m from astronomical high tide levels as measured or taken from secondary data. High plinth levels to avoid inundation. S. It should be located some distance away from mangroves and shelterbelt plantations that weather the cyclone's fury to avoid danger from uprooted trees. T. Pile foundations may be considered if there is a chance of high coastal erosion. U. Amenities such as water supply and sewerage should be secure – housing to keep reserve water supply, septic tanks to be appropriately sealed for cases of inundation V. Community participation in educating locals about safe and resilient building practices would go a long way towards creating safe housing with vernacular expression (Bansal & Minke, 1988). Technical Considerations for Material Selection W. Vernacular materials- use of cob, bamboo, creepers, reeds, and timber are cheap and fast construction methods. However, modern means of strengthening and treatments to make them last longer need to be incorporated. X. For poor soil conditions and to protect against erosion, modern foundations like raft, pile. etc., based on soil type, needs to be incorporated along with vernacular techniques for better stability. Y. Material stability is of utmost importance due to corrosive air. Cement, adhesives, and reinforcement need to be treated to have an altered composition to resist corrosion. Z. Resistance from moisture, floodwater absorption, termite, and fungus is also essential to ensure clean and healthy air inside dwelling units. AA. Orientation and clustering of housing units should be such that they provide the least resistance to wind. Tunnel effect in row housing should be considered, and steps should be taken to avoid the same. Environmental Considerations BB. Study local environmental factors that influence lifestyle and housing types, such as the presence of mangroves (Praharaj, 2017), estuaries, and wetlands. CC. The design should follow CRZ notifications, or local Coastal Areas Management Plans, whichever is applicable The considerations for housing construction in the coastal areas are many, with most considerations being environmental as it is a sensitive ecological zone and is prone to various natural hazards. Soil conditions, salinity, likelihood of destructive natural disasters, and a host of anthropogenic reasons drive the considerations for housing.

8. Conclusion Coastal housing has many factors that make it different from inland housing. From accommodating vulnerable communities dependent on the sea to protecting fragile ecosystems, coastal housing is a serious domain where poor decisions can have catastrophic outcomes. The takeaway from this study referencing various reports, papers, and articles is the enlistment of important socio-cultural, technical, and economic considerations for housing construction in coastal areas of India. However, these are considerations that are specific to the coastline. All general considerations of earthquake resilience, good construction practices, etc., should be followed in addition to these. India, being a peninsula with a coastline of 7500 km, has a large number of communities living in the coastal zone, often depending on the sea for livelihood to the extent that they cannot be accommodated elsewhere with ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

200

success. Considering the fact that a significantly large percentage of these communities are poor and marginalized with low technical know-how or resources, intervention from the government and local bodies is essential. Further attention is required to be given by the government and housing agencies to execute coastal housing in a sustainable and resilient manner so as maintain community life. A lot of scientifically proven building materials that perform well in the corrosive coastal areas as well as specialized construction techniques exist, but are often absent from the Indian coastal housing scenario. As the face of the Indian coastline continues to transform with rapid and often haphazard growth, one must keep in mind that unlike the hinterland, there are much greater consequences for unplanned and encroached growth along the coastline. The danger of flood and storm surge hazards cannot be ignored either. A properly planned and prudent approach will, therefore, go a long way in creating a sustainable community and contribute to global SDG goals.

Acknowledgements The authors acknowledge the research opportunity given by Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, to carry out this study as a part of academic requirements.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

19. 20.

21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

Agarwal, A. (2007). Cyclone Resistant Building Architecture. GoI – UNDP, Disaster Risk management Programme. Aldasoro-Said, G., & Ortiz-Lozano, L. (2021). Marine resource dependence in rural coastal communities south of the Reef Corridor of the Southwest Gulf of Mexico. Ocean & Coastal Management. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2021.105778 Angelika Ajrawat, A. K. (2017). Need For Development of Coastal Architecture. International Journal on Emerging Technologies, 285-290. Bansal, N., & Minke, G. (1988). Climatic Zones and Rural Housing in India. Julich: Kernforschungsanlage Jülich GmbH. Bera, T. (2019). An Overview Of Vernacular Architecture In India. Think India Journal, 16386-16391. BMTPC, MoHUA. (2019). Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi: Government of India. Retrieved from BMTPC website: https://bmtpc.org/topics.aspx?mid=56&Mid1=385 Bureau of Indian Standards. (2016). National Building Code. New Delhi: Government of India. Census. (2011). India Census 2011. New Delhi: Office of the Registrar General & Census Commissioner, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India. Center for Coastal Zone Management and Coastal Shelter Belt; Government of India. (2017, February 17). Database on Coastal States of India. Retrieved from Institute fro Ocean Management, Anna University: http://iomenvis.nic.in/index2.aspx?slid=758&sublinkid=119&langid=1&mid=1 COEP. (2018, February). Development Plan: Guhagar - 2018-38. Pune, Maharashtra, India: College of Engineering, Pune. DDMP. (2019). Disaster Management Plan for Puri District. Puri: DDMP. Dhurvve, A. (n.d.). Ayesha Dhurvve Photography. Retrieved from Flickr: https://www.flickr.com/photos/89079719@N07/8743199361 Directorate of Census Operations, Odisha. (2011). District Census Handbook Puri. Puri: Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India. Enrique Sevillano Gutiérrez, E. C. (2018). Detailed shelter response profile:BANGLADESH |Local Building Cultures for sustainable and resilient habitats. Shelter Cluster. Every Culture. (n.d.). Oriya - Settlements. Retrieved from Countries and their Cultures: https://www.everyculture.com/SouthAsia/Oriya-Settlements.html FEMA, N. R. (n.d.). HOME BUILDER’S GUIDE TO COASTAL CONSTRUCTION. GoI-UNDP Disaster Risk Management Programme. (2006). Guidelines for Design and Construction of Cyclone/Tsunami Shelters. New Delhi: Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt of India. Gut, P., & Ackernecht, D. (1993). Approporiate Building Construction in Tropical and Subtropical Regions. St. Gallen: SKAT; Swiss Centre for Development COorperation in Technology and Management. Retrieved from World Environment Library: http://www.nzdl.org/gsdlmod?e=d-00000-00---off-0envl--00-0----0-10-0---0---0direct-10---4-------0-1l--11-en-50--20-about---00-0-1-00-0--4----0-0-11-10-0utfZz-8-10&cl=CL1.1&d=HASH7fb3fd71d302d3efdfe64e.4.5&gt=1 H & R division . (n.d.). Guidelines for Approval and Refistration for Incredible India Bed and Breakfast Scheme/ Homestay Establishments. Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Hamakareem, M. I. (2020). 10 Types of stones used for Building Construction. Retrieved from The Constructor Website: https://theconstructor.org/building/stones-buildingconstructions/36144/#:~:text=5.,not%20useful%20for%20building%20construction.&text=The%20use%20of%20limestones %20as,saltish%20winds%20can%20attack%20them. India Meteorological Department. (2000). Report on Cyclonic disturbances over north Indian Ocean during 1999. New Delhi: RSMC - Tropical Cyclones. Ingole, B. (2005). Indian Ocean Coasts, Coastal Ecology. In M. Schwartz (Ed.), Encyclopaedia of Coastal Science (pp. 546554). Springer, Dordrecht. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/1-4020-3880-1 IPE Global. (2019). Integrated Coastal Zone Management Plan, Odisha. Bhubaneshwar: Forest and Environment Dept, Govt. of Odisha. Iyer, S. (2019, March 26). Festival.. SHIMGA… HOLI in Konkan (Maharashtra). Retrieved from Thoughts of Sho: https://thoughtsofsho.wordpress.com/2019/03/26/shimga-festival-holi-in-konkan-maharashtra/ Jena, M. (2014, 05 31). High time Odisha adopted rural housing policy. Retrieved from The Pioneer: https://www.dailypioneer.com/2014/state-editions/high-time-odisha-adopted-rural-housing-policy.html ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

201

26. Joshi, S. (2018, February). Socie-economic Household Survey for Coastal Town, Guhagar. (G. Gawande, Interviewer) 27. Kankara, R., Ramana Murthy, M., & Rajeevan, M. (2018, July). National Assessment of Shoreline Changes Along the Indian Coast. Chennai: Ministry of Earth Sciences, National Cneter for Coastal Research, Government of India. 28. Konkan, R. H. (n.d.). Rustic Homestay in Konkan. Retrieved from Homestay with locals: https://homestaywithlocals.com/accommodation/rustic-homestay-in-konkan/ 29. Kumar, P. K. (n.d.). Effects of Sea Level Change on Vulnerable East Coast of India. Department of Earth Science, Uppsala University. 30. Lane, K., charles-Guzman, K., Wheeler, K. A., Graber, N., & Matte, T. (2013). Health Effects of Coastal Storms and Flooding in Urban Areas:A Review and Vulnerability Assessment. Journal of Environmental and Public Health, 1-14. 31. MCP, IIT Kharagpur. (2021). Comprehensive Development Plan of PKDA Region, 2021-2036 - Unpublished Academic Report. 32. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, GoI. (2019). Coastal Regulation Zone Notification 2011, (2019 amendment). New Delhi: Government of India. 33. Moffit. (2019). How does Natural Ventilation reduce humidity? Retrieved from Mofitt Natual Ventilation Systems website: https://www.moffittcorp.com/natural-ventilation-to-reduce-humidity/ 34. Mohanty, A. (2021, 12 28). Natural disasters take a heavy toll on coastal Odisha women’s health. Retrieved from The Indian Express: https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/bhubaneswar/natural-disasters-heavy-toll-coastal-odisha-women-health7694832/ 35. NASA. (2020, November 19). Facts: Sea Level. Retrieved from Global Climate CHnage: Vital Signs of the Planet: https://climate.nasa.gov/vital-signs/sea-level/ 36. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. (2020, July 1). What is the difference between a hurricane and a typhoon? Retrieved from Ocean service NOAA website: https://oceanservice.noaa.gov/facts/cyclone.html 37. Nayak, S. (2017). Coastal zone management in India − present status and future needs. GeoSpatial Information Science, 20(2 - Special Issue: Perspectives on the nature of Geo Spatial Information), 174-183. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/10095020.2017.1333715 38. Nulkar, G. (2013). Lessons from Velas : Assessment of Eco-tourism as a Model for Conservation in Konkan. Journal of Ecological Society, 71-81. 39. Odisha Tourism. (n.d.). Odisha Tourism. Retrieved from Odishaaah!: https://odishatourism.gov.in/content/tourism/en/discover/attractions/beaches.html 40. Parsons, G. R. (1991). The Effects of Coastal Land Use Restrictions of Housing Prices: A repeat sale analysis. Journal Of Environmental Economics and Management, 25-37. 41. Patra, J. (2013). Coasts, Ports and Communities : The Emerging Dynamics of Investment-Risk Interactions in Odisha, India. Geneva: UNISDR. 42. Paw, J., & Thia-Eng, C. (1991). Climate Changes and Sea Level Rise: Implicationson Coastal Area Utilization and Management in South-east Asia. Ocean and Shoreline Management, 205-232. 43. Perinchery, A. (2019, March). thehindu.com. Retrieved from The Hindu: https://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/Kochi/exoticcasuarina-trees-dot-vypeen-beaches/article26490758.ece 44. PMF IAS. (2016, January 23). Stamp’s & Koeppen’s Classification of Climatic Regions of India. Retrieved from PMF IAS website: https://www.pmfias.com/climatic-regions-of-india-stamps-koeppens-classification/ 45. Praharaj, M. (2017). Land Use Planning for Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change: Adaptation in Coastal Odisha. Institute of Town Planners, India, 76-91. 46. Press Trust of India. (2019, September 25). Andaman, Nicobar Islands may not be inhabitable in future due to rise in sea level: IPCC author. Retrieved November 21, 2020, from Business Standard Website: https://www.businessstandard.com/article/pti-stories/andaman-nicobar-islands-may-not-be-inhabitable-in-future-due-to-rise-in-sea-level-ipccauthor-119092500963_1.html 47. Roy Chowdhury, R., Larson, K., Grove, M., Polsky, C., Cook, E., Onsted, J., & and Ogden, L. (2011). A Multi-Scalar Approach to Theorizing Socio-Ecological Dynamics of Urban Residential Landscapes. Cities and the Environment (CATE), pp. Vol. 4: Iss. 1, Article 6. 48. Sarkar, D. L. (2017, November). Mangroves in Mumbai. IJCRT, pp. Volume 5, Issue 4 . 49. Sayed, S. (2017). Konkan Settlements. Retrieved from Pinterest: https://in.pinterest.com/pin/716635359427246073/ 50. Seke, K., Petrovic, N., Jeremic, V., Vukmirovic, J., Kilibarda, B., & Martic, M. (2013). Sustainable development and public health: rating European countries. BMC Public Health. 51. Sindhudurg, M. (2016, August 25th). Maachli Homestay An authentic farm stay in Parule, a Konkan village. Retrieved from Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N0N4F_tPBcE 52. Singha, M. (2017, 03 25). Odisha Tourism to promote homestay facilities. Retrieved from The Times of India: https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/bhubaneswar/odisha-tourism-to-promote-homestayfacilities/articleshow/57830148.cms 53. Statistical Bulletin. (2019). Statistical Bulletin 2019. Bhubaneshwar: Department of Tourism, Govt. of Odisha. 54. Thet, K. (n.d.). Pull and Push Factors of Migration: A Case Study in the Urban Area of Monywa Township, Myanmar. Monywa, Myanmar. 55. Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department. (2016). Maharashtra Tourism Policy 2016. Mumbai: Department of Tourism & Culture Affairs, Government of Maharashtra.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

202

SVAGRIHA Rating and Design Tool for Green Buildings: Case Study for small Standalone Residential Building Sub theme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities Mr. Sheetal Satyajit Varur1, Mr. Suraj Vishwajit Shah2, Dr. Vidula Arun Swami 3 1

Assistant Professor, Kolhapur Institute of Technology’s, College of Engineering, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India.

Professor, Kolhapur Institute of Technology’s, College of Engineering, Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India.

Abstract A city consists of multifarious types of building structures according to their use, design and sizes. But anyhow the large portion in the city is of building structures which are small-scale and used mainly for residential and commercial purposes. So, for calculation of resource efficacy of these small scale buildings, GRIHA (Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment) Council has model a design and rating tool called SVAGRIHA (Simple Versatile Affordable Green Rating Integrated Habitat Assessment). This paper aims to analyze performance of a building and give suggestions for improvement according to SVAGRIHA. Only criterion no. 6 i.e., Use of energy efficient appliances and criterion no. 8 Part-I Reduction in building water demand from SVAGRIHA rating system is been discussed in the paper. Cost analysis for criterion no. 6 and criterion no. 8 Part-I is also done. The study showed that even the construction fraternity are less informed about the green building and its benefits. In the long run green building benefits will definitely offset the capital cost incurred initially and also serve the society at large.

Keywords GRIHA; SVAGRIHA; Green building.

1. Introduction India is a speedy citifying country; Urban population of India in 2001 was 290 million and in 2011 it had grown to 386 million approximately, which is 33% growth according to Census and rapidly growing since. Construction industry is estimated is at 308 billion in 2011-12 which is 19% to the national Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Construction industry is the largest consumer of energy, material & water and to attain the sustainable growth, Green can help hugely in construction industry . (Indian Mirror 2011-12) It has been seen an increase by nearly 8% consistent increase in annual energy consumption in the housing and merchandise sectors from 14% (1970’s) to approx. 33% (2004–05). Correct measures should taken immediately to improve energy efficiency or else energy consumption it will continue to grow. As per The Energy and Resource Institute (TERI) estimation annually there is rise in demand of about 5.4 billion units (kWh) of electricity for minimum necessity for housing and merchandise buildings. Environmental damage is created as we move towards progress and we should notice it. It is a fact that green buildings has great potential to restore resources from waste and decrease consumption offering great solution for resident, homeowner and the habitat. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

203

2. SVAGRIHA SVAGRIHA has been jointly developed by GRIHA, together by TERI (The Energy and Research Institute) and MNRE (Ministry of New and Renewable Energy) and ADaRSH (Association for Development and Research of Sustainable Habitats). SVAGRIHA is a uncomplicate, swift, easy and much economical rating system and design tool as well. SVAGRIHA mainly focuses on small-scale buildings which has quick development and high-density occupation instead of large-scale developments. SVAGRIHA is design and rating tool for small projects having built-up area < 2500 sq.m. SVAGRIHA rating system has of 14 criterion's giving 50 points to the building. Below is Table 1 shows all the criterion's and classification of criterion's is given in Table 2 below. The classification is done as per very basic concerns of energy efficiency and resource efficiency. As per points gained, star rating is given to the building as per table 3. Table 1. SVAGRIHA rating system criteria s

Reference: SVAGRIHA Manual

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

204

Table 2. Classification of Rating System

Reference: SVAGRIHA Manual

Table 3. Star ratings for buildings

Reference: SVAGRIHA Manual

3. Parameters studied SVAGRIHA consist of 14 criterion's from which two criterion's studied are a) Criterion no. 6 is been studied which is Use of energy efficient appliances. This criterion is to encourage adoption of energy efficient appliances having weightage of 3 points i.e 6% in the rating system & b) Criterion no. 8 which is Building and landscape water demand. This criterion is to encourage reduction in water demand having weightage of 3 points i.e 6% in the rating system. A) Use of energy efficient appliances - This criterion helps to encourage the use of the energy efficient appliances. - All the key appliances are evaluated on the basis of this criterion with respect to their BEE star rating. Fans, air conditioner, water geyser, Television, fridge…are few examples of key appliances with star rating higher than 3. Table 4. Points for criterion no. 6 Sr.No.

Conditions

Points

All of the Air-conditioners, fans and geyser installed on site are 3-star BEE labelled

1 point

All of the Air-conditioners, fans and geyser installed on site are 4-star BEE labelled

2 points

All of the Air-conditioners, fans and geyser installed on site are 5-star BEE labelled

3 points

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

205

B) Building and landscape water demand -This criterion helps to reduce overall water demand. - Low-flow fixtures can reduce the overall water demand than the use of conventional fixtures. Landscape water demand can be reduced by use of local flora, native trees; efficient irrigation system is another way to reduce landscape water demand. - This criterion has two parts Part 1: Reduction in building water demand & Part 2: Reduction in landscape water demand. Only Part I has been studied and discussed in this paper. - Part 1: Reduction in building water demand - This can be achieved through the use of low-flow fixtures. Low flow fixtures consume significantly lesser water as compared to conventional fixtures. Use low-flow fixtures to reduce the building water demand. Table 5. Points for criterion no. 8 (Part-I) Sr. No. 1

Conditions Reduction in total water requirement in the building by minimum 25% or more over

Points 1 point

the base case 2

Reduction in total water requirement in the building by minimum 33% or more over

2 points

the base case 3

Reduction in total water requirement in the building by minimum 50% or more over

3 points

the base case

4. Analysis of building for criterion no. 6 and criterion no. 8 (Part-I) Following are details of the building taken for the case study Table 6. Details of Building

A) Use of energy efficient appliances As mention in criterion no. 6 in SVAGRIHA, All the key appliances should have BEE star rating more than or equal to 3 stars mentioned in table 4. None of building appliances were BEE star rated. - Since, no appliances are BEE star rated then points gained criterion 6 = 0 points B) Building and landscape water demand (Part-I) Reduction in building water demand No of persons = 5 Use of water used per person = 180 litres Total amount of water used = 5 X 180 = 900 litres Shower heads = 5.5 GPM, Toilets = 3.5 GPF, Faucets = 2.5 GPM - Since, no measures are for reduction in building water demand then points gained in criterion 8 (Part-I) = 0 points

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

206

Table 7. Criterion points obtained by site Cr. No.

Criterion name

Points Gained

Use of energy efficient appliances

8-I

Reduction in building water demand

5. Recommendations for site A) Use of energy efficient appliances The star rating is point scale of energy efficiency of appliances. More the star rating less power consumption by the appliances. So, if we replace all the key appliances with star rating more than 3 then automatically total energy consumption will be reduced. If the key appliances are replaced as recommended then 2 points can be obtained. B) Reduction in building water demand To reduce building water demand low flow fixtures can provided. Water consumption can significantly lower compared to conventional fixtures. Grass/Lawn consume more water compared to trees and shrubs.by using efficient irrigation system land scape water demand can reduced. Install low flow water fixtures which will reduce water consumption by 50%. By providing above measures 3 points can be obtained. Table 8. Criterion points can be obtained by site after suggestion Gained pts.

Cr. No.

Max pts.

8-I

Pts. can be gained

Suggestions Install all 5 Star rated appliances Ex. Fans, Television, Refrigerator. Install low flow water fixtures which will reduce water consumption by 50%

Final pts.

6. Cost analysis A) Use of energy efficient appliances Table 9. Energy Consumption Sr. No.

Fixture

Tube lights

CFL Bulbs

Fans

Refrigeration

Television

Conventional

Energy Efficient

4nos x 48W x 6Hrs x 365days=

4nos x 28W x 6Hrs x 365days=

420480

245280

6nos x 40W x 2Hrs x 365days=

6nos x 9W x 2Hrs x 365days=

175200

39420

3nos x 75W x 6Hrs x 365days=

3nos x 50W x 6Hrs x 365days=

492750

328500

1nos

150W

24Hrs

1nos x 75W x 24Hrs x 365days=

365days= 1314000

657000

1nos x 80W x 8Hrs x 365days=

1nos x 40W x 8Hrs x 365days=

233600

116800

Total

2636 Units

1387 Units

In terms of money

2636 x 7 Rs. = 18452 Rs.

1387 x 7 Rs. = 9709 Rs.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

207

B) Use of low flow fixtures Building water demand, for No. of persons = 5 Use of water used per person = 180 liters Total amount of water used = 5 X 180 = 900 liters Shower heads = 5.5 GPM, Toilets = 3.5 GPF, Faucets = 2.5 GPM Low flow Shower heads (2.5 GPM), Toilets (1.6 GPF), Faucets (1.5 GPM) Install low flow water fixtures which will reduce water usage up to 50% #3 points Table 10. Saving per low flow fixture Sr. No.

Fixtures

Conventional

Low

Flow

% Saving

Fixtures 1

Shower

5.5 GPM

2.5 GPM

54.54

Faucet

2.5 GPM

1.5 GPM

Water Closet

3.5 GPF

1.6 GPF

54.28

Table 11. Total Saving by low flow water fixtures Sr. No.

Water Usage for

Usage (liters)

% Saving

Saving (liters)

Bathing

54.54

29.99

Washing Utensils

Washing Clothes

Flushing

54.28

24.42

Total Saving Per Person

66.41

Total Saving

66.41 x 5 = 332.05

7. Result 1) Energy saving by fixtures= 2636 - 1387 = 1249 Units Energy savings in terms of money = 18452 - 9709 = 8743 Rs. /year Cost difference between light fixtures is quite less. 2) As Per IS 1172: 1993, Water requirement of one person per day is 180 liters Total water saving by low fixtures = 66.41 x 100 / 180 = 36.89 %

8. Conclusion The systems recommended for the building if installed will help building to become greener by 8% according to SVAGRIHA rating system. Though the investment is much but the benefits by the both systems is quite more in terms of all economic, social and environmental. The study showed that even the construction fraternity are less informed about the green building and its benefits. In the long run green building benefits will definitely offset the capital cost incurred initially and also serve the society at large.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

208

9. Reference Journal 1.

Mr. Suraj Vishwajit Shah, October 2019, SVAGRIHA Rating and Design Tool for Green Buildings: A Case Study of Use of Renewable Energy, volume 5 issue 10, ISSN [ONLINE]: 2395-1052,16-19

Rakesh Awasthi “Understand the different green building rating system in India & which criteria affect the most in green building certification system” International Research Journal of Management Sociology & Humanity, Volume 7, Issue 7, 170-176

Tanu Bhatt, Akshita Bhatt, 2016, “SvaGriha rating for green building, A design tool for low carbon climate resilient cities: A case study of reduction in water and energy demand” Journal of Energy Research and Environmental Technology, Volume 3, Issue 2, April-June, , 150-153

Nangare Priyanka Pandharinath et. Al. 2016 “Evaluation of green building with resources and cost aspects” International Journal on Recent Innovation Trends in Compuuting and Communication, Volume 3, Issue 1, January 2015, 127-130

Virendra Kanauji et al. 2017, “Comparative review of Indian green building rating system” Journal of Energy Research and Environmental Technology, Volume 4, Issue 2, April-June, , 194-198

Manual 6.

SVAGRIHA (Version 2.2) - A simplified design-cum-tool for small versatile affordable housing.

SVAGRIHA case studies

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

209

Reinstating Aesthetics into Contemporary Design Practices Sub theme: Goal-11 Sustainable Cities and Communities

Ar. Onkar Kulkarni1 1

Principal Incharge , Professor

Dnyandeep College of Architecture, Boraj , Khed, Ratnagiri, Maharashtra.

Abstract ‘Aesthetics reflects human psychology’. If this is true, then it plays motivational role into field of Architecture and Design undoubtedly. After modern era of Architecture and Design and Art field, contemporary practices drown in to flow of mixture of many thoughts, streams of stake holders etc. This resulted into concrete jungles and stereotype and modular outcomes. This is the point where world started seriously thinking about sustainability in contemporary era. Aesthetics, awareness about aesthetics in viewers’ point of view and psychological consideration related to it need to be seriously and meticulously thought about once again to seek sustainability through design itself. This consideration should not be restricted only up to designers’ desk but come from books of byelaws, as some strict actions and considerable weightage can be implemented. This will help to grab attention of layman and other stake holders towards aesthetics and its importance in design field. Sometimes aesthetical approach itself will be suggestive enough about material and technique to be used to fulfill requirements of sustainable goals about cities and communities in all sense.

Keywords Aesthetics, Architecture, Sustainability, Psychology, State of the art

1. Introduction 1.1 Background Timeline of human history is well looped with Architectural practices right from the cave and stone to contemporary high-rise buildings. ‘Architectural Practices’ introduced as ‘Profession’ in the nineteenth century and spread across the globe in the twentieth century as a successor of the industrial revolution. Professional architects were used to practicing on their own, in their own firms as whole and sole authority of the project. Today also at some places and for some projects indeed it is routine. These projects were small scale and scope was limited to owner only without any involvement of the promoter, Developer, Finance company, Authorities etc. stakeholders. In a way the project was being financed and promoted by individual owners. This situation was enough to accept profession as ‘noble profession’ as Architects were supposed to serve only owner. However, this scenario is changing rapidly in the wave of globalization since last decade including developing countries like India. Every day new paradigms are getting set as far as industry of the built environment is concerned and scope of ‘Core Architecture’ is either getting reduced or suppressed or restricted. Architecture profession is being smaller stakeholder in built environment project industries. This is the right time to address the change while talking about timeline of human history.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

210

1.2 Research Question As Central Argument How unquantifiable parameters like Aesthetic can be addressed in to architectural practices? 1.3 Aim To find out how Aesthetic as design parameter can be revised and incorporated in Architectural Profession. 1.4 Objectives To understand aesthetics as a design parameter and its application in existing industry. To compare academic interventions . To identify factors to incorporate revised approach about aesthetics in architectural practices as part of profession and books of regulations as well. Conclusive statements about research question. 1.5 Scope Architecture and built environment are vast industries and fulfilling one of the basic needs of human being. Keeping this into consideration subject touches in depth to all fields which are related to Human life and even beyond. 1.6 Limitations However, there are limitations to this calculation as again this is subjective entity and may vary with reference to context and time. Considering unquantifyable vastness of the subject plenty of the literarture reviews can be done related to topic but author believe that beyound all ground reality , perceptions, experience of an individual matter much especially while discussing about aesthetics. Further demographic limits of India only are considered for references as systems of governing and Architectural practices may differ than that of India across the world. So, it may be taken as sample study to reach up to core of the topic. Small sample size at micro level will help to understand the method and expression for this topic hence sample size is restricted to small residential project for study purpose. After valid conclusion for further detailed studies larger sample sizes can be examined at urban and mega scale.Further to understand ground realities laymans perception is key aspect of study hence it is essential to restrict sample size up to small/ micro project to get more realistic results at this early stage of study. 2. Aesthetics 2.1 Aesthetics as a design parameter Perceptioin of beauty since ancient times is appreciated with Principles of design like Rhythm, Harmony, Symetry, Balance, Emphasize and Subbordination etc. and all these principles are applied to elements of design like Point, Line,Shape,Form,Colour,Texture,Material etc. including structural stabiltyin phisical and visual ways.196196

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

211

image 1 Hawa mahal Surrounding Jaipur Source Internet

Wellknown pink city Jaipur has decided to go with the one colour, this ‘one colour’ is the one off the entities as an element of design in the equation explained above. Whereas second hidden entity is ‘repetition’ of one colour, which results into an eye catchy expression of the facades of the city. This applies to anything right from small object in household to mega cities hence the varied sample sizes can be handle. 2.2 Academic intervention to to study the background of aesthetic need and general perception of non design backround persons with sample size of small residential project.

image 2 Conclusion of survey of client for academic design project source shared image by student

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

212

Sample survey of client of hypothetical academic design project is done by Student of Architecture. In conclusion of which, client expectations are expressed. which is key document to understand laymans ideas and overall expectation in terms of aesthetics about a project. Here in this example client is well aware about materials , he has expectations about utilty of spaces, how ever less he is concerned about aesthetics and has rough ideas about having landscape and parking spaces.Colour combination suggested as Brick red and White and Grey. This suggestion is of general type and not including any aesthetic expectation in terms of principles and elements of design.At this point after survey designers work starts to satisfy expectations and justify designers own dream.Whereas third view point is about society and third party observers and usres of the product. Here Satisfacion, Expectation and View point of the society are totally non quantifiable entities in this scenerio which need to be adressed as far as aesthetics is concerned. 2.3 Aesthetic Quotient To incorporate revised approach about aesthetics as discussed above in 2.2, tools to evaluate aesthetic value of any project is required. ‘Beauty has no definition’ and this is the quote where all designers and architects get stuck as far as Architectural Practice is concerned. 196196 Law of relativity (https://www.space.com, 2021) invented and explained by Einstein with well-known equation as E = MC².In this equation Energy and Mass of the object is compared with speed. Where Mass is physical entity and energy, and speed/velocity are nonphysical entities. Whereas if law of relativity is applied to aesthetic appreciation there must be one physical entity. These nonphysical components sometimes may not be in existence but considered hypothetically. These nonphysical components are arranged adhering to principles of design in ecery design project. To find out aesthetic value in given object, following parameters and/or variables can be considered as AQ= Aesthetic Quotient Aesthetic quotient is defined as product of object value in terms of elements and principles of design used in object and cumulative ratings of public /end user and subject experts (authorities also can be included) O= object value (count of elements and principles used) Object value is defined as cumulative number of principles and elements of design used in object. It can be further subcategorized and measured according to types of elements if any e.g., In case of line as an element of design, vertical, horizontal, oblique, curvilinear lines are the types of lines which can give cumulative number of lines used in an object or part that of. Total object value can be calculated in percentage considering 100 as maximum value. This entity acts as constant in the equation as it’s a physical entity. OP=opinion of public/ end-user

Public and end user opinion with reference to aesthetics of the object can be taken from open or restricted sample set. This can be done with questionnaire and ratings can be allotted through response. An example of sample survey quaestionnaire is given in Image 3

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

213

image 3 Survey format questionnaire source author

OD=opinion of designer/expert Like Public or End user opinion rating Designer or field expert opinion can be taken by survey method with set of ratings. Equation to find out Aesthetic quotient is as belowEquation 1 Aesthetic Quotient AQ=O% X [ (ΣOP% + Σ OD%) /2] Where, AQ= Aesthetic Quotient O = Mean Object value as product of elements and principles appear and visual area in percent. Which can be calculated by equation Equation 2- Calculation of Object aesthetic value O=(ER+PR)/2 Where ER=Element rating in percentage PR=Principle Rating in percentage OP = Opinion of public/ end-user in terms of ratings in percentage. OD = Opinion of designer/expert in terms of ratings in percentage. Further developed equation can be obtained as Equation 3- Developed equation for AQ AQ= [O X (OP+OD)/2]/100 Where ER=Element rating in percentage PR=Principle Rating in percentage OP= Public/ non professional opinion in percentage OD= Designers/Experts/Authorities rating in percentage. Results of equation are dependent on sample size and coverage of parameters in survey. Thus, aesthetic quotient of an object can be calculated. However, reliability of the results is solely dependent up on understanding and response to the survey. Since it is qualitative parameter there is no option to rating and rating matrix to convert values of entities in numerical forms or as quantifiable.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

214

3. Illustrations 3.1 Sample hypothetical Illusration1 for Aesthetic Quotient of Elevation of Farmhouse at Wayfale , Dist. Sangli. This example is taken for calculation as survey was available through primary sources on site especially considering COVID 19 situations. However even if its not relavant to urban design or urban design facbric dirtectly, example is only to understand method of finding out an aesthetic quotient of any given object. Illustration for Aesthetic quotient of image 4 is illustrated as below

image 4 Farmhouse at Wayfale, dist. Sangli Maharastra source Author

image 5 Analysis for object value source Author

Object value for the building shown in image 4 is calculated as below Primary elements of design included as forms 3, shapes 11, Lines 16, colours 4 total 34. (34/40) X 100= 85 where area is 40SQ.MT. Primary principles of design identified as Asymmetry, repetition, emphasis, Proportions. Calculations of Principle ratings is as per table no 2

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

215

Table 7 calculation of principle ratings Principle of design Colour / Shape

Legend

Rating

Symetry

Balance

Emphasis

Proportion

Rythm

Repetetion

Contrast

Total out of 70

Percentage

64.28

Object value is calculated asAverage of Percentage of used elements and percentage of principle rating As per equation 2 O=(ER+PR)/2 O=(85+64.28)/2 Hence O=74.64 Calculation of opinion ratings if OP= 70% (by survey method) OD= 65% (by survey method) Putting above values in Equation no. 3 AQ= [O X (OP+OD)/2]/100 AQ=[74.64 X(70+65)/2]/100 AQ=[74.64X67.5]/100 AQ=[5038.2]/100 AQ= 50.38 Hence Aesthetic Quotient for building elevation above is 50.38 Rating can be given as cumulative output of general and pinpointed survey.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

216

3. Conclusions After getting Formulae as discussed above such calculated rating can be made desirable and/ or mandetory to every building in books of regulations. The level of mandate can be decided by the authorities on the basis of area , heritage values of the uraban area , socio cultural and socio economical conditions, topography, demography etc.Further detailed studies to find out criterion to decide caps on these ratings is necessary. Unquantifiable parameters as Aesthetical values of the project, which are Core noble values of profession of the architecture can be reinstated.Further this will also help as one of the ways to bridge gap in academics and Profession effectively.Sustainabilty can be achieved at city and community level by means of finding out aesthetical quotient and its relationship with materials and techniques at micro , macro and mega level step by step. However indeed further detail research is required in this area of concern.

References [Book] 13. Pndya, Y. (2014). Elements of space making. In Y. Pandya, elements of space making (p. 216). mapin. 14. Jeff Davice( 2016) Foundations of Design ( p.xii) 15. Chritsopher Deresser ( 1995) Principles of victorian decorative design( p.12-13) 16. Chritsopher Deresser ( 1995) Principles of victorian decorative design( p.15-16) [Report, proceedings, and unpublished literature (a)] 17. Architectural Profession-Changing Approach as Noble to New Noble and Global, Ar. Onkar Kulkarni unpublished in conference proceedings Architectural Profession-Changing Approach as Nobel to New Nobel and Global [Internet source (with title, date of access and the universal resource locator in full)] 18. ginger. (2021, 03 16). Retrieved from https://www.gingersoftware.com/grammarcheck 19. BIS), B. o. (2021, 03 18). National Building Code of India 2016 (Volume 1). Retrieved from https://archive.org/details/nationalbuilding01/in.gov.nbc.2016.vol1.digital: 20. https://archive.org/details/nationalbuilding01/in.gov.nbc.2016.vol1.digita 21. https://www.space.com. (2021, 03 18). https://www.space.com/36273-theory-special-relativity.html. Retrieved from https://www.space.com/36273-theory-special-relativity.html 22. usgbc. (2021, 03 18). LEED v4.1 Interior Design and Construction Rating System (Tracked Changes) - April 2019. Retrieved from https://www.usgbc.org/resources/leed-v41-interior-design-and-construction-rating-system-trackedchanges-april-2019 [Government legislation (c)] 23. Government, M. (2021, March 16). UDPCR. Retrieved from UDCPR 2020:https://dtp.maharashtra.gov.in/sites/default/files/Notification/UDP_DTP/7.UDCPR%20sanctioned....111.pdf

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

217

Sustainable Agriculture By Drip Irrigation In Kolhapur District With Optimization Of Available Water Sub theme: Goal-12Responsible consumption and Production Dr. Vijay R. Patil1 B.E. (Civil), M.Tech, Ph D, AN ISO 9001:2015 certified Chartered civil engineer & govt regd valuer Kolhapur (Maharashtra) 1

Abstract This study is undertaken of the data collection from various sources and studies the Soil, water and crop sample collecting from given location and optimizes the available water in Kolhapur District by using the Drip Irrigation System. The scope of this study is ideal water system can be developed through random selection of villages in Kolhapur district by studying their existing water consumption and requirement The total rainfall data yearly collected from irrigation department Kolhapur, also the data of water required for various purposes such as Irrigation, domestic & industry are collected. According to the requirement water is studied for optimization Among the various confronted problems to the human being, supply of the water for their uses is very important problem. Due to an increasing population an excessive usesof the water by the agriculture, industries, society is increased. It ismore than the precipitation. Due to an enormous uses of the natural resources of the water, water calamities are occurred. Water is one of the most critical inputs for agriculture. The availability of adequate water for irrigation is a key factor in achieving higher productivity. However, the poor efficiency of conventional irrigation systems has not only reduced the anticipated outcome of investments towards water resources development, but has also resulted in environmental problems like water logging and soil salinity, thereby adversely affecting crop yields.Irrigation is the watering of land by artificial methods. Without irrigation, agriculture is limited by the availability and reliability of natural watering by floods or rain.Drip irrigation is widely accepted as the most efficient irrigation technique, as it allows high uniformity of water and nutrient application.For optimal performance, drip irrigation systems require routine system maintenance. In drip irrigation, water is applied to each plant separately in small,frequent, precise quantities through dripper emitters. It is the mostadvanced irrigation method with the highest application efficiency. Thewater is delivered continuously in drops at the same point and moves intothe soil and wets the root zone vertically by gravity and laterally bycapillary action. The planted area is only partially wetted. The present paper deals with the study, analysis and optimization of available water in Kolhapur district by using appropriate system like drip irrigation. Kolhapur is heavy rainfall District about 6000 mm rain is measure in year & the water availability is in wide range but the types of providingwater to crops are traditional as surface water, sub surface, by using drippers & sprinklers etc.The district has been divided into four AES. The Representative villageshave been selected on the basis of size, accessibility, availability of different farming systems of that AES. The results of the study indicate that with drip irrigation, low soil moisture tensions in the root zone can be maintained continuously with frequent applications. Thedissolved salts accumulate at the periphery of the wetted soil mass, and the plants can easily obtain the moisture needed. This enables theuse of saline water containing more than 3000 mg/litre TDS, which would be unsuitable for use with other methods.Small irregular marginal plots, remote because of land fragmentation with varying topography and shallow soil full of rocks, can beproductive under drip irrigation techniques that deliver the required amounts of water and nutrients directly to the plants. Low labour operating requirements, reduced cultivation and weed control, and uninterrupted operation are among the other advantages of this irrigationmethod.There are some important advantages of this drip irrigation system like Water savings. The planted area is partially wetted withprecisely controlled water amounts. Thus, large quantities of irrigation water are saved and the irrigated area can be expanded with thesame water supply, resulting in higher income per unit of water. The biological characteristics of the water quality include a variety of living organisms suchas microorganisms, ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

218

including bacteria, viruses, single celled entities, algae and zooplankton, which develop in open water along with creatures developing within the water transport system itself. We need this study because Living things most probably depends upon water. And the world’s drinking water quantity is only 3% which is very low. When we use this system, we can save the water. The planted area is partially wetted with precisely controlled water amounts. Thus, large quantities of irrigation water are saved and the irrigated area can be expanded with the same water supply, resulting in higher income per unit of water.Use on marginal fields. Small irregular marginal plots, remote because of land fragmentation with varying topography and shallow soil full of rocks, can be productive under drip irrigation techniques that deliver the required amounts of water and nutrients directly to the plants. Low labour operating requirements, reduced cultivation and weed control, and uninterrupted operation are among the other advantages of this irrigation method. Key Points: Surface water Irrigation, Drip Irrigation, and Crop Pattern in Kolhapur District 1.

Introduction

Kolhapur is heavy rainfall District about 6000 mm rain is measure in year & the water availability is in wide range but the types of providing water to crops are traditional as surface water, sub surface, by using drippers & sprinklers etc. Surface water irrigation - Water spread on surface of the planted area by traditional method. In this type the water loses due to evaporation or deep percolation. There may chances of water logging if the slope is not mentioned properly. Drip irrigation - It this type of irrigation system water is applied to each plant separately in small, frequent, precise quantities through dripper emitters. It is the most advanced irrigation method with the highest application efficiency. The water is delivered continuously in drops at the same point and moves into the soil and wets the root zone vertically by gravity and laterally by capillary action. The planted area is only partially wetted. In medium-heavy soils of good structure, the lateral movement of the water beneath the surface is greater than in sandy soils (Given Table). This results in the moisture being distributed more laterally rather than vertically. The Drip water irrigation of crops is defined as “Artificially supplying& systematically dividing of water; for agriculture & horticulture in order to obtain higher or qualitatively better production”. The following water lateral spread values are indicative: Table No. 1.1 Type of soil and average radius of water spread laterally with drippers Type of Soil Light texture Medium texture Fine texture

Average radius of water spread 0.3 m 0.65 m 1.20m

Detailed Study Area For the administrative purpose, the district is divided into twelve Talukas and four sub-divisions known as presents; such sub-divisions are a) Gadhinglaj - Covering Ajara, Chandgad, Shahuwadi andKagaltahasils. b) Karveer - Covering Karveer, Panhala and Shahuwadi andKagaltahasil. c) Ichalkaranji - Covering Hatkanangale and Shiroltahasil. d) Radhanagari - Covering Bhudargad, Radhanagari and Gaganbavada tahsils. Study area of Kolhapur district is shown in below figure.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

219

Fig. No. 1.1 Study Area

The district collector, along with the district judge, superintendent of police, chief executive officer of the ZillaParishad and other senior officers of the State Government ,looks after the development and regulatory functions in the district. At the Taluka level, the Tahsildar, block development officer, judicial magistrate, Deputy Engineers and other officers look after their respective department's development and regulatory functions. District Administration (Geographical Units) Agro Climatic Zone – ACZ: The District is very rich in flora & fauna in different zones. Besides other commodities, Sugarcane is the identification mark of the District in the State due to its Agro-Ecological Situation and productivity. Every Agro-Ecological Situation in the district has its own production system, technological gaps & other limitation storage &processing. Name of Sr. Agro climatic Zone No. 1

Ghat Zone

Mountain Zone

Table No.1.2: ACZ of Kolhapur District Tahsil covered Panhala, Shahuwadi, Gaganbavada, Radhanagari, Bhudargad,Ajra,Chandgad Radhanagari(E), Gadhinglaj, Kagal, Karveer,

Plain Zone

Shirol, Hatkanagale

Avg. rainfall 2500 to 6000 mm

750 to 2200 mm 450 to 550 mm

Soil type

Major crops

ateritic soil, Light soil

Paddy, Nagali, Cashew nut, ground nut

Light to medium Soil

Sugarcane, Paddy, Nagali, Groundnut, Soyabeen, Fruit crop &vegetables

Sugarcane, Jowar, Soyabeen, groundnut, Black to Veg etables, banana,floriculture Deep black soil

These zones are having different agro economic peculiarities which act as a potential for development. AES of Kolhapur District The identification of Agro-Eco Situations acts as an important. The district has been divided into four AES. The Representative villages have been selected on the basis of size, accessibility, availability of different farming systems of that AES ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

220

Table No.1.3: AES of Kolhapur District Sr. No. 1

Name of AgroClimatic zone Sub mountain region I Sub mountain region II Mountain region

Name of the Agro – Ec Situation (AES)

Blocks Covered

Representative village Punal, Tal. Panhala

Upland rainfed

Panhala, Shahuwadi,

light to medium soils

AjaraBhudargad

Upland rainfed

Radhanagari, Kagal,Karveer, Gadahinglaj

Padavalawadi, Tal. Karveer

Chandagad, Gaganbavada

Nagave, Tal. Chandgad

medium to blacks’ soils Up land, rainfed lateritic soils

Agro ecological situation were identified based on soil type, rainfall pattern, topography in consultation with the scientists, NGOs, Officials from the Agriculture &line department. Rainfall The Kolhapur district has monsoon subtropical climate characterized by hot summer, wet monsoon and dry winter the monsoon season (June to September) is characterized by high to moderate rainfall as compared to eastern part of the district. Average rainfall of the district is 2236 mm. The Maximum & Minimum temperature of the district is ranges from 13 to 400C. The details of rainfall, occurrence of flood, scarcity & weather information is given in Table No.1.4. Table No.1.4: Rainfall, Temperature and Humidity Sr. Name of No. Taluka 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Rainfall No. of Average rainy days rainfall (mm) Karveer 89 905 Panhala 80 1531 Shahuwadi 77 1661 Kagal 100 764 Hatkanagale 119 914 Shirol 78 480 Gadhinglaj 49 908 Chandgad 36 2742 Ajara 54 1908 Bhudargad 81 1464 Radhanagari 62 3633 Gaganbawada 56 5875 Total 881 22785

Temperature (ZARS, Kolhapur centre) Min.0C

Max. 0C.

18.8 N. A. N. A. 19.0 N. A. 14.0 21.0 13.1 N. A. N. A. N. A. N. A.

31.7 N. A. N. A. 39.0 N. A. 40.0 36.0 34.5 N. A. N. A. N. A. N. A.

Humidity (%) (ZARS, Kolhapur centre) Min.

Max.

52 N. A. N. A. 63 N. A. 25 61 66 N. A. N. A. N. A. N. A.

86 N. A. N. A. 72 N. A. 36 78 96 N. A. N. A. N. A. N. A.

Land Use Pattern The total Geographical area is 776261 ha. of the district, the cultivable area is 5.41 lacks ha. and cultivated area is 4.42 lacks. Thus nearly 68.05 % area is under cultivation & rest of 1.95 % is occupied as barren, nonagricultural use, forest, land under misc. plantation &pasture land. See table No. 1.5 and graph no. 1.1.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

221

Table No. 1.5: Land Utilisation Pattern. Sr. No

Name of the block

Geographical Area (ha)

Cultivatable Area (ha)

67,113

63,369

Karveer

Cultivated Area (ha)

Cultivabe Waste (ha)

Current Fallow (ha)

Forest Reserved (ha)

46,123

5,414

2,864

804

Pasture (ha)

Land put to non-agri. Use (ha)

3,839

5,833

Land under Barren & misc. plantatio unculturableLand (waste land) (ha) (ha)

2,172

Panhala

56,871

33,612

29,551

4,393

3,698

11,591

2,641

2,086

2,937

Shahuwadi

104,352

56,007

45,234

9,438

3,623

21,912

10,517

3,689

121

9,915

Kagal

54,754

54,555

44,398

271

3,106

1,114

1,023

3,197

377

1,316

Hatkanagale

60,937

60,005

46,170

775

3,978

1,433

2,813

5,108

798

Shirol

50,783

48,631

39,349

1,509

3,070

864

1,212

4,061

837

Gadhinglaj

48,115

44,155

39,675

100

4,380

1,818

1,277

1,204

Chandgad

96,542

54,970

50,850

1,622

2,498

27,100

1,845

3,574

7,867

Ajara

54,888

37,489

31,990

2,243

3,256

12,273

1,860

2,117

1,243

Bhudargad

64,446

35,376

30,184

1,528

2,785

23,790

3,429

879

1,172

Radhanagari

89,232

38,824

29,012

13,097

3,351

26,775

1,260

2,623

11,756

Gaganbawada

28,228

13,759

9,769

3,990

10,626

Total

776,261

540,752

442,305

40,390

40,599

798

785 1,453

140,100

2,617

270

1,022

31,403

35,901

4,088

42,239

Graph No. 1.1: Land Utilization

Irrigation and Ground water The total effective irrigated area in the District is 188547.0 ha. The area under well & Lift irrigation is 8.08 % & 83.80 % is under surface flood irrigation. Table No.1.6: Source wise Area Irrigated Sr.

Tanks

Taluka

No.

Area

Open Wells No.

Area

Tube/Bore wells No.

Area

Other Sources

Lift Irrigation No.

Area

No.

Are

Total No.

Area

a 1

Karveer

831

1638

2971

4463

25726

6105

29528

Panhala

2047

1133

1484

2756

15439

3891

18970

Shahuwadi

3025

236

366

2647

13237

2893

16628

Kagal

1431

1623

3215

4176

21029

5805

25675

Hatkanagale

323

2104

1611

3634

21843

5740

23777

Shirol

1507

1419

2933

18096

4440

19515

Gadhinglaj

1532

1123

1591

1433

6180

2563

9303

Chandgad

2220

537

735

1735

7981

2283

10936

Ajara

811

136

274

1334

3430

1473

4515

Bhudargad

1737

123

312

2467

12029

2593

14078

Radhanagari

636

1060

1834

9601

2471

10757

Gaganbawada

1255

144

198

783

3412

930

4865

Total

15308

10940

15236

30195

158003

41187

188547

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

222

Graph No. 1.2: Source wise Area Irrigated

2 Material and Methodology Soil and Water conservation scenario in district:  Total geographical area: 776261 ha.  Area available for watershed development: 691623 ha.  Total villages selected: 656  No. of micro watershed: 1621  No. of villages in which works started: 336  No. of watershed selected for work: 853  No. of watershed in which work started: 821  Total area of watershed in which work started: 354393 ha.

Water sample Analysis Water sample analysis is required and it will be analysed by government or private laboratories. It is very useful to decide dose of fertilizer and various crop patterns by drip system. Drip System Here is some important news related to drip system which is very useful in future for cropping method. In the Gaganbawda Taluka of Kolhapur District Revyachiwadi village is placed. In this village one poor Mr. Sanjay Chiele, farmer started the drip system for sugarcane crop and sill this system is running, saving of water, manpower and fertilizers if effectively achieved. This is the own creation of drip system by using some unused pipes and some other materials which is mostly recycled and reused for this system. Figure 2.1 Shows the Drip System.

Water flow with Drip system Fig. No.2.1 Drip System ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

223

Results and Discussion Irrigation System

The blessings of nature and the efforts by the farming community collectively resulted into the spread of irrigation facilities. The irrigation facilities in the district help in raising the productivity. The Kolhapur Type irrigation pattern is now well accepted pattern known as KT Weirs. Following table shows irrigation facilities and the sources if irrigation in the Kolhapur District. Table 3.1: Irrigation in Kolhapur District Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Taluka Karveer Panhala Shahuwadi Kagal Hatkanagale Shirol Gadhinglaj Chandgad Ajara Bhudargad Radhanagari Gaganbawada Tot al

Tanks No. 4 2 10 6 2 0 7 11 3 3 1 3 52

Area 831 2047 3025 1431 323 0 1532 2220 811 1737 96 1255 15308

Open Wells No. 1638 1133 236 1623 2104 1507 1123 537 136 123 636 144 10940

Area 2971 1484 366 3215 1611 1419 1591 735 274 312 1060 198 15236

Lift Irrigation No. Area 4463 25726 2756 15439 2647 13237 4176 21029 3634 21843 2933 18096 1433 6180 1735 7981 1334 3430 2467 12029 1834 9601 783 3412 30195 158003

Total No. 6105 3891 2893 5805 5740 4440 2563 2283 1473 2593 2471 930 41187

Area 29528 18970 16628 25675 23777 19515 9303 10936 4515 14078 10757 4865 188547

Soil Health: The quality of soil depends on natural factors as well as its use by the farmers. The quality of soil needs to be maintained and improved by using appropriate doses of fertilizers and micro nutriments. For Kolhapur district the soil health and its status are as bellow – The Soils of the District are mainly derived from trap. The Soils can be classified into 4 different categories namely. A – Black soil 2,27,232 ha. B – Red soil 2,15,882 ha. C – Sandy soil 96,006 ha. D – Sandy Loam soils 1,67,123 ha. There is one Government soil testing laboratory located at district level through which soil samples are tested for NPK contents of the soil. On the basis of content of NPK soil fertility index for Talukas are made as Table No. 3.2 Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Taluka Karveer Panhala Shahuwadi Kagal Hatkanangle Shirol Gadhinglaj Chandgad Ajara Bhudargad Radhanagri Gaganbawda District

Table No. 3.2: Taluka wise Fertility Index Fertility Index N P Moderately High Moderately High Moderately High Moderate Moderately High Moderately High Moderately High Moderate Moderately High Moderately Moderately High Moderately High Moderately High Moderate Moderately High Moderate Moderately High Moderately High High Moderately High Moderately High Moderately High High Moderately High Moderately High Moderately High

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

224

K High High High High High High High High High High High High High

Water Resources and Management: Source wise Irrigation: In the following table source wise area irrigated is presented. Water Samples Analysis Water sample analysis is required and it will be analysed by government or private laboratories. It is very useful to decide dose of fertilizer and various crop patterns by drip system. Table No. 3.3: Source wise Area Irrigated Open Wells

Tube/Bo re wells

Area

No.

Area

No. Area

No.

Area

831

1638

2971

4463

25726

2047

1133

1484

2756

15439

Shahuwadi

3025

236

366

2647

13237

Kagal Hatkanagale

6 2

1431 323

1623 2104

3215 1611

0 0

4176 3634

21029 21843

Shirol

1507

1419

2933

Gadhinglaj

1532

1123

1591

1433

Chandgad

2220

537

735

Ajara

811

136

274

Bhudargad

1737

123

312

Radhanagari

636

1060

Gaganbawada

1255

144

198

15308

10940

15236

Tanks

Sr. No.

Taluka

No. 1

Karveer

Panhala

3 4 5

Total

Lift Irrigation

Oth er Sour ces No. Area

Total

No.

Area

6105 3891

29528 18970

2893

16628

0 0

18096

5805 5740 4440

25675 23777 19515

6180

2563

9303

1735

7981

1334

3430

2283 1473

10936 4515

2467

12029

2593

14078

1834

9601

783

3412

2471 930

10757 4865

30195

158003

41187

188547

The pie chart shows the relative contribution made by different sources of irrigations. The district depends on lift irrigation as major source of irrigation. The other source of irrigation is open wells. Graph No. 3.1: Source wise Area Irrigated

Major Crops and Varieties in the District: Rice is the major kharif crop grown in the district. The rice crop grown on 74% (112000 ha.) of the total area under cereal crops during the kharif season. Average productivity of the rice is 2714.5 kg/ha. Ranks 3rd in the state. Likewise Wheat productivity is 2299.8 kg/ha, Nagali (Eleusinecoracana L) is 331 kg/ha, Sorghum (Sorghum vulgare Per) is an important cereal crop in the district. It is grown in Kharif of Avg.7650 ha. & Rabbi season of avg. 11066.6 ha. The growth rate of production of sorghum in the district is 3%. Maize is another important cereal crop grown in the district. It is grown in kahrif, rabi & summer season. The average area is 26.66 ha. Groundnut is one of the major Oil seed crops grown in Kharif Season. Average productivity of groundnut is 1762.5 kg/ha. in kharif. In kharif Season the productivity is lees as compare to summer season. Present growth rate of Groundnut is considering last Six-year production. Soybean is one of the major Oil seed crops grown in Kharif Season. Average productivity of crop is 2264 kg/ha. in kharif. Present growth rate of soybean is considering last six- year production. Gram is one of the major Pulse crops grown in Rabbi Season. Average productivity of crop is 1050 kg/ha. These all crops growth rate is considering last six-year production (From 2013 to 2019). ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

225

Table No. 3.4 Crop Growth Rate in six-years Sr. No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Name of Crop

Rice Wheat Nagali Karif Sorghum Rabi Sorghum Maize Groundnut Soyabeen Gram

Average Area 00 ha. Average Productivity kg/ha. Average Production 00, MT.

1065.5 68.16 223 7650 11066.6 26.66 547.66 555 88.16

2714.5 2299.8 1590.3 2022.3 1772 2135 1762.5 2385.33 1050.66

2689.3 12516.6 331 13183.3 17233.3 4766.6 83966.66 106033.3 5383.33

The Graph shows the Average area, Average Productivity and Average Production of crops like Rice, Wheat, Nagali, Sarghum in Kharif and Rabi, Maize, Soayabeen and Gram pluse in last six-year. Graph No.3.2 Crop Growth Rate in Six Year 150000

Average Area 00

100000 50000

Average Productivity kg/ha.

Average Production 00, MT. Sugarcane Sugarcane is one of the most important crop in Kolhapur District. The average area under Sugarcane in Kolhapur district is 1,49,280 hectors. The crop was grown on 1, 49,280 hectors, in the year 2018-19. Table No. 3.5: Season wise distribution of sugarcane area in 2018-19 Sr.No. 1 2 3 4

Season Adsali Preseason Suru Ratoon Total

Area (Ha) 12602 40287 35134 58272 146295

Percentage 8.62 27.54 24.01 39.83 100.00

There are total 21 sugar factories in Kolhapur district. The information is about Sugarcane % in ha. In year of 2018-19 is given below. Table No. 3.6:Taluka wise Sugarcane Cultivated area in % Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Taluka Karveer Panhala Shahuwadi Kagal Hatkanagale Shirol Gadhinglaj Chandgad Ajara Bhudargad Radhanagari Gaganbawada

Total Area 21562 10197 4061 20595 19062 23176 9849 10786 4375 5147 8247 3248

Cultivated Area 23737 11000 4654 21387 21336 23578 9172 10675 4700 5350 10067 3624

% 110.09 107.87 114.60 103.85 111.93 101.73 93.13 98.97 107.43 103.94 122.07 111.58

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

226

Graph No. 3.3: Taluka wise cultivated % Area of Sugarcane in Kolhapur District Sugarcane % Area in Kolhapur District Gaganbawada Karveer

Panhala

Radhanagari Bh d

Shahuwadi

Ajara

Kagal

Chandgad

Shirol

Gadhinglaj

Hatkanagale

3.9 Cultivated Area in Kolhapur district: These Crops in the all Taluka’s in Kolhapur District are shown in below table with cultivated area and % Area. Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Table No. 3.7: Crops Cultivated area in % of Kolhapur District Crop Name Total Area Cultivated Area % Rice 110537 106864 96.68 Kh. Sorghum 6339 2851 44.98 Rab. Sorghum 15962 5908 37.01 Nagali 21256 19561 92.03 Maize 5791 261 4.51 Gram Pluses 1151 1189 103.30 Groundnut 50901 43763 85.98 Soyabin 53414 46235 86.56 Sugarcane 140305 149280 106.40 Wheat 7767 200 2.57

As some of the sugar factories are multi state, also they receive sugarcane from Karnataka state. Graph No. 3.4: Crops Cultivated area in % of Kolhapur District

Total Crop % in Kolhapur District Sugarcane

Wheat

Rice

Kh. Sorghum

Soyabin Rab. Sorghum Nagali

Groundnut Gram Pluses

Maize

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

227

Sr. No

Name of The Factory

Daily Crushing Capacity (Mt Per Day)

Crushing in 2018- 19 (M Tone)

7500

1424861

1774250

12.45

5000

739730

950960

12.86

4500

587502

784100

13.35

3000

519520

688450

13.25

7000

1187915

1502730

12.65

4000

540184

705750

13.06

5000

725030

939100

12.95

7500

1428888

1790560

12.53

2000

264878

318240

12.01

2200

410154

508100

12.39

2500

588680

776100

13.18

2500

485238

649251

13.38

2500

354437

469250

13.24

2500

101050

110360

10.95

1250

10270

2930

2.85

16 Hemras Technology, Chandgad

3500

502400

654560

13.03

17 EcocaneNalawade Sugars, Chandgad

2500

227124

301400

13.27

2500

383250

475300

12.40

2500

406109

531475

13.09

2500

670750

884580

13.19

2500

1 Varana Co-Op.Sugar Factory ,Waranagar 2 Panchganaga Co-Op.Sugar Factory Ichalkaranji 3 DudhgangaVedganga Co-Op.Sugar Factory Bidri. 4 KumbhiKasari Co-Op.Sugar Factory Kuditre. 5 Shri Datta Co-Op.Sugar Factory Shirol 6 Bhogavati Co-Op.Sugar Factory Parite. 7 ChatrapatiShahu Co-Op.Sugar Factory Kagal. 8 JawaharShetkari Co-Op.Sugar Factory Hupri. 9 AppasahebNalavde Co-Op Sugar Factory, Gadhinglaj 10 Shri ChatrapatiRajaram Co-Op.Sugar Factory 11 Sharad Co-Op. Sugar Factory Narande 12 SadashivraoMandlik Co-Op.SugarFactory,Hamidwada 13 Ajra Co-Op.Sugar Factory Gavase. 14 Udaysinghrao Gaikwad Co-Op.Sugar Factory Sonwade 15 Mahadik Sugars Privat Ltd

18 Dr.D.Y.Patil Co-Op.Sugar Factory Palsambe, Gbavada 19 Dalmiya (Datta) Sugar Factory Private Ltd. Asurle Porle. 20 GurudattaUgar Works Private Ltd. Factory Takaliwadi 21 Indira Gandhi Mahila Co-Op.Sugar Factory Tambale

11557970

Total Kolhapur District

Sugar Production (Quintal)

Sugar Recovery

14817716

Table No. 3.8: Sugarcane Crushing Capacity 4. Conclusion Kolhapur district is the most developed district in Maharashtra. The district of Kolhapur lies in the south west of Maharashtra between 150 to 170 latitude and 730 to 740East longitude, and spreads across the Deccan Platue in therein shadow region, Sahyadri Mountain ranges other Southernmost tip of the state of Maharashtra. It is surrounded by Sangli district to the North, Belgaum district of Karnataka State to the east and south, Ratnagiri and Sindhdurg district to the west and the river Warana to the north from natural boundaries. The physical setting of Kolhapur district is divided into three posts namely Eastern ranges, Central ranges and Southern ranges. Eastern and central ranges have black soil formed from 'Lava' and at some places it has large tracks of fertile land. The western ranges are mostly hilly and have red soil. The majority area in the west is under thick forest coverage. The rainfall ranges between the maximum and minimum rainfall at large. The average annual rainfall within the district varies widely from about 600 mm in the East to 6000 mm in the west. The Panghaganga, Warana, Dudhganga, Vedganga, Bhogawati, Hiranyakeshi and Ghataprabha are main rivers which flows towards East through western Ghat. The river Panchanganga is formed by the tributaries namely Kasari, Kumbi, Tulsi and Bhogawati. In Kolhapur district the highest percentage irrigation is in Shirol Taluka (i.e.30.25 %). The soil, rainfall land climate is suitable for the cultivation of tomato. Kharif and Rabbi are main agricultural seasons in Kolhapur district. Kolhapur is one of the leading districts in cooperative movement in Maharashtra. Co-operative movement made revolutionary development in various fields of the district. There are some important advantages of this drip irrigation system like Water savings. The planted area is partially wetted with precisely controlled water amounts. Thus, large quantities of irrigation water rare saved and the irrigated area can be expanded with the same water supply, resulting in higher income per unit of water. With drip irrigation, low soil moisture tensions in the root zone can be maintained continuously with frequent applications. The dissolved salts accumulate at the periphery of the wetted soil mass, and the plants can easily obtain the moisture needed. This enables the use of saline water containing more than 3000 mg/litre TDS, which would be unsuitable for use with other methods. Small irregular marginal plots, remote because of land fragmentation with varying topography and shallow soil full of rocks, can be productive under drip irrigation techniques that deliver the required amounts of water and nutrients directly to the plants. Low labour operating requirements, reduced cultivation and weed control, and uninterrupted operation are among the other advantages of this irrigation method. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

228

REFERENCES : 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13)

Prof. Rupali S. Sawant, Shreejit Gubre, Swathi Pillai, IJISET - International Journal of Innovative Science, Engineering & Technology, Vol. 2 Issue 3, March 2015. Dr A. K. Randev, “ANALYSIS OF CROPS’ PRODUCTIVITY POTENTIAL AND DRIP IRRIGATION SYSTEM IN INDIA – POLICY IMPLICATIONS”, 26th Euro-Mediterranean Regional Conference and Workshops « Innovate to improve Irrigation performances»(2015). Aniket H. Hade, Dr. M.K. SenguptaIOSR Journal of Agriculture and Veterinary Science (IOSRJAVS)2014. S. Harishankar1 , R. Sathish Kumar2 , Sudharsan K.P, U. Vignesh and T.ViveknathAdvance in Electronic and Electric Engineering. ISSN 2231-1297, Volume 4, Number 4 (2014). Drip Irrigation Technology to save Water and Enhance Crop Yields, Indian Agricultral Research institute, ICAR Publications (2013). Prayong Keeratiurai“COMPARISON OF DRIP AND SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM FOR THE CULTIVATION PLANTS VERTICALLY” ARPN Journal of Agricultural and Biological Science, VOL. 8, NO. 11, (2013). Nazmeen Tamboli, Pragati Tate Abhilasha Lokhande (2012) International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software EngineeringRemote Drip Irrigation Control Using Internet. IRACST – International Journal of Computer Networks and Wireless Communications (IJCNWC), ISSN: 2250-3501 Er.Sukhjit Singh & Er.Neha Sharma (2012). A. Narayanamoorthy 2005, Economics of Drip Irrigation in Sugarcane Cultivation: Case Study of a Farmer from Tamil Nadu. (Crop Report) Agricultural (Statistical) Department, Kolhapur. www.fao.org/ Chapter 14. www.jains.com>emitters. Krishi.maharashtra.gov.in

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

229

Embedding Sustainable Construction Practices in Indian Construction Contracts Sub theme: Goal-12 Responsible Consumption and Production Ar. Anjali Luman1 1

Student – M.Arch (Project Management : CTES College of Arch.)

Abstract Sustainability and better project performance through the integration of sustainable construction principles has been validated through many projects. Despite several guidelines and government policies in place to support sustainability issues, they have been found to be inadequate during implementation. There is a need, therefore, for a more mandatory role to better address sustainability. According to the United Nations Environment Program (2020 Global Status Report for Buildings and Construction), the construction industry has immense opportunity to influence environmental issues as the built environment's stake in consumption of energy is high and so is its contribution to global warming. Research illustrates that sustainable building practices can considerably diminish the built environment's impact in energy consumption. The ultimate intent is to reduce the industry’s impact on the environment by employing sustainable development practices, reducing waste, engaging in energy efficiency, and taking advantage of green technology. Not only large construction companies but also private projects can focus on utilizing sustainable construction methods be it using the right equipment, implementing value engineering to determine sustainable material alternatives, practice responsible consumption or simply doing your best to be energy efficient, anyone can help progress sustainability efforts. Presently the construction projects are incentivized for adopting green building methodologies. This research proposes to integrate a few of those methodologies to be an inevitable part of the construction. The construction industry has not yet opened up to this sustainability aspect proactively. The involvement of all institutions, professional bodies, academicians, industry support, and government bodies is imperative. Formulating Sustainable construction clauses and incorporating them in Construction contracts would guarantee their implementation. Conclusively, unless the sustainability aspects are made imperative, the overall results may not be felt throughout the industry. Keywords sustainable material alternatives; Sustainable construction clauses; practice responsible consumption

1. Introduction The goal of this study is to look into how sustainability ideas are incorporated into construction project contracts. Through the inclusion of sustainability concepts, there is evidence of a link between sustainability and improved project performance. Also, a long-term framework for better construction projects based on sustainable construction concepts. With an intent to examine the integration of sustainability principles into construction project contracts, various research papers have been referred to. Most of these have corroboration of the relationship between sustainability and better project performance, through the integration of sustainability principles. Also, based on the philosophies of sustainable construction, a necessity of sustainable framework for better construction project delivery is vital. On a global standpoint, such strategies are being implemented in developed countries, more so, than in developing countries. They are largely successful in doing so as the process gets standardized, leaving less scope for disputes and arbitrations. Assigning accountability to the stakeholder gives clarity to the process flow and consequently to the deliverables to be met. A comprehensive study of the construction contracts implemented in India would shed light on what practices are currently followed in the industry, identify the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

230

inadequacies (pertaining to sustainable construction practices) and how it can be amended. Various nongovernment research agencies or institutions involved in green building rating systems have made significant contributions towards formulating the guidelines and codes for Sustainable buildings and environment, but these are non-statutory and voluntary. Industry has not been completely receptive to this "Sustainability aspect" proactively as they are busy getting on in the act of economic growth. But this effort to create and spread awareness should be all universal and persistent. The eager participation of all the institutions, professional bodies, academicians, industry as well as firm patronage and participation of government is extremely essential. Although there are many regulations and government policies in place to support sustainability issues, it was mentioned in research papers and expert opinions that such regulations and policies may be insufficient. It is important to take a mandatory stand in order to better address sustainability. Based on reports of National Mission on Sustainable Habitat by Ministry of Urban Development, CPWD Guidelines for Sustainable Habitat have been compiled and Ch.11- "Approach to Sustainability" as part of NBC 2005 was drafted, which are meant to be used by CPWD architect/engineers in routine decision making process with regard to use and evaluation of materials and technology on sustainability parameters. The NITI Aayog formulated the The Model Agreement for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) of Civil Works (used for infrastructure projects). It incorporates international best practices and provides a comprehensive contractual framework that lays down the allocation of risks and rewards, fairness of obligations between government and the contractor, predictability of costs, force majeure, termination and dispute resolution. Such an initiative keeping in mind sustainable construction practices must be formulated to standardize the industry processes in the overall building construction sector. The FIDIC Model Contracts are widely used all over the world including the Government of India for executing projects mostly infrastructure. In India, presently, international competitive bidding has become a model in infrastructure projects that include the mega power projects, railways, telecommunications, airports, highways, ports, etc. The national highway development in India is mainly financed by the World Bank and the World Bank and the other multilateral development banks emphasize incorporating the FIDIC terms into their tender documents.

1.1 Data Collection This calls for a different kind of study that encompasses the use of recycled material along with the other conventional materials and study its cost implications on the project cost. This attempt needs to be made so that it encourages the developer / builder to implement the sustainable principles in the project. Whenever any construction/demolition activity takes place, such as, building roads, bridges, fly over, subway, remodeling etc construction and demolition waste is generated. It consists mostly of inert and non-biodegradable material such as concrete, plaster, metal, wood, plastics etc. What possibly may reduce the demand-supply gap in both these sectors is the recycling of aggregate material from construction and demolition waste. Items such as bricks, wood, metal, titles are recycled to a certain extent. But the concrete and masonry waste, constituting more than 50% of the waste from construction and demolition activities, are not being currently recycled in India. Construction sector in India is expected to grow rapidly (at 8 per cent per year) till 2025 as per industry estimates (1). With the infrastructure and construction sector on fast-track, the quantity of crushed and screened aggregates that are needed are huge. The overall construction aggregates demand in India is estimated to be around 4,500-5,000 million tons. As per estimations by TIFAC (Technology Information, Forecasting and Assessment Council), new construction generates about 40- 60 kg per sq meter of build up area whereas repair and renovation of existing buildings generates 40-50 kg per sqm. The demolition of buildings generate waste of 300- 500 kg per sq meter. A great part of this waste is also being used to illegally fill up urban water bodies and wet lands to reclaim land for more building construction. Worth a mention is the MCD-ILFS-IEISL initiative in Delhi where C&D waste gets recycled into aggregates which are in turn converted to Ready Mix Concrete, pavement blocks, kerb stones and concrete bricks (2). Understanding NBC for formulating the inclusion of sustainable clauses in construction contracts. “National Building Code (NBC- CED 46) of India 2016 : Part 11 of NBC 2016 ‘Approach to Sustainability’, 8.2.1.1 states that:

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

231

Recycled Coarse Aggregate may be used in concrete for bulk fills, bank protection, base/fill of drainage structures, pavements, sidewalks, kerbs and gutters etc.

ii.

Up to 30 percent of natural crushed coarse aggregate can be replaced by the recycled concrete aggregate

iii.

This percentage can be increased up to 50 percent for pavements and other areas which are under pure compression specific to the standards and practices pertaining to construction of roads” (National Building Code (NBC- CED 46) of India 2016)

Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) released the Construction and Demolition Waste management Rules, 2016. The Manual attempts to provide a holistic approach towards technical, operational, institutional and financial management including PPP leading to sustainable MSWM. “The manual on Solid waste management states: 3.7.5.4 Proposed use for processed construction and demolition waste (iii) Percentage of replacement of natural aggregates by RA can be up to 20% for any type of plain concrete work. The percentage can be increased up to 30% for road sub-base / base / other road related applications except wearing course. However, this shall be backed up by laboratory test reports.” (Advisory on Improving Municipal Solid Waste Management Services: CPEEHO – Ch 8)

2. Illustrations Crushed and screened aggregates are needed in huge quantity with the infrastructure and construction sector on fast-track. The overall construction aggregates demand in India is estimated to be around 4,500-5,000 million tons. The crushed stone aggregates used for building construction varies from 1,000-1,200 million ton(3). Fig 1: Demand for aggregates in India

Considering that savings can be achieved by partially substituting natural aggregate in the construction project with recycled aggregates, casestudies need to be carried out to reinforce the premise. The prototype selected was a residential construction G+30, a 4-bedroom apartment building in Navi Mumbai. For computation (only superstructure) carried out for a typical floor, it has been concluded that by replacing 20% recycled aggregate into the total qty of natural aggregates required in an M30 grade of concrete for the above construction, there is a 9.41% of cost savings in the aggregate cost. This kind of cost savings can be utilised elsewhere in the project to put up a rainwater harvesting system or set up an sewage treatment plant, etc.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

232

Figure 2: Computation of cost savings.

3. Conclusions Various articles and forums mention that there is reason to believe that several crores of rupees are currently tied up in construction disputes across the country. The construction industry has always felt the need to introduce restructurings to reduce disputes and new methods of dispute resolution. New contract formats or standardizations (like the FIDIC books) can be a blessing to an industry rumbling with contractual disputes. A robust combination of FIDIC and MTDCRs in India would set the stage for the booming construction industry, that’s open to FDI and easy to invest in. As India takes up the task to become foreign investment friendly, it is perhaps time for it to loosen its tight procedural strings and allow for a structural change. multitiered dispute resolution clauses (MTDRCs). In western countries like in the United Kingdom and some of the states of the United States of America there are specific Construction Acts. In India there is no separate construction Contract Act other than The Indian Contract Act, 1872. The Construction industry in India does not endorse any standard form of construction contract, but some commonly used forms include the FIDIC suite of contracts, those by Institute of civil engineers (ICE) and the model published by the Indian Institute of Architects (IIA). In the planning phase, architects follow the National Building Code. Plant and Design/ Build Contract (FIDIC – Yellow Book) and the Red Book (for Building and Engineering works designed by the employer) is one such standard FIDIC form extensively used in the Indian Construction industry. What is essential in enforcing any contractual obligation is clarity in comprehending the requirements and what the possible penalty would be for failing to adhere with what has been specified. Simply applying the term "sustainable" to projects is meaningless without a designated clause and a sanction. As derived from the case study, a certain amount of savings can be achieved by partially replacing natural aggregate in the construction project with recycled aggregates. Such savings can definitely provide an impetus to the owner / developer to carry out these measures in the project. This way not only will an environmentally friendly solution is obtained but also an economically lucrative one, that benefits the project stakeholders. For desired outputs to be achieved the sustainable principles must be seamlessly integrated and absorbed into the work flow processes without refrain.

Acknowledgements Heartfelt gratitude to Ar. Alka Tawari, Principal of CTES college of architecture and my mentor, Prof. Dhaval Ghare and for their unwavering support and guidance.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

233

References 1. 2. 3.

CPWD GUIDELINES FOR SUSTAINABLE HABITAT, Central Public Works Department March, 2014 Handbook of Green Building Design and Construction: LEED, BREEAM, and Green ... - Sam Kubba - Google Books. Advisory on Improving Municipal Solid Waste Management Services: CPEEHO – Ch 8. / http://cpheeo.gov.in/cms/solid-waste-management.php) [Research papers - online] 4. Sustainable Construction: What must be included in sustainable construction clauses. – Celeste Gonnon (Research Paper).

6. 7.

Identifying the key barriers to promote Sustainable Construction in the US: A Principal Component Analysis – Ali Karji, Mostafa Namian & Mohammed Soroush Tafazzoli. Obstacles to sustainable construction in developing countries - O.E. Ogunmakinde, W.D. Sher, K. Maund

A MIX DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR SELF COMPACTING CONCRETE Ashish Kumar1,Gaurav Kumar2, (IRJET) e-ISSN: 2395-0056 Volume: 05 Issue: 02 | Feb-2018 www.irjet.net 8. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320021594 COMPARATIVE STUDY ON CONVENTIONAL AND RECYCLED AGGREGATE IN CONCRETE A: Md. Siddikur Rahman, Bangladesh. 9. Utilizing Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste as Recycled Aggregates (RA) in Concrete Shahiron Shahidana*, Mohamad Azim Mohammad Azmib , Kumanan Kupusamyc Sharifah Salwa Mohd Zukid , Noorwirdawati Alie. 10. doi:10.3844/ajessp.2013.14.24 Published Online 9 (1) 2013 (http://www.thescipub.com/ajes.toc) UTILIZATION OF RECYCLED AND WASTE MATERIALS IN VARIOUS CONSTRUCTION APPLICATIONS Johnny Bolden, Taher Abu-Lebdeh and Ellie Fini

Citations: (1) (2) (3)

https://equipmentindia.com/construction-machinery-news/top-equipment-news/webexclusive/Aggregate-Boom-PolicyGloom/112723 https://www.ilfsindia.com/our-work/environment/construction-demolition-waste-recycling/ https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Demand-for-aggregates-in-India-6_fig1_312455541

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

234

Contriving strategies for restoring Green Economy: A step towards Responsible Consumption and Production Sub theme: Goal 12- Responsible Consumption and Production

Ar. Atul J. Phoujdar1, Ar. Arimita Roy (Nag)2 1

Assistant professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning, University of Mumbai, Maharashtra, India.

scxAssistant professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning, University of Mumbai, Maharashtra, India.

Abstract With the consumption and production pattern as driving force of the global economy it is very important to have a sustainable consumption and production pattern based on the natural environment and resources available in a particular region. In recent years there has been a speedy abrupt shift in the Consumption and Production pattern resulting into environmental degradation and destructive impact on the planet. The need of the hour is to understand and promote concepts like Green Economy which in turn contributes to SDGs like responsible consumption and production practices. In the light of the above context, this paper takes up the case of “Tripura Bamboo Mission” as an example to study and contrive strategies for Sustainable Consumption and Production pattern. Green Economy focuses on Low carbon emission, efficient use of resources and community participation. Promoting Green economy of a particular region chooses to understand the natural resource as an economic asset of that place and aims to benefit the livelihood of the local poor people depending on that. The positive impact of restoring green economy of any region in a way contributes to achieve SDGs in a strategic manner. There is an overall development of the region in terms of economy, infrastructure development, skill development and capacity building for employment generation, etc. which intern accomplishes a beneficial effect on the socioeconomic and environmental outcomes. Reviewing the case of Tripura Bamboo Mission, the paper tries to explore how it is restoring the green economy of the region and contributes to achieve SDG. The paper concludes recommending some strategies for Sustainable Consumption and Production which can be applied to identify opportunities at local level across the country opening scope for regional as well as state level policy formulation.

Keywords Green economy; Tripura Bamboo Mission; Sustainable practices; Responsible consumption; Natural resources

1. Introduction Globalization has a gigantic impact on our lifestyle. The entire world has come closer virtually and technological interchange between the various parts of the world has really shown its potential. However, while noticing and experiencing the outcomes of this development one mustn’t forget the other side of the coin. Though the globalization has been proven advantageous, it has opened up several other issues which environmentalists, intellectuals and other experts are consistently highlighting on. Technological interventions and upgradation always have a solid impact on an environment. Subjects like Ozone layer depletion, weather changes due to heavy carbon emission and eventually the pollution are still unanswered, not fully answered or non-targeted areas for solution finding. Probably after comparing the overall outcomes of the technological advancement, positive results have overshadowed the negative ones. This is where the alarm needs to be raised to tackle such issues. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

235

Apart from the major broad level environmental obstacles, situation demands to draw our attention to another issue of underemployment at lower level. As a result of technological advancement, it becomes necessary to employ experts who have a base knowledge of technology resulting in low employment rate outside developed areas. These areas are already facing issues of poverty and hygiene. Being involved into agriculture or local businesses, their quality of life remains stagnant. This is where ‘Green economy’ can play an important role where we need to fight this battle on double front. First, where we can focus on environmental issues like carbon emission and second, where we target poverty alleviation by training and community participation. India being a country with availability of variety of natural resources and excessive manpower, needs to set modules for practicing Green economy by identification of region-wise local materials and training opportunities. The obvious question arises in above context is what are the initiavives and strategies to be adapted for practicing Green Economy. Aim: To identify strategies for Green economy practices in India. Objective: - To review existing successful Green economy model practiced in Tripura Bamboo Mission. - To identify initiatives taken for the implementation of the model. - To recommend potential guidelines which can help building up the strategy for other regions to set up the model.

2. Literature Review: The State Bamboo Policy, (2001) formulated by the government of Tripura focuses on the following strategies to develop the economy of the state through bamboo sector4: (a) Community participation: The policy recommends that there should be community participation based approach adopted in the state to increase the participation level of the local communities. Joint Forest Management (JFM) strategies should be adopted involving the rural communities to grow and maintain the natural resource. The policy targets a sustainable return to the rural communities by involving co-operatives societies to develop the sector. It also helps to build a sense of participation and ownership among the local communities and ameliorate productivity of the resource. (b) Conservation of the resource: The policy aims to develop a bambusetum i.e bamboo garden in the state. These types of gardens promote collection and plantation of different type of bamboo species and helps to develop an information system based on the aesthetic properties, production and growth characteristics of the bamboo plants. This in turn helps the artisans and local farmers to be aware of different methods and techniques of growing bamboo and boosts up the production process. The policy also aims to cover most of the potential area under plantation programme by planting healthy species which takes less time to grow and needs less maintenance. The information system will also focus on pest management and fire hazard control in the affected areas of the state. (c) Development of the resource: As part of resource development to cater the requirement of clump/non-clump forming bamboos, few strategies are recommended in the policy. According to the policy many hectares of land under degraded forest and un productive tillas (small hills or sloping land) are to be taken up for production of bamboos in five year plans. The policy also recommends the type of species and the techniques (like artificial regeneration) which suites this type of land. (d) Plant propagation: For fast and mass production of the plants, the policy also talks about Plant tissue culture technique. With the help of this particular technique very high multiplication rate of production is possible to achieve throughout the year. The other advantages include fast growth of the culm, high yield in terms of production, transportation of the saplings and ease of handling of the plants. The policy also targets to involve various technical agencies to promote micro propagation facilities for identified superior species. (e) Inventory and data collection: As a part of inventory and data collection the policy recommends to survey and maintain records of the bamboo resource in an interval of five years. This should be done inside the forest as well as outside the forest area. For this the Forest Department should appoint technical organization with skilled manpower, having sound knowledge in this field. This will give a clear picture of the production trend in the region. (f) Handicrafts: For promoting the handicraft sectors it is recommended by the policy to link the requirement of the bamboo production (for small scale and other industries) with community plantation plan. The policy also recommends setting up Common Facility Centers (CFCs) at the micro level in rural areas on a Build Operate and Transfer basis. The funding shall be done by the government for setting up these units. Focus should be on improvement of the product quality, durability of the product and reduction on the wastage of the handicrafts items. (g) Industrial Use: The policy also recommends to promote Small and Medium-Scale bamboo based industries which includes Bambooply, mat, tiles, laminates, furniture and Bamboo shoot processing units etc. Promoting this creates a fair chance of entrepreneurship development in the Small and Medium-Scale Industry sector. Research institutes like Indian ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

236

Plywood Industries Research and Training Institute (IPIRTI) has a major role to play in this. (h) Building Material: The policy also tries to bridge the gap of the poor quality bamboo being used in the rural housing by standardization of structural elements in the bamboo construction. The standardization will help in making the structural elements durable in terms of self life, fire resistant and tough building material to withstand the local climatic condition. (i) Funding and institutional strengthening: The policy aims to develop the bamboo sector through a holistic approach. It is mentioned in the policy that necessary funding would be arranged from international agencies, Central level and State level resources. It is also mentioned that International Network for Bamboo and Rattan (INBAR) has a major role to play in this. (j) Marketing: As per the policy, strong marketing linkage should be established to export the products outside the country. Marketing strategies like online sale of bamboo products should be adopted to increase the demand of the products within the country and internationally. It is evident from the above point that the state has a robust Bamboo policy in place which focuses on bamboo sector development through community based participation, strong marketing strategies and also conservation of the resource in the rural areas. Image 1: Bamboo park, Tripura Source: https://www.tripuraindia.in/update/index/bamboo-park-in-tripura-to-boost-industries--bashgram--to-push-eco-tourism

In the book Building with Bamboo, Design and Technology of a Sustainable Architecture (Gernot, Minke, 2012) it is mentioned that there are many environmental benefits of growing bamboo in a particular region like Sequestering of CO21. If compared to equivalent stand of hardwood trees bamboo absorbs carbon dioxide and releases 35% more oxygen into the atmosphere. The rapid growth of bamboo helps in taking more CO2 than the trees. Some species of bamboo takes as much as 54 tonnes of CO2 per hectare in the initial first six years of growth. On an average production of one ton of bamboo consumes more than one ton of CO2 from the atmosphere2. Bamboo plantation also helps to rejuvenate waste or degraded Land which is not in use. It helps to reduction soil erosion, as the root of bamboo helps to retain the soil in hilly areas during the monsoon, and also protects the bank of the rivers from getting eroded. Bamboo plants have good water retention capacity in their roots and can help in controlling floods. Bamboo can retain water in its culms. It has the quality of conserving water in rainy season which is used later in the dry seasons. Bamboo bushes can reduce the surrounding temperature significantly through water evaporation. Bamboo being a rapid growing plant, produces much more biomass as compared to other trees when compared per hectare, so growing bamboo has added advantage to the regional context. According to Indraneel Bhaumik, (India Tv, 14 December 2014) Associate Professor of Economics in Tripura University, Tripura is one of the best bamboo producing states in the country. In his openion, if planned and scientific cultivation is started, it would bring a balance to the demand and supply of bamboo and open a new opportunity of import of shoots.

3. Methodology: Data collection has been done through literature study, internet study and case study. In order to understand the gravity of Sustainable development, it becomes utmost important to study the available setups and outcomes of the same. The selection of the case study has been done fullfilling the three criterias of Green Economy 1) low carbon emission 2) efficient resources and 3) social inclusivity3. Literature review of the State bamboo policy (2001) is done to understand the strategies formulated and undertaken to achieve green economy goals. Literature study is done which helped to understand the positive impacts of growing bamboo in a perticular region. Internet study is also done to varify how TBM helped to benefit the livelihood of the people of rural areas. Casestudy of “Tripura Bamboo Mission” is done to understand the initiatives taken under the mission. Analysis of the initiatives are done to decode or interprit the strategies to be taken to achieve Green Economy. The case study also helped to understannd factors like Environmental Eco Sustainability, Economical Sustainability and Social Sustainability. The economic growth was analyzed to find the progress of the mission. After studying a successful model as a part of Strengthening Green economy, observations are listed,

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

237

recommendations given and strategies are suggested about how various parts of the country can move towards the same goal defining their unique path of identification and restoration of available natural resources.

4. Case study - Tripura Bamboo Mission (TBM): Tripura bamboo mission was launched as a PPP model in Tripura by the state government for holistic development of Bamboo sector in Tripura. The project was implemented in August 2007, focusing majorly on Bamboo Plantations, Handicrafts, Incense Sticks production and Industrial Applications. TBM played a catalytic role in local community participation, employment generation, excellent marketing strategies and increase in turnover. Following are the important steps taken under the mission5: Plantation initiatives: The overall demand of raw material was identified. Several hactors of land was taken under bamboo plantation in order to meet the demand of raw material for the bamboo based production units. Many unproductive tillas, waste, and degraded lands were identified and utilized to cultivate bamboo plantation under the mission. Image 2: Bamboo cultivation under TBM Source: https://www.indiatvnews.com/news/india/bamboo-cultivation-becomes-rewarding-for-farmers-in-tripura-45198.html

Institution Development: Small grassroot level institutions are formed by the artisans & producers. TBM has promoted more than 1000 Self Help Groups. Many Producer Societies and Cooperatives societies are being developed since 2007 and it is increasing significantly over past few years. Many small scale bamboo producer groups are getting supported under the plantation program in new identified areas. Capacity Building: Under TBM various training programs have been launched providing training facilities to more than 45,000 artisans in the state. The training programs range from bamboo plantation & production, manufacturing handicrafts to marketing strategies etc. Tripura Bamboo Mission has followed National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) model for skill development and training. The mission is also getting supported by Director of Skill Development, Govt of Tripura. Image 3: Training programs in Tripura Source: Bamboo Training Programme | Tripura Forest Development And <br> Plantation Corporation Limited

Technology Initiation: The mission introduces advanced technologies for dyeing and treatment of bamboos. Under the scheme many machines like Japanese Juki machines, Taiwanese stick-making machines have been imported. Many other new machines like product finishing machines, Agarbatti Rolling machines, power tools, bamboo stickmaking tools has been introduced for faster manufacturing and production.

and supported by various interventions under TBM.

Common Facility Centers (CFCs): TBM has set up more than 21 clusters of Common Facility Center in the state. More than 50 units are set up in the rural areas by the artisan community supporting the Community based development approach. The initiatives are getting promoted

Design & Product Development: Under Tripura Bamboo Mission, a special “Design & Product Development Cell” has been formed. Expert team including designers, artisans & marketing executives were brought on board to develop different types of bamboo crafts and prototyping them. Entrepreneurs are engaged at different level of production which in turn helps in employment generation. The mission has experimented on large range of new designs and successfully contributed to the facelift of the products from age old products to high value utility products. The innovative contemporary products have wider market in the country and internationally.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

238

Image 4: Contemporary Bamboo products in Tripura Source: Tripura artisans make handcrafted leak-proof bamboo bottles (opindia.com)

Private Investment: A Bamboo park is established for strengthening the infrastructure under TBM. Availability of infrastructure in the park is fetching many investors from outside and within the state, to set up their bamboo based units. High technology intensive bamboo industrial units like bamboo tile etc. are setup by investors like Mutha Industries Ltd. Many small scale industrial units have taken shed on rental basis in the park which is developed by Tripura Industrial Development Corporation (TIDC). Market Linkage and Trade facilitation: Tripura Bamboo Mission has a separate “Trade Facilitation Cell” which works on business networking and establishing market linkages. The Trade Facilitation Cell works on central supply chain management between buyers & producers benefiting the grassroot producers. Marketing Tie up are established with large online marketing groups like eBay.in, flipkart, snapdeal, realshoppee.com, Indiamart.com etc. Online portal like “Simanta Handicraft Products Pvt Ltd” has been launched for selling of products outside the state. TBM trade facilitation cell is worked out in such a way, so that it supports sustainable operation in the business.

5. Positive outcomes of TBM 5.1 Growth in economy Tripura Bamboo Mission shows a remarkable progress in the sector. This is reflected and can be noticed in the manner economic growth has taken place. The survey done in 2017 shows that TBM growth is over seven times during the span of nine years. This growth is also an indicator of inclusion of number of stakeholders as well as positive outcomes of the mission. Figure 1: Chart Showing year wise achieved targets of Tripura Bamboo Mission

Source: TBM – Tripura Bamboo Mission (graph compiled by auther)6

5.2 Community participation and betterment of livelyhood: According to the interview of Pradeep Debbarma (India Tv, 14 December 2014) one of the beneficiary from TBM, They got all types of help from TBM like fencing their cultivable area, supply of good quality saplings, manures and technical knowledge along with financial help like daily wages, initially for working in their own fields. The wages were given basically to encourage farmers for bamboo cultivation as state government wanted to develop the bamboo sector in a holistic manner. Mr Pradeep also added that TBM aims to double livelihood involvement and the sector turnover within in a stipulated time period. It also aims to optimise the end-to-end value chain, spanning from plantation and resource generation to marketing of contemporary finished products.... ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

239

6. Case study analysis Initiatives taken under TBM

Alignment with Sustainability parameter

Achievement under initiatives

Learning outcome (strategies)

Plantation initiatives

Environmental Eco Sustainability

Rejuvenation of waste and degraded lands

Institution Development

Economical Sustainability

Capacity Building

1. Economical Sustainability 2. Social Sustainability

Small grass root level institutions are formed by the artisans & producers Organizing Training programs

-Identification of local strength (available local resources) -Community level participation -Benefit the livelihood of locals -Employment generation and awareness

Technology Initiation

1. Economical Sustainability 2. Social Sustainability

Procurement of machinery

-Infrastructural development

Common Facility Centers (CFCs)

Social Sustainability

-Employment generation and awareness

Design & Development

Environmental Sustainability

More than 50 units established in rural sector Formation of ‘Design & Product Development Cell’ Creating Investment opportunities for new Investors Formation of ‘Trade Facilitation Cell’

Product

Eco

Private Investment

Economical Sustainability

Market Linkage and Trade facilitation

1. Economical Sustainability 2. Social Sustainability

-Employment generation and awareness

-Skill development and facelift of the products -Income generation (poverty alleviation)

-Strong marketing strategies like online sale -Business networking and outreach

Table 1: Analysis of the case study

7. Discussion and findings The case study of ‘Tripura Bamboo Mission’ leaves us with lot of food for thought. To start with, it gives us a clear indication that every region has its own bundle of natural resources which can be utilized so efficiently that it gives out remarkable results if given a right direction. There could be so many positive outcomes of such strategies which can successfully deal with the macro and micro level issues in the regional context. The overall gist of this study can be discussed with following parameters: Identification of local strength: India as a country has a huge variation of local resources and most of it are either non-identified or not efficiently utilized. Green economy targets such opportunities and focuses on regional assets to prevent loss of biodiversity and ecosystem. Community level participation: Any mission can be a failure without active participation and collaborative efforts of the locals and experts. Having an opportunity to have a dialogue with experts can not only elevate the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

240

knowledge base but also boosts up the confidence level of the locals. Another advantage is that it doesn’t keep the experts engaged in active process and they can explore various other opportunities. Local inclusivity efficiently creates a pool of prospects. Capacity building (Employment generation) and awareness: Once strategies are shaped, it needs workforce to run them successfully. Identified prospects of a project can not come into a reality without awareness and training of the locals involved. Awareness develops the value finding ability in the individuals and also builds up a practice of conscious efforts towards the environment. Employment generation is another positive of the process. As locals are the best choices in running such activities, it helps in employment generation at ground level. Grassroot levels if targeted for conscious efforts can turn the tables for ecosystem. Such capacity building can make a huge impact on future generations as it will help in making Green economy a ‘practice’ and mode of earning for them. Serious approach towards the same is what is expected for long term success. Income generation (poverty alleviation): Employment generation at local level has a lot of potential to address an issue of poverty. Literacy rate could be poor in outskirt areas where the locals can’t match with the expectations of technological advancement, finance could be generated through concepts like Green economy where locals are prepared to fit in local strategies. Poverty alleviation can come into reality in such areas where the locals are trained for a specific job. Such opportunities could be a good helping hand for income generation at root level. Such approach could encourage coming generation to look into such initiatives in a thoughtful way. Infrastructural development: Infrastructure is an inevitable part of production oriented processes. Production strategies demand for a basic infrastructure to be in place whereas, the succcess of a venture highly depends on the availability of advanced infrastructure to accomodate the physical needs and to fetch global investors. Skill development and facelift of the products: Product based projects are very much reliant on skillset development. Local resources may or may not always be in alignment with the available skills of the locals. Skillset development of natives and consistent upgradation of skills as well as product variation becomes a significant part and needs to be looked into periodically to strengthen the opportunities. Business networking and outreach: Business modules are always supported strongly with marketing strategies. Local product range needs to have a bigger or global platform to display the available variety and reach out to the masses to stay in the race. In the era of e-commerce, special efforts and strategies are required to achieve the healthy status.

8. Recommendations Green economy encases huge potential and it can be worked out in a very logical manner. Having implemented the strategies in correct way, it can achieve huge targets from micro to macro level. Developing countries like India need to look into such strategies with social and political way. Following points could be important in order plan such strategies and to make Green economy a practical mode of achievements. Strong regional policies: Targeted regions could be considered as potential areas for Ecosystem balance. Various local authorities can strategize their policies in right direction which encourages the Green economy concept. Strong and supporting state level policies can come into picture to achieve higher goals. Such policies can also open up gates for future policies on a broader level and create guidelines large level policy making. For example, states can identify the local opportunities and depending upon the outcome density broader policies can be defined in order to channelize the resources. Modern techniques and technology (funding for machineries): Human efforts can be defined but cannot be pushed beyond certain limits. Such situations can be handled systematically and supported with funding and technology wherever possible. Local efforts with the support of technology can create wonders. Modern technology can be introduced at local level with appropriate training facility to use it in wise way. Such strategies can double the results of Green economy. Funding can also play a very important role in such situations. This funding can be utilized for training and machinery procurement. Development plan: Every region should find out their own potential for renewable energy resources and take appropriate step towards a strategic development plan. This can include phase wise development spanning over 5-10 years and step by step improvement plan for the region.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

241

9. Conclusions The case study of TBM reflects that in order to achieve highest goals, a correct direction is required which can create a guideline. A matured vision and mission needs to be set for accomplishment of desired results. Most important step in this process is to sensitize the consumers. Responsible consumption can only make way for responsible production. Like in case of TBM the products are made out of natural material which has very less negative impact on the environment. Production will always follow the demand and we can only expect a matured production when we create a matured demand. Fortunately, we have few working modules in place which can be reviewed as a pilot study. This type of module can be followed in other to achieve Responsible Consumption and Productionand in turn the Sustainable Development Goals.

10. References 1.

Gernot, Minke, 2012, Building with bamboo: Design and Technology of a Sustainable Architecture. Birkhauser Basel, page - 11.

Bhalla, S., Gupta, S., Puttaguna, S. and Suresh, R., 2009, “Bamboo as Green Alternative To Concrete and Steel for Modern Structures”, Journal of Environmental Research and Development.

Green Economy, UN environment program, Date of access: 09/12/2012. https://www.unep.org/regions/asia-andpacific/regional-initiatives/supporting-resource-efficiency/green-economy.

State Bamboo Policy, Date of access: 09/11/2012. https://farmersportal.tripura.gov.in/PDF/Policy/Forest/State_Bamboo_Policy.pdf.

Bamboo , Department Of Industries & Commerce Government Of Tripura, Date of access: 10/11/2012. https://industries.tripura.gov.in/bamboo.

Atul, Phoujdar, Arimita, Roy, Shashwat, Restoring Green Economy. Volume 7, Issue 8, December 2021. https://www.grihaindia.org/files/shashwat/2021/mobile/index.html.

Ma Durga Nama

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

242

Envisioning sustainable development along the Dahisar River Goal 3: Good health and well-being Goal 11- Sustainable Cities and Communities Goal 15-Life on land

Ar. Shruti Deshpande Dube1, Ar. Saylee Soundalgekar2, Ar. Tanvi Sawant3 Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning, University of Mumbai, Maharashtra, India

Assistant Professor, Thakur School of Architecture and Planning, University of Mumbai, Maharashtra, India

Abstract Urban development principles state that open spaces, communities, and infrastructure in the city should be designed by the virtue of natural landforms and water streams. While some of these spaces are planned, many are shaped haphazardly to accommodate the rising population. This paper looks at such spaces - the urban fringes of Dahisar River (Mumbai). The river originates in Sanjay Gandhi National Park – Tulsi Lake; it travels through varied ecologies; the National Park – forest, Borivali and Dahisar – urban fabric, and the Gorai mangroves – wetlands. Despite the presence of SGNP and variation in the physiology of land, the wanton urban ingress and intervention in the natural watersheds cause the river to flood every monsoon. Furthermore, a lack of awareness about the natural surroundings amongst the residents of the city adds to the yearly clogging of these natural drains and the addition of anthropogenic contamination. Blocking of these stream corridors with construction activity, reclamation, and an excessive amount of hardscape refrains the storm water from getting in the river. The anthropogenic contaminants and excessive littering block the outlets and the added effect of atmospheric elements discharge toxins in the river making it septic, affecting the health and well-being of the residents. The study would look at the section of land with dense ‘Urban fabric’ and mangroves suggesting solutions for the existing problems. It addresses SDG 3: Good health and well-being, SDG 11: Sustainable cities and communities and SDG 15: Life on Land. The paper discusses the infrastructure surge along the river through ecologically sensitive and inclusive riverfront development. Keywords Riverfront; Urban fabric; Mangroves; Flooding; Resilience.

1. Introduction In the evolution of various civilizations and their sustenance rivers have a great significance.It has become an essential element in urban development.it can be as an identity,as a cultural and visual resource,as a corridor of endless life system and its movement, a recreational hub and also can provide diverse opportunities for everyday life.Rivers are the unimaginable wealth of a settlement.They can contribute to the ecosystem of the region which in turn constitute the natural infrastructure of the region.A health river can contribute to the human societies and the economics.Rivers has helped creating distinct cultures,protecting the ecosystem and have defined their role in each settlement through years. As urbanisation took place,human settlement altered the natural processes which has led to the non-performance of some roles of the river.Despite its importance,many undesired interventions by humans along the natural edges have caused the death of rivers. (G, Volume 8, Issue 10, 2020) ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

243

Mumbai city is made from uniting seven islands and it is spread over 603.4 sq km. It receives over 2400 mm of heavy rainfall from June to September . Mithi river,Poisar river, Oshiwara river and Dahisar river are 4 rivers flowing through the city. These rivers together carry excess rainwater from varied areas of the city and emptying into the Arabian sea thus forming a natural storm water drainage system of Mumbai city. Since many parts of the city are prone to regular flooding as they are barely above the sea level thus this storm water drainage network is impotant for the city.One such example of network is that of Dahisar river in northern suburb of Mumbai. (Singh, August 04, 2021)

1.1 About Dahisar River Dahisar River is a river loacted in the northern suburbs of Mumbai,Maharashtra . It originates at the spillway of the Tulsi Lake in the Sanjay Gandhi National Park (SNGP) in the northern reaches of the city. It flows towards the North-West for a total of 12 km through the localities of the SNGP and Dahisar Gaothan before meeting the Arabian Sea via the Manori Creek. About 60% of the land along the river is under forest, as a major part of the river passes through SGNP, followed by residential area, which is about 13%. About 7.42% of land is under roads as the river has roads running parallel to it. Towards the mouth of the river there is luxuriant growth of mangroves (6.22%). Various patches of slums along the river cover about 4.34% of the land. Figure1: Map showing the Location of Dahisar river

Reference: GIS Map of Dahisar river by Abhijit Ekbote, KRIVIA Mumbai

1.2 Why a development plan for the Dahisar river? The 6 km stretch of the river after it passes through the National Park it meets the urban areas where the pristine river has gradually turned into a sewage drain .The existing landforms and neighbourhoods comprises of varied typologies of structures including residential buildings and slums ,cow stable,dhobi ghat all of which are contributing to the deteriorating condition of the river.Despite the presence of SGNP and variation in the physiology of land, the wanton urban ingress and intervention in the natural watersheds cause the river to flood every season.The anthropogenic contaminants and excessive littering block the outlets and the added effect of atmospheric elements discharge toxins in the stream corridor making it septic. As the city continues to grow, for the development the thick mangrove forests that once lined the riverbanks helping to control the flooding have been cut down,preventing its natural tidal flow and flood absorption capacity. In an era of greater awareness about the risks of increased flooding due to climate change, there has been renewed interest in the health of the Dahisar River and concern that the river may disappear completely if steps are not taken soon to protect it.Thus there is a need to study the section of land comprising the semi-urban and urban areas having dense ‘Urban fabric’ along the 12km long stretch of the river and reviving the ecological corridor between the national park and mangroves. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

244

Figure2: Map showing the 12km long stretch of the river

1.3 Aim To define the waterfront development along the banks of Dahisar river, and promote community engagements for positive transformation of the identified areas.

1.4 Objective The primary objectives of the study are; • To identify immediate problems of the river related to land-use development and and device a comprehensive plan to address them • To facilitate the positive interface with the river and its surrounding neighbourhoods. • To develop a community based monitoring and flood control plan for the river.

1.5 Methodology To carry out the study of Dahisar River corridor and to be able to gather the necessary data, a descriptive, exploratory, iterative method grounded in interpretive policy analysis, would be applied. This hybrid methodological approach will allow to identify, and analyse the local site context, socio-cultural aspects and human-environment relationships on the entire stretch of the river corridor. Methods of data collection Both qualitative and quantitative approaches will be used to collect data for this project. 1. Primary Data Collection a. Zoning and identification of nodes along the entire stretch of river corridor. •

A list of zones based on the parameters of selection will be prepared. The parameters will be based on immediate site surroundings, typology of site, land use pattern, open spaces and public infrastructure.

•

Historical Timeline analysis with the help of google maps will be used to analyse and describe the river’s history, urban development or re-development scenario. This tool will also support in ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

245

understanding and capturing the transformation of the river, its impact on neighbourhood surroundings and in people’s life. b. Pilot Study and Verification Pilot visit of the identified nodes would be carried out to document and verify the locations listed for zoning and selection of nodes. c.

The participatory methods will be used to collect data wherein a combination of tools, listed below will be applied. • • • •

In-depth individual interviews. Focused group discussion Key informant interviews Participatory sharing workshop

Active observation and Field Journal. • During the visit active observation will be carried out. The team will record observations by taking descriptive notes. The documentation process will involve assessment of tangible and in-tangible impact along the river corridor, intended and unintended development along all the nodes.

2. Secondary Data Collection Secondary data from books, journals, news, reports and proceedings will be used as reference to support and achieve the project objectives. a.

Case studies- The study on identifying the characteristics of natural riverbanks, characteristics of sustainable riverfront in the urban ecosystem and principles of ecological riverfront design will be gathered.

Archival Data Collection: Local Newspapers and Historical Resources - A survey of local newspaper articles published throughout the study period and in the historical archives would be conducted as part of the archival research and will be used to understand the history of the Dahisar river, its impact on the surroundings which can correlated to the participant observations and interview data.

The methodology will justify the means in which the study will be carried out. It would give the project its purpose and strength. All these will help in processing the data and formulating the conclusions. The credibility of findings and conclusions will extensively depend on the quality of the research design, data collection, data management and data analysis. The survey methods would be the research instruments used for the datagathering. The results of the survey will be processed by computing the weighted mean of each survey item.

2. Issues faced by Dahisar river A.

In order to address each area’s specific issues the Dahisar River corridor can be divided into three parts –

•

Semi Urban area which comprises of informal residential settelments,the dhobi ghats,cow/buffalo shed (tabelas)

•

Urban area which comprises of the flyover, the promenade abutting to highrise buildings in Dahisar West.

•

Peri-Urban area like Dahisar gaothan and the mangroves of manori creek

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

246

2.1 Haphazard Development of Residential and Industrial areas The unregulated urbanisations along the stretch of the river bed located in semi urban and urban areas of Dahisar and Borivali has resulted in degradation of riverbank. Encroachments on dry regions of the riverbed in addition to the banks have choked the watercourse and aggravated the threat of flooding.Outside the SNGP in the Semi Urban area is the dhobi ghat where hospital and hotel linen is washed. The washing takes area within the river into which waters full of bleaching powder and soap are freely launched.This activity releases chemical laden water into the river.The cow/buffalo shed near Daulat Nagar and areas near S.V Road dumps cow dung into the river. (Gaikwad, 2016). An inspection carried out by Assistant Municipal Commissioner BMC R/Central ward along with members of River March,2018 it was observed that despite having a designated area along the boundary wall the washermen operated on the river bed. "The bed is littered with mounds of plastic waste. Apart from that there were bamboo set ups to dry the clothes,as stated by Mr.Gopal Jhaveri Founder of River March. (Singh V. , May 15, 2018) Figure3: photograph showing the unregulated urbanisations along the stretch of the river

Reference: Hindustan Times ByEeshanpriya MS, Mumbai The river has been regularly diverted due to dumping of debris and commercial waste inside the vicinity of western railway tracks from Dahisar West up to Dahisar Bridge. Ingress encroachments from banks in addition to amendment of river-path and local diversion of streams have compounded the threat of flooding. A number of the evident encroachments are: Bridge alongside Dahisar S. River between Western express highway and V. road,Marble shops closeto Western express highway,slum pockets between Bhagwati hospital,Rustomjee Park, and Ranchhoddas Marg. (Gaikwad, 2016) Study of Mithi river action plan by Abhinavv Singh,2020 stated that the regulation laid by government for construction of residential zone is at fault.In its 1991 development plan or the river, the government declared the Mithi river as a drain in order to facilitate the construction of additional housing complexes in the area.Had it not redefined the river as a drain, it would have been forced to respect the Coastal Regulatory Zone rules that prohibit construction within 15 meters (approximately 50 feet) of a river. (Singh A. , 2020). It was stated by SR Mathew of the New Link Residents’ Forum in the newsa article of the Hindu that there are almost 400 buildings alongside the river, which are not linked to the BMC sewage lines as they may be at a lower level and the sewage lines are at a higher level.as a result the untreated sewage and effluents are disposed in the river. (Gaikwad, 2016) .On a closer look at the banks of the Dahisar river, reveals that it is affected by human excreta and rubbish which have been thrown with out a care.Thus a lack of awareness about the natural surroundings amongst the residents of the city adds to the yearly clogging of the natural drains and the addition of anthropogenic contamination. (Mehta, 2016)

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

247

The Mithi River floods experienced on July 26, 2005 has sent warning alerts to areas located alongside the Dahisar River. It showed Mumbaikars that if rivers continue to be choked, they may be not able to empty water into the sea when it rains heavily. Thus to prevent the dahisar river from chocking and to shield it the decision to construct two big boundary walls along the banks of river near the dahisar west residential areas was taken by the authorities of R-north ward.It was interpreted that the Dahisar river will face the same encroachment withouth the wall fortification which Mithi is facing today. The width of Dahisar river in most locations is forty metres,however this has made the river into the nallah at a few places because the high partitions prevent passage of water to the sea. No buffer area has been provided alongside the river where the construction has taken place under the state government’s slum rehabilitation scheme (SRA).This has additionally questions on the hapazard development. (Jamwal, 2005)

2.2 Impact on Mangroves and Wetlands Apart from its distinct vegetation typology, the mangroves show varied human behavior, and wildlife that establishes and sets apart the mangrove ecosystem from the rest. The Mumbai coastline has seen great potential for the city’s public transport and has hence endangered these ecosystems. This section focuses on the mangroves (the Gorai) that are the open spaces, which are a layered web of occupations, habitat, tourism, flora and fauna and are an important factor contributing to the landforms of Mumbai.

2.2.1 Existing Flora and Fauna The Gorai patches of mangroves belong to Avicennia spp. The most dominant species observed was Avicennia marina and Avicennia alba. They grow dense because of high salinity in the region. The west coast of Mumbai is rich in marine biodiversity where the common marine fishes are mackerel, sardines, Bombay duck, shark, ray, perch, croaker, carangid, sole, ribbonfish, whitebait, tuna, silverbelly, prawn, and cuttlefish. Following is the account of species found: B. 66 species of birds of 25 families, belonging to 15 Orders. •

51 species - resident birds

•

7 migrants

•

17 local migrants

•

29 uncommon

•

19 common

•

10 rarely occurring species. Individuals of the family Ardeidae, Cuculidae, Muscicapidae, Passeridae, Sturnidae and Corvidae. (Vazifdar., July,2005)

2.2.1 Threats to Mangroves and Wetlands Changes were detected in the mangrove habitat around the Mumbai suburban region using remote sensing technology. As per data, the total area of mangroves in Mumbai suburban region is estimated to be 56.40 km2 (including mud flats) out of which dense mangroves contribute to 45.4% to the total. Threre was a loss of 39.32% of area under mangroves during 1990 to 2001. This quantitative degradation of mangrove vegetation is largely due to burgeoning population pressure, construction and development activities, conversion to agricultural land and fish farms besides the effect of industrial effluents to name a few. Avicennia marina was found to be the most dominant mangrove species. Sustainable measures have been suggested for conservation and management of mangroves of Mumbai. (V. Vijaya, 2005) The major creeks and rivers that flow around the island city, Gorai creek, Vasai creek or Thane creek — are crucial outlets that protect the city from floods. Wetlands have 65sqkm of verdant mangroves which act as organic ramparts for the creek. These mangroves are natural purifiers, reducing atmospheric and water pollution besides preventing erosion of the fragile coast. Mangroves host marine life, hosting a rich ecosystem of several species of plants and animals. Kaccha roads, which go deep into the mangrove forests, are first created. The roads then encircle the mangroves and block the inter-tidal water entering the area. This chocks the ecosystem. Eventually slums develop. (B, 2010) The entire mangrove belt located behind the Dahisar Link Road is under threat from encroachments. Regular dumping and cutting occurs in these areas. Environment activists recently have identified the dying brown patches amidst the lush 400-acre green stretch. Bund wall has blocked salt-water ingress that is necessary for the ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

248

mangroves to survive leading to blocking of sea water in the mangroves in Dahisar West on government land. Construction of a 2-km-long bund encircling an area of 10 to 15 acres where sea water has been cut off to kill the mangroves. Mangroves act as natural buffers by absorbing impact and breaking the flow of water. Their absence leaves the land vulnerable to flooding. Thus Protecting the existing mangrove cover and regeneration of mangroves becomes a natural mitigation mechanism for climate change. Hence mangroves are our only chance to prevent flooding. (Singh D. , Angels of Mumbai: Dahisar residents turn champions of mangroves, 2021) Figure4: Destruction of mangroves in Dahisar east

Reference Times of India, Mumbai,2020

3. Government Proposal planned for the revival of Dahisar river A programme to address river pollutants within the state was announced by former Chief Minister of Maharashtra State however the professionals inffered that the task does not focus on urban rivers which are in dire straits. It was observed and analysed that the groundwater levels of Mumbai are quite low as a result the authorities needs to cope with this problem on an urgent basis . To mitigate this problem the professionals suggested that various existing decentralised options needs to be discussed with the experts and stakeholders. and do a pilot test to move further.If the actions are not taken to salvage the rivers they will dry up leaving Mumbai with a huge water and environmental crisis. (Gaikwad, 2016).Rachna Sansad Institute of Environmental Architecture (RSIEA),Mumbai had proposed the Dahisar River Restoration Project (DRRP) to revive the Dahisar river is put on hold. A report on collection and recycling of wastewater from the dhobi ghat area was prepared by RSIEA. However because of lack of coordination with the authorities lead to wastage of the proposal. (Jamwal, 2005). River March group is been formed by the Citizens of Mumbai and they have been pushing the Brihanmumbai Municipal corporation (BMC) to act on the reviving the river project for the past 3 years.The group has done some preliminary study by testing the river water outside SNGP near Borivali east which resulted that pollution level of river has increased and the oxygen level have dropped drastically.It was inferred that this will affect all varieties of life forms inside the river.Thus a dailouge between the authorities and the group was intended to offer solutions to fight pollution for every section of the river and not derive a homogenous solution to the problems. The case of Sabarmati river,Gujarat was analysed where the river bank has been beautified by displacing the the residents who lived alongside.The proposal was for tourisim which disconnected the residents. It was conculded that the water needs to be treated and cleanse and also residents should be involved in the process of revival and rejuvenation. (Fernando, 2016) The rejuvenation river project in Mumbai had been carried out by BMC which includes widening of river, curbing pollution, improving the quality of water, developing sewer network, beautification of river banks, constructing desilting , access roads as well as building Sewage Treatment Plants.Under this project seven STPs ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

249

will be constructed at various locations that can treat 27 million liter sewage daily which can be discharged into the rivers,thus controlling the pollution.However due to cost escalation during covid-19 the project has been delayed.The work at Dahisar river was expected to be completed in two years but due to the pandemic outbreak and the suspension of all development work for months (service, 2021)Similar project approved is for conservation of mangroves. 50-hectare Dahisar Mangrove Park near Dahisar creek (Peri-Urban area)has been planned by state mangrove cell which will help to maintain the ecological balance of the mangrove ecosystem.thsi will also create awareness about conservation of mangroves and its biodiversity.The project was in place and construction was likely to be completed by July 2021 however due to the pandemic the project not alined with the deadline. (Chatterjee, 2019).

3.1 A plan for Future As the government has taken the challenge of revitilaztion of the dahisar river,it should be connected to the commitments that India has made to the Internation Community as a party to the Paris Climate Change Agreement and leverage the resources of international community to help the city’s environmental projects move forward. The work of cleaning up the river can be linked directly to the four of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): Goal 3: Good health and well-being ,Goal 11- Sustainable Cities and Communities,Goal 15-Life on land. Also SDG 13 – Climate Action; and SDG 14 – Life Below Water can be taken into consideration.Some nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) already working for Dahisra river revial along with the local authorities and its nonprofit partners would be able to help accomplish this goals. Mangrove forests are extremely carbon rich and can trap twice the amount of carbon dioxide as salt marshes alone. This carbon sequestration ability combined with the evapotranspiration capacity of trees to cool the surrounding area, thus reducing the need for air conditioning, could significantly improve India’s capacity to uphold its commitment to the Paris Climate Accord.thus revival and resoration projects of mangroves hold utmost importance for the future. (Singh A. , 2020)

3. Conclusions This paper looks at the universal acceptance of the riverfront development and maximizing biophilic experiences for the users. Disaster preparedness would assure minimizing the spread of contagious diseases and the ill effects post-flooding. It would address the rapid infrastructure developments along the river that lead to poor waste management and eventually diseases. Varying typologies of ecologies – the forest and the mangroves present an equally varying palette of animals, insects, butterflies, marine life, and avifauna in their natural form. The project's engagement with the discipline of architecture leading to an architectural intervention:

3.1 Rejuvenating natural drainage ways C. The project will look at multiple ways of providing solutions for the stormwater drainage thus reducing the recurring flooding problem. The intervention will cater to the need of the citizens for providing pause points in the city along the river and thus exploring the recreational potential that the river offers. D. At policy level, existing river basin shall be identified, and natural drainage ways shall be kept free of any barriers or garbage dump by conducting awareness drives through NGOs. Beautification and regular maintenance shall be carried out by local governing bodies.

3.2 Potential as linear open spaces Initiatives such as mangroves park and marine interpretation centre, shall be taken by identifying open spaces along the river for restoring ecologies.

3.3Alterations in land use and rezoning Illegal constructions and buildings lacking proper municipal sewage disposal systems shall be identified. Solutions shall be proposed to correct and alter the anthropogenic ingress to avoid recurring disasters.

3.4 Restoring ecosystem Initiatives shall be to restore ecology by appreciating and conserving native species, and sufficient setbacks.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

250

3.5 Community education and engagement Since human settlement thrives on the river, first and foremost efforts shall be taken to generate cognizance amongst the citizens about the prominence to revive the river by NGOs and other similar bodies. The engagement of the people in initiatives, as per the typology of citizens - like river cleaning shall be carried out to ensure the maintenance of the river as a communal responsibility rather than a subject to be handled by the government.

3.6 Waste management Treating the waste at the source and having a proper waste management plan shall be carried out to solve the issue of pollution of the river as well as reduce the clogging.

3.7 Nodes identification and development Important amenity nodes shall be developed considering local issues and providing solutions for the same.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

B, V. (2010, April). Times of India. Retrieved from awaaz.org: https://awaaz.org/oldwebsiteupto2014/Awaaz_Foundation/Trees_Press_Coverage/Entries/2010/4/16_GREEN_CITYCH OKING_MANGROVES.html Chatterjee, B. (2019, August). Gorai mangrove park to be ready by 2021’ : State mangrove cell. Mumbai: Hindustan Times. Fernando, B. (2016, January). MID-DAY. Retrieved from https://www.mid-day.com/mumbai/mumbainews/article/community-campaign-set-to-control-worrying-pollution-of-dahisar-river-16910184 G, K. (Volume 8, Issue 10, 2020). FRAMEWORK FOR REVITALIZING THE RIVERFRONT IN URBAN AREAS . Vijayawada, A.P., India.: Department of Architecture, School of Planning and Architecture. Gaikwad, R. (2016, September). The Dahisar river is a sewer. Mumbai, Maharashtra, India: The HIndu. Jamwal, N. (2005, December). Down to earth. Retrieved from https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/dahisar-in-danger10647 Mehta, T. (2016, September 26). NDTV. Retrieved from swachhindia.ndtv.com: https://swachhindia.ndtv.com/canmumbai-save-its-dahisar-river-2778/ service, E. n. (2021, September 28). Retrieved from The Indian Express: https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/mumbai/work-on-dahisar-oshiwara-rivers-to-begin-bmc-to-award-contracts7538365/ Singh, A. (2020). Mithi river action plan:Changing Mumbai's paradoxical equation with its river. Carnegie Mellon University Spring 2019. Singh, D. ( August 04, 2021). FPJ Special: From rivers to sewers - Journey of Mumbai's four rivers . Free press Journal. Singh, D. (2021). Angels of Mumbai: Dahisar residents turn champions of mangroves. The free press journal. Singh, V. ( May 15, 2018). BMC cracks down on dhobi ghat for polluting Dahisar. Mumbai, Maharashtra, India: DNA. V. Vijaya, R. S. (2005). Mangrove mapping and change detection around Mumbai (Bombay) using remotely sensed data. Indian Journal of Marine Sciences. Vazifdar., :. J. (July,2005). Gorai Dumping Ground : IN THE HIGH COURT OF BOMBAY . Mumbai: High court of Bombay.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

251

Towards Urban Sustainability Agenda: Role of Leaders & Organizations Under Sub theme: Goal 17- Partnerships to achieve the Goals Ar. Dhiraj Salhotra1 1

Principal, Thakur School of Architecture & Planning, University of Mumbai, Mumbai, India.

Abstract The paper is based on the role of stringent policies and disciplined Implementation as a key to Sustainability Agenda. The paper identifies the significance of addressing the 'locus genius' of all sites and contexts through active participation of stake holders and Self Help Groups. The paper urges to investigate the unclaimed Residual Urban spaces that get transformed in to vulnerable sites of habitation for marginalized communities. The paper suggests ways to improve livelihood potential through up skill and creation of green jobs under Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives. The paper enlists strategies that are implementable at local and regional levels to create an environment of inclusivity. The paper emphasises the role of collaborative efforts in generating an ambience for providing sustenance of communities through empowerment and strengthening the agents of change. The paper suggests ways to arrange linkages between different entities as a systematic effort of partnerships for common good. The paper conclusively seeks to establish, the shift in role of governance from a provider to facilitator and the role of residents from receivers to stakeholders having say in the decision-making process that can bring about the transformation that is due for all. KEYWORDS: Policies, Governance, Leadership, Partnership, Sustainability, Empowerment

1.0 Stringent Policies and Disciplined Implementation The Cities are an outcome of planning policies and a complete set of regulatory mechanism that governs the fabric of development. The recent focus on formulation of path breaking policies is the only way to upkeep the global path to successful and sustainable development. We are living in highly integrated society, where international borders no longer define the boundaries of socio-cultural and economic impacts. The impacts have been far reaching and deeper especially post onset of digitisation in almost every sphere of human life. The recent outbreak of pandemic has demonstrated the vulnerability of the existing systems and exposed the need for development of parallel mechanisms that can offer a degree of resilience to overcome marginalization, improve inclusivity and contribute towards mitigating the gaps of diversity. The lesser fortunate and urban poor are the most affected and vulnerable group. Although it is anticipated that around 70% of world population shall be living in urban areas, it is also suspected that 30% shall be living in slums. The duality of the urban divide has been widening over the decades of economic and technological advances. The only way to mitigate this divisive nature of cities is by emergent stringent policies and their disciplined implementation. Formulation of fair global trade practices, equity of economy and right to basic essential services has to be met as a global responsibility.

2.0

Localising agenda for a sustainable coexistence

Even as we start to think, plan and act globally, the significance of responding to the site context and regional contextuality must remain at the centre of all processes. The urban cultures within the confines of the urban region shares uniqueness that needs special addressal. The role of citizens as participants of change and transformation is the key. The participation and strengthening of local welfare organization as a network of

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

252

arterial operational system can act as the information nerve cells communicating and responding to the site stimulus. The organization systems governed by leadership through people’s participation in decision making process, not only as advisors or beneficiaries, but as the care takers and stakeholders of the financial benefits as well as liabilities, if any. It is a responsive and responsible participation that can bring about a change or a meaningful transformation. Example: A network of Self Help Groups having representation from the local inhabitants of all age, gender, occupation as an entire bouquet of stake holders of the region.

2.1

Areas of Urban Intervention for Inclusivity

The ownership of land has led to economic driven developments of urban areas, the residual areas are left for being encroached, used, misused and appropriated in the manner that seemingly is best suited to the social condition. The left-over urban spaces in the form of unbuildable and vulnerable sites become sites for occupation, these hazardous sites are shelter to marginalized communities and also support local economies of sort. Many of such livelihood sources are found to be hazardous industries having work environments that pose serious health and environment. The framing of stricter environmental laws and land use policies have proven to be ineffective in providing any solution to the existing challenges. The area of urban intervention must seek to penetrate such potential sites by expanding the agenda of the development program beyond the confines of the development project or site alone and include impact area development. The inclusive development in its true sense can begin when the boundaries of site context are blurred to include immediate surroundings and immediate vulnerabilities. Urban Design regulations that go beyond the scope of controlling guidelines and provide an eco-dimension to the spatial organization is the need of the hour. Example: Every major project must define its impact area and include strategy for addressing the vulnerability issue within the impact area.

2.2

Inclusivity must generate opportunity.

The aim of sustainable development is to ensure a continuum of economic cycle, generate job opportunities for all. The idea of generating opportunity for livelihood potential that serves the urban society while building upon the available resources, receives essential supportive skills and access to services, infrastructure and instruments for development shall create a nexus between the agenda for sustainable development in the marginalized community with the economic self-sustenance. At one side hazardous occupations and services that thrive on marginalized communities must be abolished by regulatory norms and replaced with alternative sources of livelihood. The idea of dual systems that utilize and convert easily accessible resources in to objects of utility using basic tools and equipment’s that are offered for purposeful use can generate employment opportunity while creating an industry of urban need fulfilment. Anything that has been snatched by the laws must be replaced by something that can provide, nourish and replenish the communities with an alternative source of sustainable and dependable livelihood. Example: Say No to Plastic Campaign must address those involved with the occupation to address the specific issue with an alternative industry supported with required concessions and benefits to undertake such developments.

3.0

Role of Local Institutions as catalysts of change

Institutions can act as chapters of study and authentic sources of information, to carry out the audit of policy impact, bridge the governance, identify the essential need of skill sets and stakeholder capacities in terms of economic profiles and environmental mapping. As a participatory agency, interaction and positioning to acquire ground information as a first-hand report shall present a diagnostic view of the situation, that can be easily addressed in a focussed manner. As a partnering agency Institutions can catalyse the change by encouraging participation of sponsoring agencies under the Corporate Social Responsibility. It must become a obligatory duty of Industries and beneficiaries of local area to contribute their bit in generating a fertile ground for growth and transformation. Example: Certain funded projects by corporate houses and industry through involvement of Institutions can act as a catalytic actor of change, it is such stake holder participation that encourages, sense of pride, ownership and responsibility that ensures continuum of collective effort and thus sustained regeneration.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

253

4.0

Urban infrastructure Projects as investors in Inclusive Growth

Urban Infrastructure projects are large scale urban interventions, involving participation of the big players if the industry. The large investment and turn overs, have tremendous potential in generating and contributing to local economy. The thrust is largely on the involvement of large scale project implementation agencies that can be investors in training and providing essential logistical support to the local area of impact. The current infrastructure project contracts do not even observe basic essential safety requirements of the area under impact. A legislative system that encourages and disciplines a sense of social responsibility of not leaving construction sites as abandoned venues but with thriving supportive to the local communities. Example: Installation of drinking water fountains, public toilets, provision of well paved pedestrian areas, bird parks, butterfly gardens, greening initiatives, green energy resources for streetlighting could be some of the project left overs for the city to utilize at the end of every mega infrastructure initiative.

4.1

Healing the habitus programs

Every area of urban governance is divided in sectors and wards, these administrative boundaries are an ideal measure of areas for jurisdiction, operation and strategizing implementation of various urban governance initiatives. The sites that are categorically vulnerable and affected always remain as the sites under constant threat of environmental degradation and disaster prone. The categorical mapping of such sites through surveys that identify the risks of gender, occupational hazards, disasters and climate change can be areas identified for immediate attention and action. Preparation of detailed action plan reports of such vulnerable sites, inviting suggestions from local bodies and stakeholders for the site under investigation shall provide the essential impetus for community-based participation. Setting up of local committees and body formed with spectrum of representation shall enable conducive growth and project sustenance. Example: Youth Welfare, Senior Citizens, Women representative organizations have been found to be a very effective mechanism for social transformation, creating a community of proud citizenship promoting best practices, within and around the neighbourhoods.

4.2

Disaster Mitigation programs to diagnose causes

An urgent need for most urban areas is to develop a mechanism to address Disasters. The strategy is largely missing in most urban developments. We witness occurrence of repeated disasters in our cities and assume them to be annual rituals. The complacency of not addressing them and accepting them as a seasonal cycle is accepting vulnerability without planning for mitigation. The out of sight and out of mind attitudinal approach with gift of tolerance has caused impedance in addressing the most pressing needs. The regularity of accidents at specific junctions, dents in cars, injury to people, regular outbreak of seasonal diseases are all vulnerabilities equally dynamic as the flooding in monsoon or falling of trees due on street due to storms. Every event of accident in urban space is an indication of a disaster requiring addressal. Example: Flooding and choking of drains, overflowing storm water drains, traffic congestions, pedestrian accidents all are urban disasters requiring intervention and addressal.

4.3

The Strength of community lies within itself

An architectural and urban design fabric that creates unity sense of belonging and equitable opportunity for the stakeholders of the communities is an ideal blend to create a dynamic work force of cohesive action. The idea of empowerment of communities and social dynamism is the crux. The events that celebrate and commemorate the spirit of togetherness, blurs the boundaries of caste, creed, colour, gender and differences, if any. The coming together of communities on a neutral platform to celebrate celestial events of significance, festivals of seasons and environmental pride need active promotion. The action plan is on making radical changes in the festivities that are participatory & inclusive for all shall bring about social transformation like no other. The funding and setting up of local active groups can enhance the significant sites in neighbourhood also creating ambience to improve footfall and economy generating activities as a catalyst of change. Example: Competitive events that encourage participation of communities, commemoration and celebration of winners with awards and sponsorships to gain certifications, scholarships and preferences in community representations can have a significant impact.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

254

4.4

Use of Information Technology based portals of social security

The use of IT based portals can act as the kind of safety net the community can bank upon. A centrally organised IT based software that maintains general information about the neighbourhood shall help improve the line of communication and create better preparation of the community to face disaster related risks. The use of Global Positioning System based portals that provide information about traffic condition and alternative routes in realtime are an effective means to manage and plan travel times. A well censored and authenticated centralised service that provides authentic information shall protect the community from misinformation-based challenges. The idea of smart systems shall be meaningful when it helps the participant community with a user centric interface and provides essential social support. The vulnerabilities of individuals and groups can be greatly reduced by creating a trusted platform of interface that allows communities to interact, organise and support each other. Example: The recent use of aarogya setu app has been largely successful in providing the masses with authentic information and contributed significantly in serving the community at large.

5.0

Conclusion

Urban Inclusivity is as much a matter of policy making, implementation and planning as much it has to do with people’s participation. Unless the ‘Not in My Backyard’ Syndrome is completely removed from the society and as systems approach a delightful and satisfied inclusivity shall remain a distant dream. The larger interests of shelter, health, education, food for all, a matter of cohesion amongst the members. Once we are able to provide sustainable livelihoods, address the needs of the environment, create infrastructure of coherence, other issues can gradually be addressed. The need of the hour is to strengthen the agents of change and transforming the role of local institutions and organizations actively. The shift in role of governance from a provider to facilitator and the role of residents from receivers to stakeholders having say in the decision-making process can bring about the transformation that is due for all.

References: 1.

Baker, J.L. 2008. Urban Poverty: A Global View. Urban Papers. Washington, DC: World Bank. Camagni, R. 1998. Sustainable Urban Development: Definition and Reasons for a Research Programme. International Journal of Environment and Pollution. 2. Choe, K., and A. Laquian. 2008. City Cluster Development: Toward an Urban-Led Development Strategy for Asia. Manila: AD 3. Roberts, B. 2015. Toolkit Guide for Rapid Economic Assessment, Planning and Development of Cities in Asia (CCED). Manila: ABD 4. ADB. Saunders, D. 2010. Arrival City: How the Last Great Migration Is Reshaping Our World. Sydney: Allen & Unwin. Singh, K., F. Steinberg, and N. von Einsiedel, eds. 1996. Integrated Urban Infrastructure Development in Asia. Oxford Publishing. U. Tuli. 2003. 5. URBACT. 2011. http://urbact.eu/en/header-main/integrated-urban-development/ understanding-integratedurban-development/ Wilson, D. and L. Beaton. 2003. 6. Promoting Institutional and Organisational Appraisal and Development: A Source Book of Tools and Techniques. London: Department for International Development of the United Kingdom. http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.dfid.gov.uk/pubs/files/ prominstdevsourcebook.pdf World Bank. 2007. 7. Tools for Institutional, Political and Social Analysis of Policy Reform. Washington, DC: International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/ World Bank

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

255

Formulation of Design Strategies for Climate-Responsive elements in Commercial Buildings to lessen the mechanical resources: Case of Pune Subtheme:Goal 17- Partnerships to achieve the Goal Ar. RadheyaSudhirChopde1, Ar. ShubhashriUpasani2Ar. SourabhShalgar3 1Assistant.

Professor, Shri Shivaji Maratha Society’s College of Architecture, Pune,Maharashtra, India.

2Assistant

Professor, Shri Shivaji Maratha Society’s College of Architecture, Pune, Maharashtra, India.

3Masters

of Architectural Science (Sustainable Design) (High-Performance Buildings), The University of Sydney.

Abstract Architecture should address the human comfort and energy consumption issues to be handled at the optimum level. Climate-responsive architecture deals with both aspects. According to the World Green Building Council report, out of the total global carbon emission, 39% is done by the building industry. Commercial zones are one of the extensive consumers of energy and are the third-largest user after industrial and agricultural sectors. In accordance with this requirement, the research aims to formulate strategies for designing basic building components for commercial building typologies that will reduce energy consumptionin the case of Pune city, Maharashtra. The need for designing the reduced energy consumption elements and components is established from the overall usage of mechanical resources for the well-functioning of commercial buildings. The empirical methodology is carried out for the research which includes secondary data study of environmental, climatic, and energy consumption reports by various experts from the field. Also, the LEED guidelines and means to reduce the mechanical energy consumption are referred to before proposing the components. As a case study and proposal formation, primary data collection is done for one of the well-known IT Sector office buildings from Pune city. The analytical studies are carried out with the use of simulation methods and modelling along with possible alternative methods in the existing setup. The module is proposed as an example that can be replicated in various contexts and climatic conditions.

Keywords - Climate-responsive architectural elements; mechanical energy consumption; commercial buildings; moderate climatic condition; simulation and modelling method

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

256

1. Introduction Environment concerns are taking high priority in the present era for the stable future of all living beings including humans. In accordance with this, the sensible architectural features should be environment-friendly consuming minimum mechanical resources. Rise, in the considerations of sustainable strategies, is the need of the situation. ‘Building Green’ is becoming a shared target of all government sectors, but the application of these features in building design practices is still needed to establish with more awareness. This lack of awareness of building performance and implementation in the design process invites more consumption of electricity and other resources. Some of the new building designs have integrated the features to reach the target of ‘environment conservation’. The latent adverse effect brought about will be investigated how these features give an environmental-friendly building will be reviewed. Generally the buidling is designed for certain amount of energy consumption. But practically the consumption figures are different than the designed one. This performance gap is considered for the new constructions but the contribution of exisitng structures with respect to operational carbon also need to be taken care of. This paper tries the application of few strategies for developing managementprocedures for better energy consumptionsin the existing buildings. The study is carried out for an IT building in which mechanical energy use has been compared with the actual building energy use if the said strategies and standard benchmarks are not applied. The method used is building simulation, for the camparative analysis between different scenarios considering the operation hours of building/ equipments, application of architectural strategies for the reduction of mechanical energy usage, and finally its impact on the climate change. The results showed a high reduction in estimated energy consumption. If one has to reduce mechanical energy usage, then existing energy management techniques have to be improved with the help of architectural strategies. A systematic approach is required so that identification of energy streams and pinpoint problems can be addressed. Particularly in the case of existing structures, one has to understand the responsibility which often has a legacy of poorly metered energy consumptions. After China and US, India is the world’s third-largest emitter of Green-House-Gases (GHGs). (BBC News). According to the World Green Building Council report, out of the total global carbon emission, 39% is done by the building industry. Commercial zones are one of the extensive consumers of energy and are the third-largest user after industrial and agricultural sectors. These figures highlight the need for energy-efficient strategies for the construction industry. Corporate building, a part of the construction industry, which can effectively work for the energy reduction techniques, is chosen as the specimen for this research. Any corporate building uses 80 90% energy during its operational phase as of its total lifecycle energy consumption (Churcher, 2013). Therefore administration of energy use during the operational phase can have a massive impact on building carbon emissions. The research proceeds with the selection of one of the well-known IT sector buildings situated in the heart of the Pune city as an example for critical analysis of the existing systems.

2.Methodology The empirical research methodology is adopted to carry the studies which included literature studies as background information and secondary data is collected for the simulation method, energy consumption, and calculations, etc. The primary data collection is done from the site chosen as a case study which is one of the functional IT sector corporate office buildings located in the heart of Pune City. Assessment of Energy Consumption of corporate building involved following four processes – Surveys involved compilingmechanical /electrical equipment’s schedule and obtaining occupation time with energy usage; Energy simulation modeling of heating and cooling characteristics along with equipment operational schedule; Comparison with previous electrical meter readings; Sensitivity analysis to address the uncertainty with the energy consumption. The critical analysis of primary data with the help of simulation modeling is the most essential part of the research studies that helped authors to formulate the conclusions. Energy simulation modeling: For energy simulation we have considered the design case which was the case study done for the research. The simulation model replicates the working schedule and occupancy details of the case study. We have compared the same with a base case to understand the key elements that result in energy conservation. The Building energy simulation is performed in eQuest which is an energy simulation tool. The simulation is carried out as per ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and the base case values are referred from the same. ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

257

Climatic data Pune The weater data file was taken from energy plus website, BCBC code 2017 which pune as hot and humid.

3. Survey and Case studies 3.1 Survey: The first step of the survey was visual survey of a corporate office building. It was carried out by the team to observe the finishing materials, opening sizes and glass used for the windows, occupancy and covered floor space. After having the preliminary discussions with the maintenance staff of the office, servicing strategies, size and placement of the equipment consuming the electricity, server locations, etc. are noted. Floor area calculations were also a part of the survey that was done with the help of data received from the AC and electrical equipment maintenance staff. It was important to observe that how the building floor areas used in the calculations were reflected in the energy-consuming building areas by the service plants like AC. Also, the observations related to solar panel placements, the total energy generated, etc. were observed by the team.

3.2 Case Study: One of the in-use IT office buildings situated in the heart of the city of Pune is chosen with the presence occupancy as a total of 2700 people. (The name of the company is not mentioned as per the request of the client for keeping the privacy related to services and other factors that may affect their corporate relations. The author can tell about them to genuinely interested people and to the organizing committee if needed. But the authors are not allowed to mention the name in public.) The building simulation was carried out of this office building block which comprises six floors’ of workspace with two-level basement parking and ground-level parking. An additional cafeteria is provided on a rooftop. A split-core service system is used for the building where all the services (i.e. electrical, mechanical, etc.) are placed on the outer face of the building for easy maintenance purposes. VRV system is used in overall building for mechanical ventilation. Cassette AC’s are used in every room and its temperature is locked at 25 degrees Celsius. For the sake of mental satisfaction, the temperature display lowers down the numbers. Here the effect of human psychology is effectively and smartly used to save energy consumption. The walls of the server rooms are insulated with panels from all sides for better performance. The ozone system has been used for energy saving by converting the ozone (O3) into oxygen (O2). Every floor has been provided with thermostats which regulate and control the temperature as per the use and save energy. Figure1: Plan showing the typical working floor of the chosen IT building.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

258

Figure 2: Plan showing the typical HVAC layout of the chosen IT building.

4. Results and Discussion 4.1 Architectural strategies: 4.1.1 Reducing the Lighting consumption by setting LPD limits in commercial buildings: Illumation is one of the major consumer of energy and it also cause heat generation which add on to the energy consumption for cooling of the building.Lighting power density defined by the Oregon Department of Energy as "The maximum allowable lighting density” permitted by the code. It is expressed in Watts per Square foot for a given occupancy/space type. As per the ECBC tip-sheet, 2017, lighting burns 20-40% of the total consumption. This is the area that opens up the possibilities of designing energy efficiency means in new or exisitng structures. Many types if illumination options are available for commertial building typologies and many options to design the lighting system efficiently. Mandatory and presciptive requirements are set by the ECBS for lighting power density and controls. Space Function Method or the Building Area Method shows compliance with prescriptive requirements. Mandatory lighting requirements are still applicable in both the cases. Building Area Method: STEP 1: Determine the allowed lighting power density from ASHRAE 90.1 for each appropriate building area type. Sample LPD values are given in the table below STEP 2: Calculate the gross lit up floor area type. STEP 3: The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of the products of the gross lit up floor area of each building area times the allowed LPD for that building area types.

4.1.2 Use of low E-glass Use of ‘Glazing’ (fasade made of glass) has important role in the growing requirements of Cooling load. The reason behind this is, glass catches heat from the sun and throws it inside of the structures. Appropriate use of glass with specific treatments like passive and low-E coating can improve solar and thermal performance with respect to heat gain in the interiors of the building.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

259

Low-E means lesser emissivity. This term is used to indicate the glass pane emitting the total radient energy. An untreated glass, that allows heat and light into the interiors, has emissivity rating about 0.84. . According to ECBC,a window pane glass treated with low-E treatment has an emissivity rating of just 0.02. There are 4 ways to measure the capacity og Low-E glass: 1. U-Value (Allowable heat loss by any material) 2. Visible Light Transmittance (Allowable visible light through the glass) 3. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (heat absorbed and transferred by glass) 4. Visible light transmittance and solar heat gain means Light-to-Solar-Gain ratio. Studies shows that double glazed windows with timber framing combined with the Low-E glass facing to the Sun is ideal senario in a hot climatic conditions. But this is the costly solution as compared to other materials.

4.1.3 Choosing HVAC with better EER values: The air-conditioning systems with low energy efficiency rating is influencial factor in energy consumption calculations. In order to assess the energy efficiency of the air-conditioners, data from a national survey conducted by the Ghana Environmental Protection Agency (Ghana EPA, 2017) on air-conditioning equipment applied in India has been obtained and analyzed. Along with this study, secondary data for EFR (energy efficiency ratio), rated power inputs, colling capacities of exisitng air-conditioning system of chosen corporate office building is collected. The benifits of High EER-Rated Air Conditioning system: •Notable Energy savings – Electricity bills can be reduced by low energy consumption than means more energy and money can be saved •Increased cooling comfort – With the better technology, design, components, high EFR Air conditioners are considered as more effective •Lesser ownership cost– Air conditioners with a higher EER are better solutions for investments due to their robust and durable designs, and therefore, less prone to system breakdowns. •Lower carbon footprint – Eco-friendly components including an ozone-friendly refrigerant of high EFR Cooling units leave lesser carbon footprint These concepts were applied and checked in the studies of the energy efficiency of air-conditioners used in the chosen case study in Pune with a moderate temperature zone.

4.1.4 Providing roof and wall insulation: Poorly insulated buildings are difficult to deal with for mechanical air-conditioning and lead to high energy loss. The market is, therefore, abuzz with products that can pad the walls to improve buildings’ thermal insulation. Many factors play role in the heat transfer from roofs and vertical walls. During the daytime, heat transfer through the roof is dominated by two aspects: 1) Solar radiation absorption, and 2) Atmospheric Infrared emission. Heat transfer in walls is predominently convective type hence these effects are less important in case of walls. In the Indian senario, reduction in energy consumption is significantly affecting the carbon footprint. Dispersion from appliances (mainly air-conditioners) in commercial sector cause high electricity consumption. The main purpose of using air-conditioners is to remove heat gained from the external building envelop such as walls, roofs, windows. Thethermal envelope is the main aspectwhile designing an energy-efficient interior spaces. If the thermal envelope allows heat transfer, and not sealed properly, the HVAC system needs to work more for the cooling of the interiors. The air flowing through the cracks from the envelope and leaking outside causes more energy consumption and leads to the reduced efficiency of overall HVAC system. This condition will also reduce indoor air quality, reduction in the system’s lifespan, and increased utility costs attracted by walls and roof. Building envelop insulation becomes an efficient retrofitting measure to reduce heat transmission from walls and roof, thereby decreasing the need of air conditioning to remove that heat.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

260

4.1.5 Use of on-site energy generation by PV panels: This strategy helps to understand the adoption of solar-electric generation systems and their impacts on energy consumption in the commercial sector. The study analyzed the installed solar systems, that, either reduce or increase the electricity consumption in the chosen case of a corporate building. The study further tests whether characteristics of the solar system, its installer, and other variables are related to the property and household or not. The available data helps to explain changes in consumer behavior.

4.2 Results: 4.2.1 Setting the LPD limits: The chart below shows a simulation comparing the savings achieved just by improving the LPD value. The Base case value is taken form ASHRAE 90.1, which is 0.90 W/Sqft, whereas the design LPD value is 0.22 W/Sqft.The lighting values are designed by taking into consideration the Lux levels required for the specific tasks in the building.As seen, just by improving the LPD we can save 10.4% of the total energy consumption. Chart 1: Chart comparing Lighting Consumption in Base Case and Design Case (Source: Prepared by the Author based on the available data.) Energy Consumption in Basecase and Design Case 2500000

Design Case, 2006353

Basecase, 2240102

Annual Energy Consumption (KWh)

2000000

Base case 1500000

Design case

1000000

500000

Lighting

Receptacles

Space Cooling

Pumps and Aux

Vent Fans

Elevators Water Pump

Total

4.2.2 Choosing HVAC with Better EER (Energy Efficiency Ratio): The base case simulation is done with the EER value of 10.6 referred from ASHRAE 90.10. The selected project has used efficient HVAC with a high EER value of 13.8. The chart below shows the energy savings achieved by choosing a better HVAC. As seen from the chart, we can achieve a savings of 10% by selecting the HVAC with high EER.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

261

Chart 2: Chart comparing HVAC Consumption in Base Case and Design Case (Source: Prepared by the Author based on the available data.) Energy Consumption in Basecase and Design Case

Annual Energy Consumption (KWh)

2500000

Ba s e Case, 2240102

Des ign Case, 2014980

2000000

1500000

1000000

Base case

500000

Design case

Lighting Receptacles,

Space Cooling

Pumps and Vent Fans Aux

Elevators Water Pump

Total

4.2.3 Selecting Materials with Better U Value: The building envelope plays a crucial role in building energy consumption. Choosing the materials with better U values for climate like Pune, India can reduce some load on the HVAC equipment’s, thus reducing the electricity consumption. The project has used Low E glass and Double Glazed Units with U value of 1.8 W/m2K and 2.8 W/m2K respectively. The glass used in the base case has the U value of 5.0 W/m2K.Similarly, the External Wall and Roof assembly are designed to achieve better U values. The calculation for the same are given below, Table 1: The Roof Assembly U-value.

Roof U Value Sr.No

Material name

Thickness, t(M)

Thermal Conductivity,k (W/m.K)

Thermal Resistance, R=t/k (m2.K/W)

External Air film

12mm High Reflective Paint

0.012

External plaster

0.02

0.72

0.028

Waterproofing Brickbat

0.15

0.98

0.153

RCC Slab

0.15

0.8

0.188

Rockwool Insulation

0.15

0.035

4.286

0.440

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

262

Internal Air Film

0.160 5.254

Total Thermal Resistance(RT) (W/m²·K)

U Value (Roof)

0.19

Table 2: Table showing the Wall Assembly U value.

External Wall U Value Sr.No

Material name

Thickness, t(M)

Thermal Conductivity, k

Thermal

(W/m.K)

Resistance,

R=t/k

(m2.K/W) 1

External Air film

0.005

0.1

0.050

External plaster

0.02

0.72

0.028

AAC Block Wall

0.23

0.16

1.438

Internal Plaster

0.02

0.72

0.028

Internal Air Film

0.005

0.1

0.050 1.593

Total Thermal Resistance (RT) (W/m²·K)

U Value (Roof)

0.63

Below are the results showing the reduction in energy consumption by choosing the right envelope materials. As seen we can save 2% of the total energy consumption. Chart 3: Chart comparing HVAC Consumption in Base Case and Design Case due to changes in mmaterial U values. (Source: Prepared by the Author based on the available data.)

Energy Consumption in Basecase and Design Case

Annual Energy Consumption (KWh)

2500000

Design Case, 2193592.43

Base Case, 2240102

2000000

1500000

Base case 1000000

Design case

500000

Lighting Receptacles

Space Cooling

Pumps and Vent Fans Aux

Elevators

Water Pump

Total

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

263

4.2.4 Solar PV: The project has proposed 320KW of onsite solar PV which in total generates approximately 595603 kWh annually. Of this total renewable energy, we have considered only 30% for the wing that we have selected. Thus we can consider solar renewable energy to be 178680 KWh annually. Chart 4: Solar Energy Generation and Reduction in Energy Consumption (Source: Prepared by the Author based on the available data.) Solar Energy Generationand Reduction in Energy Consuption 2500000

Ba s e Case , 2240102 Des ign Case, 1736443

2000000

Cons umption a fter Sol ar Offset, 1557763

(KWh)

1500000

1000000

500000

Sol ar PV Generation, 178680

Annual Energy Consumption (Kwh)

As seen from the chart above due to the Solar Photovoltaic Panels we can generate 178680 KWh of energy and thus offset the total annual consumption by 10.30%.

4.3 Building energy simulation considerations: To get better results in the energy simulation it is required to have correct inputs in the simulation software. The primary data needed is the building geometry (Building Plans, Elevations, Sections, etc.), envelope shading devices and the construction material properties. The secondary part is to input the correct weather data and location file. From the site visit we have collected all the above data and the epw. weather file from the energy plus weather data is used for the simulation. Further, the building operation schedules, building occupancy details, lighting loads, equipment loads, HVAC and Fan details, Solar PV details, etc were collected during the site visit. Below is the table showing the simulation input parameters for base case and design case.

Table 3: Table showing simulation input parameters for base case and design case

Input Parameter

Baseline (ASHRAE 90.1 )

Design Case

Units

Wall U-value

0.70

0.63

W/m2K

Roof U-value

0.28

0.19

W/m2K

Window U-value

5.00

1.80 and 2.80

W/m2K

WWR

30.00

Climate Data

Pune Weather File

Climate Condition

Warm and Humid

Lighting

Building Area Method

0.90

Power

0.22

W/sq.ft

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

264

density Sensors

Occupancy sensor

Yes

Same

base

case Peak Occupancy

Same as Design Case

HVAC system

System type

900 VRF System

Daikin

People VRV

System EER

10.6

13.8

Cooling Type

Direct

Direct Expansion

Expansion Heating Type

Not

Not Installed

Installed Fan control

VAV

Set point ( Summer/Winter)

75/72

Setback (Summer/Winter)

85/60

55/90

500

534

Supply

Air

Temp(Cooling/Heating) Total Cooling Capacity

Reference: Author’s Own.

5. Conclusion The research compares two building cases, i.e. with and without using energy reducing design strategies, to find out the strategies that can help in decreasing energy consumption. The chosen corporate building held the actual data and can be called an ideal building whereas the base case building has properties that follow the minimum standards. The research finding shows that we can achieve about 22.5% of energy savings by adapting a few energy-saving strategies like setting low LPD’s, incorporating HVAC with higher EER, and using building envelope materials with higher U values. Additional savings will be achieved by proposing Solar PV panels for energy generation on site, which can save another 10% of the energy. The table below shows the analitical difference between energy consumption of the base case and design case. It also displays the energy generation due to Solar and states the total savings achieved over the base case by using the architectural elements effectively. The strategies planned here are as per the local climatic considerations. They have to plan as per the context and the climate but the need is hence established based on the climate responsive design strategies for the reduction of overall energy consumption.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

265

Table 4: Table showing Performance Improvement by adoptingall the Strategies. Performance Improvement by Adapting the Strategies Particulars

Energy type

Annual Energy & Peak

Baseline

Design Case

Demand(kW) Lighting

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

309373

75624

Receptacles

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

522694

Space Cooling

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

1033546

763636

Pumps and Aux

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

Vent Fans

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

306309

Elevators

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

36650

Water Pump

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

31526

Total

Electricity

Energy Use (Kwh)

2240102

1736443

Solar Generation

178680

Solar Offset

1557763

Percentage Savings

Electricity

30.5 Reference: Author’s Own.

Acknowledgment: The authors of this paper sincerely thank the organizing committee members of ICAISDG for giving us the chance to work on these very interesting topics and the opportunity to present our work. We are grateful to Mrs. Gauri Nadkarni, Mr. Jayant Konde, Mr. Govind Joshi, and his team members (employees of the selected corporate office) for providing us the ample food for our thoughts and brain. Assisting team of students Sidharth Salunke, Raj Saswade and Sakshi Raut who were very helpful for collecting all site data. We thank our Principal Sir, Prof. C.S.Kataria, and our colleagues from SSMS CoA, Pune for their support and encouragement. Last but not the least; we thank our respective family members for their unconditional support during this research and studies.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

266

References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

"How climate change hits India's poor". BBC News. 1 Feb 2017. Retrieved 10 June 2021.

CHURCHER, D. 2013 Life Cycle Assessment : an introduction, Bracknell, BSRIA. Fathi, S., Srinivasan, R.S. 2015 ANALYSIS OF ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF UNIVERSITY CAMPUS BUILDINGS USING STATISTICAL AND ENERGY MODELING APPROACHES. Proceedings of the 2015 Winter Simulation Conference (book ) "Oregon.gov Lighting Glossary". Oregon Department of Energy. Retrieved 29 July 2021 Image 59% lighting - Centre for Science and Environment 41, Tughlakabad Institutional Area, New Delhi 110 062, INDIA (Internet source ) https://cdn.cseindia.org/userfiles/Energy-and-%20buildings.pdf https://reader.elsevier.com/reader/sd/pii/S0959652619315872?token=3EF6B27D9D93920BD99F2BFF381949F4205EA 30A3E7ED0A90E0F22539AAD87F91AD47B0AA8AF72B443649FE2751B22AF&originRegion=eu-west1&originCreation=20211206192313 (Internet source ) https://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/ ( Retrieved 29 July 2021 )

E. Annexure : • • • • • • • • • • •

Coefficient of Performance (COP) – cooling: the ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a complete refrigerating system or some specific portion of that system under designated operating conditions Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER): the ratio of net cooling capacity in kW to total rate of electric input in watts under design operating conditions HVAC system: equipment, distribution systems, and terminal devices that provide, either collectively or individually, the processes of heating, ventilating, or air conditioning to a building or parts of a building. Lighting Power Density (LPD): maximum lighting power per unit area of a space as per its function or building as per its classification. Orientation: the direction a building facade faces, i.e., the direction of a vector perpendicular to and pointing away from the surface of the facade. For vertical fenestration, the two categories are north-oriented and all other. R-value (thermal resistance): the reciprocal of the time rate of heat flow through a unit area induced by a unit temperature difference between two defined surfaces of material or construction under steady-state conditions. Units of R value are m2.K /W. U-factor (Thermal Transmittance): heat transmission in unit time through unit area of a material or construction and the boundary air films, induced by unit temperature difference between the environments on each side. Unit of U value is W/m2.K. VLT: Visible Light Transmittance (VLT) describes the percentage of visible light transmitted through the glass WWR: Window-wall ratio is the specific value of the area of the window and that of the room façade.

ICAISDG- International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals, 2021.

267

Un iTa lks Lets Introspect SDGs

268

Speaker: Shri. Mukul Kanetkar (BSM GURU) National Organising Secretary, Bharatiya Shikshan Mandal Secretary, Vivekananda International Foundation UNITALKS - SDG 04: Quality Education Title – Eternal Bhartiya Education System Gurukul system is not an ancient, outdated education system, it is a continuous education process. Even today, Gurukuls are still functional in this country. In the 18th century India, every Temple had an education system attached to it. We had 100% literacy. In 1830 also, there were higher education centers and it was a self-sustained system with no government support, no grants, supported only by the society. Society nourished this beautiful education system called Gurukul. There is also a concept called Grih Gurukul, in which there is an Aacharya in every house. Aacharya is more than a teacher or Guru, his behavior itself educates and is inspirational to others, and this system is for everyone in society, and every varna of society, this is an eternal education system. BSM also works to give this mainstream education to the whole world. Finland is considered to be the cradle of education at the school level, but what they are following, are principles of the Gurukul education. They do not have classrooms, only activity rooms, this is ancient pedagogy of complete personality development hence this Gurukul education system is the most sustainable education system. The meaning of the word sustainable in Bharatiya language or the Sanskrit language is Dharma, the word Dharma is wrongly translated as religion in English. Dharma means to sustain, one which sustains is Dharma, and it is ideal for the whole world. Also, the whole Process is a learning-centric process, influential mentor centric and it is peace centric, that is the sustainable education system. i.e. "अध्ययन केंद्रित",आचायय केंद्रित,आनंद केंद्रित. It is one of the ways of achieving the UN goal of quality education for all. We have to create 100 percent literacy, numeracy, and education for all through this Dharma-based education.

Speaker: Ms. Olafiyin Taiwo (UN GURU) MRTPI, Doctoral Researcher, University College London Co-Chair, UN-Habitat Planners for Climate Action Chair, CAP (Commonwealth Association of Planners) Young Planners Network UNITALKS - SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Cities and Human Settlements have been battling with vast challenges such as poor air quality, high crime rates, abject poverty, unemployment, homelessness, substandard housing, decaying neighbourhoods and inadequate infrastructure including poor basic services. Equally weak governance, passive response to natural and man-made disasters are exacerbated by sporadic urban planning, ‘silo’ policies and insufficient finance. Undoubtedly, the pandemic has heightened these prevailing challenges and hindered the realisation of the SDG 11 on Making cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable in the face of the severe impact of the pandemic requires a thorough practical resilient approach that is holistic and multidisciplinary in nature.

269

Speaker: Ir. Milena Ivkovic, (UN GURU) MSc Arch, Creative Director BLOK 74 Urban Communications, Rotterdam and CEO Placemaking Western Balkans UNITALKS - SDG 17: Partnerships to achieve the Goal

Place-oriented Civic Participation for SDG 17 The ongoing pandemic has brought public space back into the focus of concern and action. Civic participation and inclusive design have gained importance to bring back values and trust in public space, ensuring a just, green, and productive urban life after the pandemic. The “Placeoriented Civic Participation for SDG 17” talk will focus on the transformative power of civic participation in creating better public spaces and its contribution to the often less-talked about SDG 17: Partnerships for Goals. Place-oriented civic participation will be discussed as an essential ingredient of the planning process, driving the partnerships we need for change.

Speaker: Dr. Aniruddha Pawar (GCA GURU) Professor and Program Coordinator, Master of Architecture in Sustainable Habitat, Goa College of Architecture, Panaji Goa

UNITALKS - SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities The achievement of various targets identified for creation of safe, affordable and resilient cities with green and culturally inspiring living conditions (11thSDG) would become holistic when achieved based on a comprehensive understanding of the climatological diversity of India. Efficacy of latest high-resolution data in the field of climatography is evident from many facts, like the Agro-ecological sub-regions of India being proposed to be revised at regional level. To synchronize the National Building Code of India with the current state of climatography. it is necessary that its Climate Zone Map is updated based on bioclimatic variables instead of meteorological variables.

Speaker: Ar. Antoine Wasserfallen (BUSINESS GURU) PhD, Professor EU Business School Geneva, PolisMaker Lab Politecnico Milano UNITALKS - SDG 04: : Quality Education Highlights of Talks Training sustainable architects, Necessity of sustainable development education, Technical basics, Physics engineering, Mechanical technologies, Experience where to get it technology transfer the heat insulation case other Labs, Practice, Case studies, Apprenticeship, Outcomes and Conclusion

270

Speaker: Prof. Eduardo Saldivia (UN GURU) Urban planner SAPLAT, Argentine Society of Territorial Planning, Argentina

Director, Saldivia Arquitectos. UNITALKS - SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production The coin of Climate Change has two sides: the deterioration of biodiversity and the use of fossil fuels, causing extreme weather events around the world. The way ahead is neutralizing our carbon emissions and restore the nature. We need a development sustainable and everlasting. We have to work for territories that allow us to grow, be happy and full without destroying the planet for future generations. Wooded and wildlife friendly cities. The Forest Towns that we propose in the Architectural Introspection Talk is a first step in that way. We're together in this. #GreenIsMore

Speaker: Mr. Akash D. Jha (YOUNG GURU) Master of City Planning- IIT Kharagpur 2020 Secretary- Commonwealth Association Planners Young Planners 2020-22 Global Executive Communications In charge Commonwealth Youth for Sports Development & Peace 2021-23 UNITALKS - SDG 17: Partnerships to achieve the Goal As we progress towards the 21st Century partnership for sustainable goals plays a pivotal path towards achieving them vide global interests and collaborations inching into actions. We have been contributing towards similar pilots through academic research of Indian Coastal Cities, their resilience plans in multiple phases and look forward to partnering with multiple stakeholders working to achieve the goal 11 of SDGs. Let's make India Resilient Together.

Prof. Barbara Norman (UN GURU) PhD LFPIA Hon Member RTPI Chair and Professor of Urban and Regional Planning Chair Climate Change Adaptation & Resilience Research Network Deputy Chair Australian Coastal Society Faculty of Arts & Design, University of Canberra UNITALKS - SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Coastal planning is one of the biggest challenges we face with the growth of coastal cities and towns and the impacts of climate change. Urban migration will continue during the 21-century placing significant pressure on coastal environments. At the same time the latest IPPC report 5 confirms that sea level rise will continue and the intensity of coastal storms. Climate migration and resettlement will be inevitable in some places. This presentation will discuss the implications of implementing SDG 11 for coastal communities and some urban planning principles that will assist adaptation.

271

Author Index

(As per Alphabetical Order)

01. Aditi V. Sontakke 02. Anjali Luman 03. Anjali S. Jadhav 04. Anubhav M. Malhotra 05. Anuradha Bhute 06. Aradhana Tripathy 07. Arimita Roy (Nag) 08. Atul J. Phoujdar 09. Bhakti Godambe 10. Dhiraj Salhotra 11. Dhruvin Soni 12. Dipali Vadhavkar 13. Esa Shaikh 14. Gauri Gawande 15. Harshada Anand Bramhe 16. Kavita Patil 17. Louis Gyoh 18. Mansoorsaheb B. Mulla 19. Neha Bansal 20. Nimish Bari 21. Onkar Kulkarni 22. Pooja Gatti 23. Purvi Kakkad 24. Radheya Sudhir Chopde 25. Rajesh C. Parmar 26. Ravindra Sarnaik 27. S Rashina 28. Sanjay Joshi 29. Saylee Soundalgekar 30. Shaffali Joshi 31. Sheetal Satyajit Varur 32. Shruti Deshpande Dube 33. Shubhashri Upasani 34 Sneha Dilwale 35. Sourabh Shalgar 36. Subhra Priyadarshini Nayak 37. Sujit Jadhav 38. Suprit Palkar 39. Suraj Vishwajit Shah 40. Sushma S.Kulkarni 41. Suvarna Lele 42. Tanvi Sawant 43. Ujjwala Sinha 44. Ujwala Chakradeo 45. Urjita Das 46. Vandana Balakrishnan 47. Vidula Arun Swami 48. Vijay R. Patil 49. Vishal Ramesh Signapurkar

72, 151 231 33 174 81 190 236 236 160 253 147 160 22 190 39 48 66 180 121 22 211 22 147 257 22 ,72 48, 66, 104 190 104 244 54 204 244 257 90 257 54 22 104 204 33 138 244 109 81 66 121 204 219 129

272

WITH BEST COMPLIMENTS

FROM

273

274

275

Organiser

VIJAYALAXMI CHARITABLE TRUST vijayalaxmitrustkop@gmail.com Host

SHILPA SAGAR ACADEMY www.shilpasagar.com

International Conference on Architectural Introspection of Sustainable Development Goals

Articles inside

Dr. ArundhatiWategave, Professor, M.Arch. Program, AppasahebBirnaleCollege of Architecture, Sangli

Prof. ShilpaIngawale, Anantrao Pawar College of Architecture, Pune

Dr. ShilpaSharma, IES College of Architecture, Mumbai

Prof. VinitMirkar, Principal, IES College of Architecture, Mumbai